30 seconds.
                                                        
                                    00:03
                                
                        
                    
                            [Applause]
                                                        
                                    00:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Adam, what's your point? The future
                                                        
                                    00:12
                                
                        
                    
                            looks bright.
                                                        
                                    00:15
                                
                        
                    
                            My handshake is better than anything I
                                                        
                                    00:16
                                
                        
                    
                            ever sign. It's right here.
                                                        
                                    00:18
                                
                        
                    
                            You are a oneonone.
                                                        
                                    00:21
                                
                        
                    
                            I don't think I've ever said this
                                                        
                                    00:23
                                
                        
                    
                            before.
                                                        
                                    00:24
                                
                        
                    
                            [Music]
                                                        
                                    00:28
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, sounds good. So, we are going live
                                                        
                                    00:30
                                
                        
                    
                            officially. Uh, it's been now what, nine
                                                        
                                    00:32
                                
                        
                    
                            hours, folks, since the government
                                                        
                                    00:35
                                
                        
                    
                            shutdown. Nine hours. If you didn't
                                                        
                                    00:36
                                
                        
                    
                            know, now you know the government's been
                                                        
                                    00:38
                                
                        
                    
                            shut down. People are losing their
                                                        
                                    00:40
                                
                        
                    
                            minds. Trump's posting uh memes, smiling
                                                        
                                    00:41
                                
                        
                    
                            at uh Hakeim Jeff and Chuck Schumer
                                                        
                                    00:45
                                
                        
                    
                            doing his thing that he does. And then
                                                        
                                    00:49
                                
                        
                    
                            yesterday, there was a moment where the
                                                        
                                    00:51
                                
                        
                    
                            president was very concerned. There was
                                                        
                                    00:54
                                
                        
                    
                            a moment where, you know, Bobby Kennedy
                                                        
                                    00:55
                                
                        
                    
                            sneezed behind him and immediately
                                                        
                                    00:58
                                
                        
                    
                            because of the extremely uh uh aware uh
                                                        
                                    01:01
                                
                        
                    
                            paying attention to details, he said, "I
                                                        
                                    01:04
                                
                        
                    
                            hope I don't get co from you, Bobby. You
                                                        
                                    01:06
                                
                        
                    
                            guys got to see this. This man's a
                                                        
                                    01:07
                                
                        
                    
                            comedian." Vinnie is right. He is a
                                                        
                                    01:09
                                
                        
                    
                            comedian.
                                                        
                                    01:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Funny.
                                                        
                                    01:11
                                
                        
                    
                            And uh there's a bunch of other stuff
                                                        
                                    01:12
                                
                        
                    
                            that's going on. So, we have to talk
                                                        
                                    01:13
                                
                        
                    
                            about the government shutdown.
                                                        
                                    01:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Uh uh Netanyahu agreed to a 20point plan
                                                        
                                    01:16
                                
                        
                    
                            to end war in Gaza. Trump signals former
                                                        
                                    01:19
                                
                        
                    
                            FBI Christopher Ray is being probed by
                                                        
                                    01:22
                                
                        
                    
                            DOJ after Comey indictment. Pete Hexit
                                                        
                                    01:24
                                
                        
                    
                            starts tell you know he's expecting
                                                        
                                    01:28
                                
                        
                    
                            people to be in physical shape and you
                                                        
                                    01:29
                                
                        
                    
                            got who's the girl's name from uh uh the
                                                        
                                    01:31
                                
                        
                    
                            view? Sunonny Rosen is
                                                        
                                    01:34
                                
                        
                    
                            Sunonny Host. Why is it such a big deal
                                                        
                                    01:36
                                
                        
                    
                            to get your people to be in shape? You
                                                        
                                    01:39
                                
                        
                    
                            have to watch this clip to see if it
                                                        
                                    01:41
                                
                        
                    
                            makes any sense to you. And then aside
                                                        
                                    01:43
                                
                        
                    
                            from that, Tik Tok bite dance to keep
                                                        
                                    01:47
                                
                        
                    
                            50% profit and Trump says Tik Tok should
                                                        
                                    01:49
                                
                        
                    
                            be tweaked to become 100% MAGA. This
                                                        
                                    01:51
                                
                        
                    
                            stuff you're not supposed to say. He
                                                        
                                    01:56
                                
                        
                    
                            keeps saying Tik Tok US is worth only 14
                                                        
                                    01:57
                                
                        
                    
                            billion. I think that was a great
                                                        
                                    02:01
                                
                        
                    
                            discount. In any other uh part of the
                                                        
                                    02:02
                                
                        
                    
                            world, Tik Tok would be a hundred
                                                        
                                    02:05
                                
                        
                    
                            billion plus dollar company.
                                                        
                                    02:06
                                
                        
                    
                            I have a theory.
                                                        
                                    02:08
                                
                        
                    
                            Somebody got an $86 billion discount.
                                                        
                                    02:09
                                
                        
                    
                            It's a nice discount. And Tom's got a
                                                        
                                    02:11
                                
                        
                    
                            theory, guys. So stick around for the
                                                        
                                    02:12
                                
                        
                    
                            theory.
                                                        
                                    02:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Elhan Omar doubles down on attack and
                                                        
                                    02:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Charlie Kirk. There is no legacy to
                                                        
                                    02:17
                                
                        
                    
                            honor. I think that's the conversation
                                                        
                                    02:19
                                
                        
                    
                            with Don Lemon if I am not mistaken.
                                                        
                                    02:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Yes. Walking the streets, man on
                                                        
                                    02:23
                                
                        
                    
                            the street.
                                                        
                                    02:26
                                
                        
                    
                            That's just phenomenal. Those two
                                                        
                                    02:26
                                
                        
                    
                            together is Israel is losing information
                                                        
                                    02:27
                                
                        
                    
                            war. Charlie Kirk's letter to Netanyahu.
                                                        
                                    02:30
                                
                        
                    
                            Tom's got some thoughts on that.
                                                        
                                    02:33
                                
                        
                    
                            There is a poll that shows liberal women
                                                        
                                    02:35
                                
                        
                    
                            are on a crash course with dating hell.
                                                        
                                    02:39
                                
                        
                    
                            the dating hell they created. What I
                                                        
                                    02:42
                                
                        
                    
                            mean this data folks, you have to read
                                                        
                                    02:44
                                
                        
                    
                            this on on what it is. The older liberal
                                                        
                                    02:45
                                
                        
                    
                            women get, the more open they are to
                                                        
                                    02:48
                                
                        
                    
                            conservative men.
                                                        
                                    02:50
                                
                        
                    
                            But the older conservative men get, the
                                                        
                                    02:51
                                
                        
                    
                            less open they are to liberal women. And
                                                        
                                    02:54
                                
                        
                    
                            there is science behind it, folks. This
                                                        
                                    02:57
                                
                        
                    
                            is a science-driven poll we're talking
                                                        
                                    02:59
                                
                        
                    
                            about from Daily Caller. Uh, and then we
                                                        
                                    03:01
                                
                        
                    
                            have Newsome courts big oil as gas
                                                        
                                    03:03
                                
                        
                    
                            prices threaten political ambitions.
                                                        
                                    03:05
                                
                        
                    
                            Rahm Emanuel weighing presidential bid
                                                        
                                    03:07
                                
                        
                    
                            navigates a Democratic party moving
                                                        
                                    03:09
                                
                        
                    
                            left. Voters in majority major US city
                                                        
                                    03:11
                                
                        
                    
                            view capitalism only slightly more
                                                        
                                    03:14
                                
                        
                    
                            favorably than socialism and that pisses
                                                        
                                    03:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Tom off. Tom is very angry about that.
                                                        
                                    03:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Uh uh very angry about it but slightly
                                                        
                                    03:20
                                
                        
                    
                            not that angry because show hit a nice
                                                        
                                    03:24
                                
                        
                    
                            home run and the Dodgers won and the
                                                        
                                    03:26
                                
                        
                    
                            Yankees lost yesterday. So Tom came in
                                                        
                                    03:27
                                
                        
                    
                            here doing back flips celebrating. He's
                                                        
                                    03:28
                                
                        
                    
                            been here since 6:00 putting up signs of
                                                        
                                    03:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Dodger flags everywhere.
                                                        
                                    03:33
                                
                        
                    
                            There was baseball yesterday. I thought
                                                        
                                    03:35
                                
                        
                    
                            the season ended on Sunday.
                                                        
                                    03:36
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    03:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Democratic party hits historic low of
                                                        
                                    03:39
                                
                        
                    
                            favorability in new national poll. Tom's
                                                        
                                    03:41
                                
                        
                    
                            got thoughts. Uh Vinnie's got thoughts
                                                        
                                    03:43
                                
                        
                    
                            on the Kim Jeff and Trump. Uh Charlie
                                                        
                                    03:45
                                
                        
                    
                            Javis gets seven years for defrauding JP
                                                        
                                    03:47
                                
                        
                    
                            Morgan. However, Tom, show me this. I'm
                                                        
                                    03:51
                                
                        
                    
                            not going to tell you what the lawyer
                                                        
                                    03:53
                                
                        
                    
                            said.
                                                        
                                    03:54
                                
                        
                    
                            Said lawyer said to the the judge, you
                                                        
                                    03:57
                                
                        
                    
                            have to see what this law this lawyer
                                                        
                                    04:01
                                
                        
                    
                            has some audacity to say what he had to
                                                        
                                    04:02
                                
                        
                    
                            say to the judge.
                                                        
                                    04:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Brass. Uh, as AI threatens white collar
                                                        
                                    04:05
                                
                        
                    
                            work, more young Americans chase blue
                                                        
                                    04:08
                                
                        
                    
                            collar careers. We got a uh young uh uh
                                                        
                                    04:10
                                
                        
                    
                            American here to tell us what he's
                                                        
                                    04:13
                                
                        
                    
                            chasing. We'll see what's going to
                                                        
                                    04:14
                                
                        
                    
                            happen with them. Now, LA is uh dying as
                                                        
                                    04:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Hollywood businesses say tourism cash
                                                        
                                    04:18
                                
                        
                    
                            has dropped by up to 50% after Las Vegas
                                                        
                                    04:22
                                
                        
                    
                            hit the skits. And then Don Lemon sparks
                                                        
                                    04:25
                                
                        
                    
                            fury with wild rant about white men
                                                        
                                    04:28
                                
                        
                    
                            broken. Folks, if you're white,
                                                        
                                    04:32
                                
                        
                    
                            according to Don Lemon, you're broken.
                                                        
                                    04:34
                                
                        
                    
                            He's trying to fix you. He's trying to
                                                        
                                    04:36
                                
                        
                    
                            fix you. And uh I don't know.
                                                        
                                    04:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Is his wife a white? Oh, never mind.
                                                        
                                    04:40
                                
                        
                    
                            Despite being married to one is how the
                                                        
                                    04:42
                                
                        
                    
                            story ends. Despite being married to
                                                        
                                    04:44
                                
                        
                    
                            one, and Tom, listen, I've kept these
                                                        
                                    04:46
                                
                        
                    
                            stories just for Tom. Buttlfts in Miami,
                                                        
                                    04:49
                                
                        
                    
                            breast implants in Beverly Hills,
                                                        
                                    04:51
                                
                        
                    
                            plastic surgery by region. Tom wants to
                                                        
                                    04:53
                                
                        
                    
                            get to the bottom because there's a
                                                        
                                    04:55
                                
                        
                    
                            business model behind this. And then
                                                        
                                    04:56
                                
                        
                    
                            eventually, God willing, we'll hit that
                                                        
                                    04:58
                                
                        
                    
                            coplay story. They need some attention.
                                                        
                                    05:00
                                
                        
                    
                            They need some attention. And then a
                                                        
                                    05:01
                                
                        
                    
                            novice defense secretary lectures the
                                                        
                                    05:04
                                
                        
                    
                            brass on what it takes to win. Pete said
                                                        
                                    05:05
                                
                        
                    
                            HUD displays banner blaming radical left
                                                        
                                    05:09
                                
                        
                    
                            Democrats for government shutdown.
                                                        
                                    05:12
                                
                        
                    
                            Military leaders absorb highly partisan
                                                        
                                    05:14
                                
                        
                    
                            presentation from Trump exit. And then
                                                        
                                    05:17
                                
                        
                    
                            we got a couple other things to get
                                                        
                                    05:20
                                
                        
                    
                            into. Folks, there is a major memo. I
                                                        
                                    05:21
                                
                        
                    
                            think you guys have to see it. I think
                                                        
                                    05:24
                                
                        
                    
                            it's very very important. Life-changing
                                                        
                                    05:25
                                
                        
                    
                            time. You know how every once in a while
                                                        
                                    05:27
                                
                        
                    
                            you meet a man who gives you
                                                        
                                    05:28
                                
                        
                    
                            life-changing advice and you have to you
                                                        
                                    05:29
                                
                        
                    
                            have to make note of it and you just
                                                        
                                    05:32
                                
                        
                    
                            like make a note of it. Sheriff Grady
                                                        
                                    05:34
                                
                        
                    
                            from Pole County, we're going to show
                                                        
                                    05:37
                                
                        
                    
                            this video to you. He's he's and he's
                                                        
                                    05:39
                                
                        
                    
                            teaching people why not to hire
                                                        
                                    05:42
                                
                        
                    
                            prostitutes.
                                                        
                                    05:44
                                
                        
                    
                            And he does it in such a you have to I
                                                        
                                    05:46
                                
                        
                    
                            have the clip Rob. I mean he's a legend.
                                                        
                                    05:50
                                
                        
                    
                            If you don't know who he is, this man's
                                                        
                                    05:51
                                
                        
                    
                            a philosopher. He could have been a
                                                        
                                    05:53
                                
                        
                    
                            pastor in a previous life. He could have
                                                        
                                    05:55
                                
                        
                    
                            been a comedian. He could have been
                                                        
                                    05:57
                                
                        
                    
                            playing baseball with Lou Gary style
                                                        
                                    05:59
                                
                        
                    
                            comedy that he's got. He's one of one.
                                                        
                                    06:00
                                
                        
                    
                            He's got some advice he wants to share
                                                        
                                    06:02
                                
                        
                    
                            with you guys. I think it's important.
                                                        
                                    06:04
                                
                        
                    
                            We got to go through it. To all the
                                                        
                                    06:05
                                
                        
                    
                            young men that are watching this. And
                                                        
                                    06:06
                                
                        
                    
                            then aside from that, I got a couple
                                                        
                                    06:08
                                
                        
                    
                            other things that I want to read about
                                                        
                                    06:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Maxine Water, the way she reacts. We
                                                        
                                    06:11
                                
                        
                    
                            found a guy that says the range broke
                                                        
                                    06:14
                                
                        
                    
                            clip that we showed last week. He says
                                                        
                                    06:16
                                
                        
                    
                            he debunked it. And we're going to have
                                                        
                                    06:18
                                
                        
                    
                            to show this one clip to you. And he's
                                                        
                                    06:20
                                
                        
                    
                            got some stuff to say about it. Again,
                                                        
                                    06:21
                                
                        
                    
                            the idea with everything that's going on
                                                        
                                    06:23
                                
                        
                    
                            with Charlie Kirk, Vinnie called the
                                                        
                                    06:25
                                
                        
                    
                            school yesterday. He called the Utah
                                                        
                                    06:27
                                
                        
                    
                            University yesterday, talked to five
                                                        
                                    06:29
                                
                        
                    
                            people, eventually got a hold of the
                                                        
                                    06:31
                                
                        
                    
                            director of communication. He's going to
                                                        
                                    06:34
                                
                        
                    
                            probably give the name. Called that
                                                        
                                    06:35
                                
                        
                    
                            person five times.
                                                        
                                    06:36
                                
                        
                    
                            No pickup.
                                                        
                                    06:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. No pickup to see what's going on
                                                        
                                    06:38
                                
                        
                    
                            there.
                                                        
                                    06:40
                                
                        
                    
                            And so, you know, you know, so he'll
                                                        
                                    06:41
                                
                        
                    
                            give you that perspective. And then I
                                                        
                                    06:44
                                
                        
                    
                            got a story here that I saw this morning
                                                        
                                    06:45
                                
                        
                    
                            which I loved that says, "One bad apple
                                                        
                                    06:46
                                
                        
                    
                            destroys a great team." Yeah, the timing
                                                        
                                    06:49
                                
                        
                    
                            timing of this story is bad because but
                                                        
                                    06:51
                                
                        
                    
                            this this has nothing to do with that,
                                                        
                                    06:53
                                
                        
                    
                            you know, apple. He's more like a
                                                        
                                    06:56
                                
                        
                    
                            banana. But this this apple here that
                                                        
                                    06:58
                                
                        
                    
                            we're talking about is a different story
                                                        
                                    07:00
                                
                        
                    
                            that we're talking about, which we'll
                                                        
                                    07:02
                                
                        
                    
                            get into. And uh uh uh couple other
                                                        
                                    07:03
                                
                        
                    
                            clips. But by the way, can you imagine
                                                        
                                    07:06
                                
                        
                    
                            you wake up one morning and you know
                                                        
                                    07:08
                                
                        
                    
                            because of them trying to censor you
                                                        
                                    07:11
                                
                        
                    
                            when you were running for president,
                                                        
                                    07:13
                                
                        
                    
                            something you have the right to do,
                                                        
                                    07:15
                                
                        
                    
                            Google, YouTube, Twitter, everybody
                                                        
                                    07:17
                                
                        
                    
                            tried to censor you and then 60 Minutes
                                                        
                                    07:19
                                
                        
                    
                            agrees to pay Trump $16 million for
                                                        
                                    07:21
                                
                        
                    
                            editing Kala Harris's interview. ABC
                                                        
                                    07:23
                                
                        
                    
                            agrees to pay Trump $15 million in a
                                                        
                                    07:26
                                
                        
                    
                            settlement of a defamation lawsuit.
                                                        
                                    07:28
                                
                        
                    
                            Twitter agrees to pay Trump $10 million
                                                        
                                    07:30
                                
                        
                    
                            for suspending him. And Facebook agrees
                                                        
                                    07:32
                                
                        
                    
                            to pay Trump $25 million for suspending
                                                        
                                    07:34
                                
                        
                    
                            him. And then YouTube just agreed to pay
                                                        
                                    07:37
                                
                        
                    
                            President Trump $24 and half million
                                                        
                                    07:39
                                
                        
                    
                            dollars for suspending his account in
                                                        
                                    07:41
                                
                        
                    
                            2021. This is the tweet is from who rap.
                                                        
                                    07:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Can we read Danielle Doza Gil? I hope I
                                                        
                                    07:45
                                
                        
                    
                            said the last name last name right. Like
                                                        
                                    07:48
                                
                        
                    
                            Benji Gil Gil. So he this guy made
                                                        
                                    07:50
                                
                        
                    
                            almost hund00 million for just being
                                                        
                                    07:53
                                
                        
                    
                            censored and suspended. And the guy
                                                        
                                    07:57
                                
                        
                    
                            keeps winning winning. And Jimmy Fallon
                                                        
                                    07:58
                                
                        
                    
                            comes out saying, "Look, we're always
                                                        
                                    08:00
                                
                        
                    
                            telling jokes on both sides, Fallon.
                                                        
                                    08:03
                                
                        
                    
                            Always. We're fair." And Coar, I think,
                                                        
                                    08:05
                                
                        
                    
                            went on Keml last night to try to say
                                                        
                                    08:08
                                
                        
                    
                            some stuff. And Keml came back and made
                                                        
                                    08:10
                                
                        
                    
                            fun of JD Vans hardcore. So maybe we got
                                                        
                                    08:12
                                
                        
                    
                            to show some of this stuff to kind of
                                                        
                                    08:15
                                
                        
                    
                            see what's going on over there with the
                                                        
                                    08:16
                                
                        
                    
                            viewership, which we will. We will. But
                                                        
                                    08:17
                                
                        
                    
                            before we get into it, I do want to tell
                                                        
                                    08:20
                                
                        
                    
                            you guys if you want to get all the
                                                        
                                    08:22
                                
                        
                    
                            notes that we get for free, all the
                                                        
                                    08:23
                                
                        
                    
                            notes that we cover, so you have access
                                                        
                                    08:26
                                
                        
                    
                            to everything that we're going to go
                                                        
                                    08:28
                                
                        
                    
                            through, all you have to do is download
                                                        
                                    08:29
                                
                        
                    
                            Manac, go to the PBD podcast circle,
                                                        
                                    08:31
                                
                        
                    
                            whether you have an Android or Apple, go
                                                        
                                    08:33
                                
                        
                    
                            to our circle, download it, and get the
                                                        
                                    08:36
                                
                        
                    
                            notes and follow track. And every time
                                                        
                                    08:38
                                
                        
                    
                            there's updates, different things, and
                                                        
                                    08:39
                                
                        
                    
                            if you want to communicate and network
                                                        
                                    08:40
                                
                        
                    
                            with each other, you pay 10 bucks a
                                                        
                                    08:42
                                
                        
                    
                            month and 20 50 a month allows you to do
                                                        
                                    08:44
                                
                        
                    
                            the whole thing, the whole benefits that
                                                        
                                    08:46
                                
                        
                    
                            comes with it. But for free, you can get
                                                        
                                    08:47
                                
                        
                    
                            the notes uh of uh what we're going
                                                        
                                    08:49
                                
                        
                    
                            through here on our podcast. And then
                                                        
                                    08:52
                                
                        
                    
                            next thing before we get into the
                                                        
                                    08:54
                                
                        
                    
                            podcast, guys, this shirt I'm wearing, I
                                                        
                                    08:55
                                
                        
                    
                            wear the white, I wear the blue, I wear
                                                        
                                    08:58
                                
                        
                    
                            the black. When you wear this shirt, you
                                                        
                                    09:00
                                
                        
                    
                            know what it feels like? You ever had
                                                        
                                    09:02
                                
                        
                    
                            somebody you love hugs you and tells you
                                                        
                                    09:04
                                
                        
                    
                            how amazing you are?
                                                        
                                    09:05
                                
                        
                    
                            Cotton hands.
                                                        
                                    09:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Let me tell you, I'm not kidding with
                                                        
                                    09:08
                                
                        
                    
                            you. Feel the material real quick. Feel
                                                        
                                    09:09
                                
                        
                    
                            the material real quick. Do not do not
                                                        
                                    09:10
                                
                        
                    
                            feel the love.
                                                        
                                    09:12
                                
                        
                    
                            Felt like Don Lemon for a second.
                                                        
                                    09:13
                                
                        
                    
                            That's not good, buddy.
                                                        
                                    09:15
                                
                        
                    
                            No one's going to buy.
                                                        
                                    09:16
                                
                        
                    
                            No, I felt like it was soft.
                                                        
                                    09:18
                                
                        
                    
                            No, but let me tell you.
                                                        
                                    09:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, you felt Oh, you felt soft.
                                                        
                                    09:22
                                
                        
                    
                            The quality the quality of this thing I
                                                        
                                    09:23
                                
                        
                    
                            wear like Timmy shows right here. Rob,
                                                        
                                    09:27
                                
                        
                    
                            can you zoom in to show different
                                                        
                                    09:28
                                
                        
                    
                            features of the shirt? V Tim logo right
                                                        
                                    09:30
                                
                        
                    
                            here. Gold future looks bright on the
                                                        
                                    09:32
                                
                        
                    
                            side. VT on the side. And anybody and
                                                        
                                    09:34
                                
                        
                    
                            everybody who's bought this, this is
                                                        
                                    09:37
                                
                        
                    
                            lowkey maybe our best item we have on
                                                        
                                    09:39
                                
                        
                    
                            there qualitywise lowkey. If you're
                                                        
                                    09:41
                                
                        
                    
                            somebody that wears dress shirts, get
                                                        
                                    09:44
                                
                        
                    
                            the white, the black, and the blue. Wear
                                                        
                                    09:47
                                
                        
                    
                            it for a month three times. If you don't
                                                        
                                    09:50
                                
                        
                    
                            like it, I want to call and talk to you.
                                                        
                                    09:52
                                
                        
                    
                            I will literally FaceTime you and say,
                                                        
                                    09:55
                                
                        
                    
                            "How can you not like these shirts that
                                                        
                                    09:56
                                
                        
                    
                            you wear them?" But you got to order all
                                                        
                                    09:58
                                
                        
                    
                            three of them. Go put them on sport and
                                                        
                                    10:00
                                
                        
                    
                            leave that button open so people see
                                                        
                                    10:02
                                
                        
                    
                            that value tamement logo right there to
                                                        
                                    10:04
                                
                        
                    
                            see who you're representing. Especially
                                                        
                                    10:06
                                
                        
                    
                            if you support this brand, if you love
                                                        
                                    10:08
                                
                        
                    
                            what we do here, go get yourself a polo
                                                        
                                    10:09
                                
                        
                    
                            shirt. Rob, if you can put the link
                                                        
                                    10:12
                                
                        
                    
                            below to the business section, that
                                                        
                                    10:13
                                
                        
                    
                            would be great for people to go place
                                                        
                                    10:15
                                
                        
                    
                            the order here. VT, by the way, the
                                                        
                                    10:16
                                
                        
                    
                            black is sick cuz it's gold on black.
                                                        
                                    10:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Look at that right there. Zoom in a
                                                        
                                    10:20
                                
                        
                    
                            little bit, Rob.
                                                        
                                    10:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Damn, that's sick. And then what does
                                                        
                                    10:22
                                
                        
                    
                            the white one look like? Rob, can we go
                                                        
                                    10:24
                                
                        
                    
                            to see what the white one looks like?
                                                        
                                    10:26
                                
                        
                    
                            White one looks like you got the gold.
                                                        
                                    10:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Ooh, that looks so good. Look at that.
                                                        
                                    10:30
                                
                        
                    
                            Guys, you wear this
                                                        
                                    10:33
                                
                        
                    
                            and your lady sees you with this. I'm
                                                        
                                    10:35
                                
                        
                    
                            telling you right now, studies have
                                                        
                                    10:37
                                
                        
                    
                            shown 40 weeks later, something could
                                                        
                                    10:39
                                
                        
                    
                            happen. could cost you $350,000 if you
                                                        
                                    10:40
                                
                        
                    
                            weren't sure. That's what the quality
                                                        
                                    10:43
                                
                        
                    
                            is. The quality has got a lot of uh
                                                        
                                    10:44
                                
                        
                    
                            special things that's going on. Again,
                                                        
                                    10:46
                                
                        
                    
                            go to vturch.com.
                                                        
                                    10:47
                                
                        
                    
                            It's pretty expensive for the whole
                                                        
                                    10:48
                                
                        
                    
                            place your order. And with that being
                                                        
                                    10:50
                                
                        
                    
                            said, can I start off with just a
                                                        
                                    10:51
                                
                        
                    
                            business thing I read before we go into
                                                        
                                    10:53
                                
                        
                    
                            shutting the government down? Rob, can
                                                        
                                    10:55
                                
                        
                    
                            you pull up the story I just read? I I
                                                        
                                    10:56
                                
                        
                    
                            just really like this. I think every
                                                        
                                    10:58
                                
                        
                    
                            once in a while, we got to read stories
                                                        
                                    10:59
                                
                        
                    
                            like this about bad apples.
                                                        
                                    11:00
                                
                        
                    
                            So So this is a story I was just
                                                        
                                    11:02
                                
                        
                    
                            reading.
                                                        
                                    11:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Science shows how one toxic person can
                                                        
                                    11:04
                                
                        
                    
                            drag down an entire team. Okay.
                                                        
                                    11:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Go to the next slide, Rob, if you could.
                                                        
                                    11:10
                                
                        
                    
                            So, University of Washington research
                                                        
                                    11:12
                                
                        
                    
                            study shows that just one persistently
                                                        
                                    11:14
                                
                        
                    
                            negative teammate can derail group
                                                        
                                    11:17
                                
                        
                    
                            success.
                                                        
                                    11:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Major drop teams with one bad apple will
                                                        
                                    11:21
                                
                        
                    
                            perform far worse than others. Proven
                                                        
                                    11:24
                                
                        
                    
                            impact experiments show negativity hurts
                                                        
                                    11:27
                                
                        
                    
                            trust, effort, and outcomes. Contagious
                                                        
                                    11:30
                                
                        
                    
                            toxic behavior spreads quickly inside
                                                        
                                    11:33
                                
                        
                    
                            groups and worse member. The weakest
                                                        
                                    11:36
                                
                        
                    
                            link often provides overall team
                                                        
                                    11:38
                                
                        
                    
                            predicts overall team success. So one
                                                        
                                    11:42
                                
                        
                    
                            bad teammate can poison the whole group.
                                                        
                                    11:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Go to the next one. There are three
                                                        
                                    11:45
                                
                        
                    
                            types of bad apple. Zoom in a little
                                                        
                                    11:47
                                
                        
                    
                            bit. Rob on 46, please.
                                                        
                                    11:48
                                
                        
                    
                            Come on, dude.
                                                        
                                    11:50
                                
                        
                    
                            How they ruin everything. The jerk,
                                                        
                                    11:50
                                
                        
                    
                            critical, disrespectful, puts others
                                                        
                                    11:54
                                
                        
                    
                            down. The slacker, lazy, withholds
                                                        
                                    11:56
                                
                        
                    
                            effort, deadbeat behavior. Damn, that's
                                                        
                                    11:59
                                
                        
                    
                            very hard. The downer, pessimistic, and
                                                        
                                    12:02
                                
                        
                    
                            nothing's going to ever happen here.
                                                        
                                    12:04
                                
                        
                    
                            complain, spreads negativity. The
                                                        
                                    12:07
                                
                        
                    
                            result, teams argue, stop sharing,
                                                        
                                    12:09
                                
                        
                    
                            communicate less. Right? Negative
                                                        
                                    12:11
                                
                        
                    
                            behavior hits harder than positive and
                                                        
                                    12:13
                                
                        
                    
                            spreads fast. Go to the next one. So
                                                        
                                    12:15
                                
                        
                    
                            now, let's go to the top a little bit.
                                                        
                                    12:17
                                
                        
                    
                            Your defense strategy number one,
                                                        
                                    12:18
                                
                        
                    
                            recognize the signs. Spot jerks,
                                                        
                                    12:20
                                
                        
                    
                            slackers, and downers early. Two, set
                                                        
                                    12:23
                                
                        
                    
                            boundaries. Limit exposure to negative
                                                        
                                    12:25
                                
                        
                    
                            people. Three, don't try to fix them.
                                                        
                                    12:28
                                
                        
                    
                            You can't unspoil a bad apple, folks.
                                                        
                                    12:30
                                
                        
                    
                            You cannot fix them. Only God can.
                                                        
                                    12:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Choose your team. Surround yourself with
                                                        
                                    12:36
                                
                        
                    
                            positive people. Address it quickly.
                                                        
                                    12:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Don't let negativity spread and take
                                                        
                                    12:41
                                
                        
                    
                            root. Last but not least, guard your
                                                        
                                    12:43
                                
                        
                    
                            energy. Your success depends on who
                                                        
                                    12:45
                                
                        
                    
                            you're around. By the way, 23 years ago,
                                                        
                                    12:48
                                
                        
                    
                            my dad. I had this one guy I loved. I
                                                        
                                    12:52
                                
                        
                    
                            was in first grade together in Iran,
                                                        
                                    12:55
                                
                        
                    
                            junior high school, high school,
                                                        
                                    12:58
                                
                        
                    
                            military together, bies together,
                                                        
                                    12:59
                                
                        
                    
                            insurance together. Oh my god, this guy
                                                        
                                    13:00
                                
                        
                    
                            was negative. funny as hell, but
                                                        
                                    13:03
                                
                        
                    
                            negative. Okay. It was always negative,
                                                        
                                    13:06
                                
                        
                    
                            negative, negative. He'd always blame.
                                                        
                                    13:08
                                
                        
                    
                            It's this person's fault. It's your
                                                        
                                    13:09
                                
                        
                    
                            fault. It's that person. It was always
                                                        
                                    13:10
                                
                        
                    
                            on negative. And I really wanted to run
                                                        
                                    13:11
                                
                        
                    
                            with this guy for the rest of my life
                                                        
                                    13:14
                                
                        
                    
                            cuz I love this guy.
                                                        
                                    13:15
                                
                        
                    
                            One day, my dad and I get into the
                                                        
                                    13:17
                                
                        
                    
                            biggest fight. And he says, "Don't you
                                                        
                                    13:18
                                
                        
                    
                            realize he's not going to work as hard
                                                        
                                    13:21
                                
                        
                    
                            as you? Let him go. This guy's not going
                                                        
                                    13:24
                                
                        
                    
                            to put the effort the way you're putting
                                                        
                                    13:26
                                
                        
                    
                            it." I said, "You don't believe people
                                                        
                                    13:28
                                
                        
                    
                            can change. I believe people can change
                                                        
                                    13:29
                                
                        
                    
                            on their own, but I don't believe you
                                                        
                                    13:31
                                
                        
                    
                            can change." So, we're having this feud
                                                        
                                    13:32
                                
                        
                    
                            together. We're going back and forth.
                                                        
                                    13:33
                                
                        
                    
                            And I will tell you long term, you win
                                                        
                                    13:35
                                
                        
                    
                            for believing that people can choose to
                                                        
                                    13:39
                                
                        
                    
                            change. There is more positive in you
                                                        
                                    13:41
                                
                        
                    
                            believing that people can improve than
                                                        
                                    13:44
                                
                        
                    
                            not. However, the affirmation that
                                                        
                                    13:46
                                
                        
                    
                            changed my life in one of the biggest
                                                        
                                    13:49
                                
                        
                    
                            ways that took so much weight off my
                                                        
                                    13:51
                                
                        
                    
                            back was when I finally read this and I
                                                        
                                    13:53
                                
                        
                    
                            added to my list. Stop trying to be God.
                                                        
                                    13:54
                                
                        
                    
                            That job is already taken.
                                                        
                                    13:57
                                
                        
                    
                            You can't fix everybody.
                                                        
                                    14:00
                                
                        
                    
                            only they can fix them with a level of
                                                        
                                    14:02
                                
                        
                    
                            commitment to it. If they don't,
                                                        
                                    14:04
                                
                        
                    
                            sometimes opportunities come up and they
                                                        
                                    14:06
                                
                        
                    
                            screw it up and they think they're
                                                        
                                    14:08
                                
                        
                    
                            bigger than the whole crew and then they
                                                        
                                    14:09
                                
                        
                    
                            take a massive hit. It happens in sports
                                                        
                                    14:11
                                
                        
                    
                            organization and families and churches
                                                        
                                    14:13
                                
                        
                    
                            and friendships everywhere. And all it
                                                        
                                    14:15
                                
                        
                    
                            takes is one time for you to be a little
                                                        
                                    14:17
                                
                        
                    
                            bit casual to be like, "Ah, it's going
                                                        
                                    14:19
                                
                        
                    
                            to be okay." Boom. Oh [ __ ] I lost that
                                                        
                                    14:20
                                
                        
                    
                            opportunity. You were casual and and and
                                                        
                                    14:22
                                
                        
                    
                            you face somebody that doesn't want any
                                                        
                                    14:25
                                
                        
                    
                            of this kind of stuff to be taking
                                                        
                                    14:26
                                
                        
                    
                            place. And it's unfortunate, but that's
                                                        
                                    14:27
                                
                        
                    
                            kind of how life works. So, if you're
                                                        
                                    14:29
                                
                        
                    
                            watching as yourself, if you're watching
                                                        
                                    14:30
                                
                        
                    
                            PBD podcast,
                                                        
                                    14:33
                                
                        
                    
                            you probably are not part of the
                                                        
                                    14:35
                                
                        
                    
                            community. That's one of these. What was
                                                        
                                    14:37
                                
                        
                    
                            it back? The jerk, whatever. Can you go
                                                        
                                    14:39
                                
                        
                    
                            back to the jerk? You're probably not
                                                        
                                    14:40
                                
                        
                    
                            because the jerk, the slacker, the
                                                        
                                    14:42
                                
                        
                    
                            downer.
                                                        
                                    14:44
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, you're probably not Debbie Downer.
                                                        
                                    14:45
                                
                        
                    
                            We would be annoying to watch this. But
                                                        
                                    14:47
                                
                        
                    
                            if you're watching this right now
                                                        
                                    14:48
                                
                        
                    
                            saying, "Shit, I think I'm a little bit
                                                        
                                    14:50
                                
                        
                    
                            of the jerk or the slacker, the downer."
                                                        
                                    14:51
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, listen. Get on your knees and
                                                        
                                    14:53
                                
                        
                    
                            pray, okay? Or find a way to change. Cuz
                                                        
                                    14:56
                                
                        
                    
                            if you don't, you may lose some of the
                                                        
                                    14:59
                                
                        
                    
                            biggest opportunities in your life. Cuz
                                                        
                                    15:01
                                
                        
                    
                            many times when we're inside the
                                                        
                                    15:04
                                
                        
                    
                            opportunity, we don't know it until we
                                                        
                                    15:06
                                
                        
                    
                            lose it.
                                                        
                                    15:08
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    15:09
                                
                        
                    
                            And then when you lose it, you're like,
                                                        
                                    15:09
                                
                        
                    
                            "Oh [ __ ] what a [ __ ] Why' I do that?"
                                                        
                                    15:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Don't do that. Right. Very simple. So,
                                                        
                                    15:14
                                
                        
                    
                            anyways, let's get right into it, folks.
                                                        
                                    15:16
                                
                        
                    
                            I know you've been nervous because the
                                                        
                                    15:19
                                
                        
                    
                            government's been shut down now for 9
                                                        
                                    15:20
                                
                        
                    
                            hours and 15 minutes. Don't worry, it's
                                                        
                                    15:21
                                
                        
                    
                            going to be okay. But the government's
                                                        
                                    15:23
                                
                        
                    
                            been shut down. No one's working. By the
                                                        
                                    15:25
                                
                        
                    
                            way, apparently 100,000 people are
                                                        
                                    15:27
                                
                        
                    
                            deciding to quit. I don't know if you
                                                        
                                    15:29
                                
                        
                    
                            saw this or not, Rob, if you want to put
                                                        
                                    15:30
                                
                        
                    
                            this up. This is catastrophic news,
                                                        
                                    15:32
                                
                        
                    
                            folks. 100,000 DMV employees are
                                                        
                                    15:34
                                
                        
                    
                            quitting. Not DMV, but just government
                                                        
                                    15:36
                                
                        
                    
                            employees are quitting. Rob, if you want
                                                        
                                    15:38
                                
                        
                    
                            to put that story up. They're out there.
                                                        
                                    15:39
                                
                        
                    
                            They're angry. Over a 100,000 federal
                                                        
                                    15:41
                                
                        
                    
                            workers to resign Tuesday amid looming
                                                        
                                    15:44
                                
                        
                    
                            government shutdown. And look at the
                                                        
                                    15:47
                                
                        
                    
                            phones. Look at them running around with
                                                        
                                    15:48
                                
                        
                    
                            the phones recording with that beautiful
                                                        
                                    15:50
                                
                        
                    
                            pink umbrella while it's not even
                                                        
                                    15:52
                                
                        
                    
                            raining. Isn't that awesome? Think about
                                                        
                                    15:54
                                
                        
                    
                            how rich you have to be to have a pink
                                                        
                                    15:56
                                
                        
                    
                            umbrella while the sky is blue and a
                                                        
                                    15:59
                                
                        
                    
                            camera walking around and you're walking
                                                        
                                    16:00
                                
                        
                    
                            away from your job. How awesome it is.
                                                        
                                    16:02
                                
                        
                    
                            That guy probably doesn't even work at
                                                        
                                    16:04
                                
                        
                    
                            the government. It's just a picture that
                                                        
                                    16:05
                                
                        
                    
                            they took, but a great angle. Nice
                                                        
                                    16:07
                                
                        
                    
                            people walking there. So, here's what's
                                                        
                                    16:08
                                
                        
                    
                            going on. Let's talk about this. Let's
                                                        
                                    16:10
                                
                        
                    
                            talk about this. Let's talk about this.
                                                        
                                    16:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Trump mocks Chuck Schumer and Hakee Jeff
                                                        
                                    16:14
                                
                        
                    
                            in an AI generated video after
                                                        
                                    16:19
                                
                        
                    
                            government shutdown meeting. You tell
                                                        
                                    16:22
                                
                        
                    
                            me. Oh my god.
                                                        
                                    16:24
                                
                        
                    
                            When have we ever had a government that
                                                        
                                    16:25
                                
                        
                    
                            would post a meme like this? Which, by
                                                        
                                    16:27
                                
                        
                    
                            the way, you have to be honest. Hakee
                                                        
                                    16:31
                                
                        
                    
                            actually looks good with that mustache.
                                                        
                                    16:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Look closely. And that guy, right? He
                                                        
                                    16:34
                                
                        
                    
                            can pull it off. What president do you
                                                        
                                    16:37
                                
                        
                    
                            know,
                                                        
                                    16:39
                                
                        
                    
                            man?
                                                        
                                    16:40
                                
                        
                    
                            That is concerned to entertain you and
                                                        
                                    16:40
                                
                        
                    
                            mock his enemies and be as straight up
                                                        
                                    16:43
                                
                        
                    
                            as this guy here. Go ahead, Rob. Play
                                                        
                                    16:45
                                
                        
                    
                            this clip.
                                                        
                                    16:47
                                
                        
                    
                            There's no way to sugarcoat it. Nobody
                                                        
                                    16:48
                                
                        
                    
                            likes Democrats anymore. We have no
                                                        
                                    16:50
                                
                        
                    
                            voters left because of all of our woke
                                                        
                                    16:53
                                
                        
                    
                            trans [ __ ] Not even black people
                                                        
                                    16:54
                                
                        
                    
                            want to vote for us anymore. Even
                                                        
                                    16:57
                                
                        
                    
                            Latinos hate us. So, we need new voters.
                                                        
                                    16:58
                                
                        
                    
                            And if we give all these illegal aliens
                                                        
                                    17:02
                                
                        
                    
                            free healthcare, we might be able to get
                                                        
                                    17:05
                                
                        
                    
                            them on our side so they can vote for
                                                        
                                    17:07
                                
                        
                    
                            us. They can't even speak English. So,
                                                        
                                    17:09
                                
                        
                    
                            they won't realize we're just a bunch of
                                                        
                                    17:12
                                
                        
                    
                            woke pieces of [ __ ] you know, at least
                                                        
                                    17:14
                                
                        
                    
                            for a while until they they learn
                                                        
                                    17:16
                                
                        
                    
                            English and they realize they hate us,
                                                        
                                    17:18
                                
                        
                    
                            too.
                                                        
                                    17:20
                                
                        
                    
                            You go. Oh man.
                                                        
                                    17:21
                                
                        
                    
                            By the way, this is not a YouTuber that
                                                        
                                    17:22
                                
                        
                    
                            posted this. Not a podcaster, not an
                                                        
                                    17:25
                                
                        
                    
                            influencer. This is the president of the
                                                        
                                    17:27
                                
                        
                    
                            United States posted that video
                                                        
                                    17:29
                                
                        
                    
                            and people lost their minds.
                                                        
                                    17:30
                                
                        
                    
                            Did he post the one with the mariachi
                                                        
                                    17:33
                                
                        
                    
                            band?
                                                        
                                    17:34
                                
                        
                    
                            There's another one. Hold on. No. Did
                                                        
                                    17:35
                                
                        
                    
                            you see that one? He He didn't stop.
                                                        
                                    17:36
                                
                        
                    
                            There's another one. Did you see the
                                                        
                                    17:38
                                
                        
                    
                            I sent you the second one?
                                                        
                                    17:41
                                
                        
                    
                            There's no way in the world.
                                                        
                                    17:42
                                
                        
                    
                            How about this? You're going to laugh
                                                        
                                    17:43
                                
                        
                    
                            even harder cuz it's Hakee Jeff getting
                                                        
                                    17:44
                                
                        
                    
                            pissed off saying, "How dare he?"
                                                        
                                    17:46
                                
                        
                    
                            Say it to my face. I think I
                                                        
                                    17:49
                                
                        
                    
                            You did. I got
                                                        
                                    17:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, Pat, this one's better. No, I think
                                                        
                                    17:51
                                
                        
                    
                            somebody makes them and send them to
                                                        
                                    17:54
                                
                        
                    
                            them. This one is even better. This
                                                        
                                    17:55
                                
                        
                    
                            This is all because the government shut
                                                        
                                    17:58
                                
                        
                    
                            down
                                                        
                                    17:59
                                
                        
                    
                            because they're they're playing that
                                                        
                                    18:00
                                
                        
                    
                            game. Look. Ready? Ready for this?
                                                        
                                    18:01
                                
                        
                    
                            Watch.
                                                        
                                    18:03
                                
                        
                    
                            Disgusting
                                                        
                                    18:03
                                
                        
                    
                            video. And we're going to continue to
                                                        
                                    18:05
                                
                        
                    
                            make clear bigotry will get you nowhere.
                                                        
                                    18:06
                                
                        
                    
                            We are fighting to protect the healthare
                                                        
                                    18:09
                                
                        
                    
                            in the face of an unprecedented
                                                        
                                    18:13
                                
                        
                    
                            [Laughter]
                                                        
                                    18:16
                                
                        
                    
                            He's a troll. He's the ultimate troll.
                                                        
                                    18:23
                                
                        
                    
                            They don't know what to do with it.
                                                        
                                    18:25
                                
                        
                    
                            That's it. They don't know what to do
                                                        
                                    18:27
                                
                        
                    
                            with that.
                                                        
                                    18:28
                                
                        
                    
                            That is the part about being
                                                        
                                    18:28
                                
                        
                    
                            unpredictable. So Rob, can we give the
                                                        
                                    18:29
                                
                        
                    
                            story about the government shutdown?
                                                        
                                    18:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Let's just kind of go through it right
                                                        
                                    18:32
                                
                        
                    
                            now. What's going on? So
                                                        
                                    18:33
                                
                        
                    
                            there's a reason for this angle.
                                                        
                                    18:35
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. So JD Vance predicted that the
                                                        
                                    18:37
                                
                        
                    
                            government's going to shut down after
                                                        
                                    18:38
                                
                        
                    
                            deadly serious Democrat demand
                                                        
                                    18:40
                                
                        
                    
                            concessions. Uh we're headed towards a
                                                        
                                    18:42
                                
                        
                    
                            shutdown. Van says after Trump's meeting
                                                        
                                    18:44
                                
                        
                    
                            with leaders, is this the clip? Go ahead
                                                        
                                    18:46
                                
                        
                    
                            and play this clip.
                                                        
                                    18:48
                                
                        
                    
                            I want to make one final point here. You
                                                        
                                    18:49
                                
                        
                    
                            will hear a lot from Senate Democrats,
                                                        
                                    18:50
                                
                        
                    
                            from House Democrats about the fact that
                                                        
                                    18:52
                                
                        
                    
                            American healthcare policy is broken.
                                                        
                                    18:54
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, we know that American healthcare
                                                        
                                    18:56
                                
                        
                    
                            policy is broken. We've been trying to
                                                        
                                    18:58
                                
                        
                    
                            fix it for the 8 months that we've been
                                                        
                                    18:59
                                
                        
                    
                            in office. But every single thing that
                                                        
                                    19:01
                                
                        
                    
                            they accuse about being broken about
                                                        
                                    19:03
                                
                        
                    
                            American healthcare is policy the
                                                        
                                    19:05
                                
                        
                    
                            Democrats have supported for the past
                                                        
                                    19:07
                                
                        
                    
                            decade. So, if they want to talk about
                                                        
                                    19:09
                                
                        
                    
                            how to fix American healthcare policy,
                                                        
                                    19:10
                                
                        
                    
                            let's do it. The speaker would love to
                                                        
                                    19:12
                                
                        
                    
                            do it. The Senate majority leader would
                                                        
                                    19:14
                                
                        
                    
                            love to do it. Let's work on it
                                                        
                                    19:15
                                
                        
                    
                            together, but let's do it in the context
                                                        
                                    19:17
                                
                        
                    
                            of an open government that's providing
                                                        
                                    19:19
                                
                        
                    
                            essential services to the American
                                                        
                                    19:21
                                
                        
                    
                            people. That's all that we're proposing
                                                        
                                    19:22
                                
                        
                    
                            to do. And the fact that they refuse to
                                                        
                                    19:24
                                
                        
                    
                            do that shows how unreasonable their
                                                        
                                    19:26
                                
                        
                    
                            position is. I think we're headed to a
                                                        
                                    19:28
                                
                        
                    
                            shutdown because the Democrats won't do
                                                        
                                    19:30
                                
                        
                    
                            the right thing. I hope they change
                                                        
                                    19:31
                                
                        
                    
                            their mind, but we're going to see. I'll
                                                        
                                    19:33
                                
                        
                    
                            let the speaker uh say a few words.
                                                        
                                    19:34
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, so we are here not headed to a
                                                        
                                    19:36
                                
                        
                    
                            shutdown. We are shut down for 9 hours
                                                        
                                    19:38
                                
                        
                    
                            and 19 minutes and 42 seconds. Vinnie,
                                                        
                                    19:40
                                
                        
                    
                            your thoughts? Well, let's This kind of
                                                        
                                    19:42
                                
                        
                    
                            brings me back to when uh remember the
                                                        
                                    19:45
                                
                        
                    
                            border bill was coming through and uh
                                                        
                                    19:47
                                
                        
                    
                            they were all losing their mind because
                                                        
                                    19:49
                                
                        
                    
                            the border was wide open. So, they
                                                        
                                    19:51
                                
                        
                    
                            proposed the bill and they're like, "All
                                                        
                                    19:52
                                
                        
                    
                            right, listen. We're going to finally
                                                        
                                    19:53
                                
                        
                    
                            we'll shut the border down. We'll admit
                                                        
                                    19:55
                                
                        
                    
                            that the border is chaotic and it's
                                                        
                                    19:56
                                
                        
                    
                            unsustainable." But in the bill, there's
                                                        
                                    19:59
                                
                        
                    
                            tens of billions of dollars that have to
                                                        
                                    20:02
                                
                        
                    
                            go to Ukraine. There's billions of
                                                        
                                    20:04
                                
                        
                    
                            dollars that have to go to Israel. There
                                                        
                                    20:05
                                
                        
                    
                            billions of dollars that have to go to
                                                        
                                    20:06
                                
                        
                    
                            uh um Taiwan. And it's like, "No, no,
                                                        
                                    20:08
                                
                        
                    
                            no. Time out. Time out. the border, the
                                                        
                                    20:10
                                
                        
                    
                            bill for the border should go to the to
                                                        
                                    20:13
                                
                        
                    
                            the border. Okay. And this is the same
                                                        
                                    20:14
                                
                        
                    
                            situation, Pat, because the the the uh
                                                        
                                    20:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Democrats want Medicaid, they want money
                                                        
                                    20:19
                                
                        
                    
                            to go to illegals and the bill, it's
                                                        
                                    20:21
                                
                        
                    
                            over 1 point some trillion dollars. And
                                                        
                                    20:23
                                
                        
                    
                            this just again shows you they're
                                                        
                                    20:26
                                
                        
                    
                            willing to shut down and stop going to
                                                        
                                    20:28
                                
                        
                    
                            work because they put illegal illegals
                                                        
                                    20:29
                                
                        
                    
                            healthcare over Americans, okay? They're
                                                        
                                    20:32
                                
                        
                    
                            rewarding illegals. And it's I'm
                                                        
                                    20:35
                                
                        
                    
                            actually happy that it's coming to this
                                                        
                                    20:37
                                
                        
                    
                            because they talk all this nonsense.
                                                        
                                    20:39
                                
                        
                    
                            They're going to blame Trump. They're
                                                        
                                    20:40
                                
                        
                    
                            going to blame this and that. It's all
                                                        
                                    20:41
                                
                        
                    
                            them. They want money for illegals. And
                                                        
                                    20:43
                                
                        
                    
                            guess what? They're going up against a
                                                        
                                    20:46
                                
                        
                    
                            president that's America first and he's
                                                        
                                    20:47
                                
                        
                    
                            not having it. Plain and simple.
                                                        
                                    20:48
                                
                        
                    
                            Tom, there there was a bunch of things
                                                        
                                    20:50
                                
                        
                    
                            that came out. Um uh Mark Mitchell was
                                                        
                                    20:51
                                
                        
                    
                            posting them all night. There's a bunch
                                                        
                                    20:53
                                
                        
                    
                            of very interesting polling. 67% of
                                                        
                                    20:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Americans, if you give them a list, do
                                                        
                                    20:58
                                
                        
                    
                            you blame Schumer? Do you blame Trump?
                                                        
                                    21:00
                                
                        
                    
                            Do you blame Congress? Guess what? 67%
                                                        
                                    21:02
                                
                        
                    
                            blame Congress. So in other words, Pat,
                                                        
                                    21:05
                                
                        
                    
                            if you take off if if you just put names
                                                        
                                    21:07
                                
                        
                    
                            on it, that goes one way. But if you say
                                                        
                                    21:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Congress and you add Congress as a name,
                                                        
                                    21:12
                                
                        
                    
                            67% blame Congress for it. And people
                                                        
                                    21:14
                                
                        
                    
                            said that the last shutdown, they don't
                                                        
                                    21:17
                                
                        
                    
                            feel that it hurt their lives. They felt
                                                        
                                    21:19
                                
                        
                    
                            that it was newsworthy and a lot of
                                                        
                                    21:21
                                
                        
                    
                            things going on, but like 80% of
                                                        
                                    21:23
                                
                        
                    
                            Americans said my life wasn't personally
                                                        
                                    21:25
                                
                        
                    
                            hurt by the shutdown. Now, we're not
                                                        
                                    21:28
                                
                        
                    
                            talking about government employees.
                                                        
                                    21:29
                                
                        
                    
                            We're talking about voters everywhere
                                                        
                                    21:30
                                
                        
                    
                            else, not government. 80% said, "Well,
                                                        
                                    21:32
                                
                        
                    
                            yeah, there was a shutdown, but it
                                                        
                                    21:34
                                
                        
                    
                            didn't really affect me, as far as I can
                                                        
                                    21:36
                                
                        
                    
                            tell."
                                                        
                                    21:37
                                
                        
                    
                            Says, "Next." So, they blame Congress
                                                        
                                    21:38
                                
                        
                    
                            next. And now more people say they
                                                        
                                    21:40
                                
                        
                    
                            understand uncontrolled spending and our
                                                        
                                    21:44
                                
                        
                    
                            national debt is bad and is not just an
                                                        
                                    21:46
                                
                        
                    
                            election year thing. It's bad. They
                                                        
                                    21:49
                                
                        
                    
                            don't know what to do about it, but they
                                                        
                                    21:51
                                
                        
                    
                            understand that it's bad and it hurts
                                                        
                                    21:53
                                
                        
                    
                            the economy long term. Isn't that very
                                                        
                                    21:55
                                
                        
                    
                            interesting? So, people will directly
                                                        
                                    21:57
                                
                        
                    
                            blame Trump. They'll directly blame
                                                        
                                    21:59
                                
                        
                    
                            Schumer. But when you step back,
                                                        
                                    22:01
                                
                        
                    
                            America's actually said, "If the shut
                                                        
                                    22:03
                                
                        
                    
                            here's the punch line. If the shutdown
                                                        
                                    22:06
                                
                        
                    
                            gets a change in spending, I'm in favor
                                                        
                                    22:09
                                
                        
                    
                            of it." That is a core American voter.
                                                        
                                    22:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Here's what Trump had to say. And Adam,
                                                        
                                    22:14
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm going to come to you right here. Go
                                                        
                                    22:15
                                
                        
                    
                            ahead. Uh uh uh Robin,
                                                        
                                    22:16
                                
                        
                    
                            we could come up and and through this
                                                        
                                    22:18
                                
                        
                    
                            whole thing, you know, cuz I don't know,
                                                        
                                    22:20
                                
                        
                    
                            we'll probably have a shutdown because
                                                        
                                    22:21
                                
                        
                    
                            one of the things they want to do is
                                                        
                                    22:23
                                
                        
                    
                            they want to give uh incredible
                                                        
                                    22:25
                                
                        
                    
                            Medicare, Cadillac, the Cadillac
                                                        
                                    22:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Medicare to illegal immigrants. And what
                                                        
                                    22:29
                                
                        
                    
                            that does is it keeps them coming into
                                                        
                                    22:33
                                
                        
                    
                            our country.
                                                        
                                    22:34
                                
                        
                    
                            Yep.
                                                        
                                    22:35
                                
                        
                    
                            And like they do in California. And no
                                                        
                                    22:36
                                
                        
                    
                            country can afford that. No country. And
                                                        
                                    22:38
                                
                        
                    
                            we have the border stopped up. We have
                                                        
                                    22:41
                                
                        
                    
                            it closed. We have nobody for four
                                                        
                                    22:42
                                
                        
                    
                            months. Zero. Zero people came in. That
                                                        
                                    22:44
                                
                        
                    
                            wasn't me. That's be by the authorities
                                                        
                                    22:46
                                
                        
                    
                            who happen to be liberally oriented. But
                                                        
                                    22:48
                                
                        
                    
                            but just think of that. We have
                                                        
                                    22:51
                                
                        
                    
                            I love that
                                                        
                                    22:53
                                
                        
                    
                            people offering health care to people
                                                        
                                    22:54
                                
                        
                    
                            all over the world that they can't
                                                        
                                    22:57
                                
                        
                    
                            afford to pay.
                                                        
                                    22:59
                                
                        
                    
                            Now watch this. You can pause it right
                                                        
                                    22:59
                                
                        
                    
                            there. Democrats are saying that's not
                                                        
                                    23:00
                                
                        
                    
                            true. That's not what happened. A
                                                        
                                    23:02
                                
                        
                    
                            podcaster and a a a host goes out there
                                                        
                                    23:04
                                
                        
                    
                            asking a question of Maxine Water who
                                                        
                                    23:07
                                
                        
                    
                            seems very happy. She's asking Maxine a
                                                        
                                    23:10
                                
                        
                    
                            question here. And look at Maxine's uh
                                                        
                                    23:12
                                
                        
                    
                            response. Go ahead.
                                                        
                                    23:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Are Democrats demanding healthc care for
                                                        
                                    23:15
                                
                        
                    
                            illegal aliens?
                                                        
                                    23:17
                                
                        
                    
                            That's right.
                                                        
                                    23:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Democrats are demanding health care for
                                                        
                                    23:19
                                
                        
                    
                            everybody.
                                                        
                                    23:22
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh god.
                                                        
                                    23:23
                                
                        
                    
                            We want to save lives. We want to make
                                                        
                                    23:24
                                
                        
                    
                            sure that health care is available to
                                                        
                                    23:27
                                
                        
                    
                            those who would die but having the help
                                                        
                                    23:30
                                
                        
                    
                            of their government.
                                                        
                                    23:36
                                
                        
                    
                            So you're good with a government
                                                        
                                    23:37
                                
                        
                    
                            shutdown even if it means giving
                                                        
                                    23:38
                                
                        
                    
                            healthcare to people who aren't American
                                                        
                                    23:40
                                
                        
                    
                            citizens?
                                                        
                                    23:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, you keep That's what you're
                                                        
                                    23:43
                                
                        
                    
                            pushing on. What you're trying to do is
                                                        
                                    23:45
                                
                        
                    
                            you're standing here and you're trying
                                                        
                                    23:48
                                
                        
                    
                            to make me say that somehow we are going
                                                        
                                    23:50
                                
                        
                    
                            to put noncitizens over Americans. Quit
                                                        
                                    23:53
                                
                        
                    
                            it. Stop it. This is the kind of
                                                        
                                    23:55
                                
                        
                    
                            journalism we don't need. You are
                                                        
                                    23:57
                                
                        
                    
                            divisive. No, you're not. You're being
                                                        
                                    23:59
                                
                        
                    
                            divisive. No. Please don't. You don't
                                                        
                                    24:02
                                
                        
                    
                            need to ask that question. You're just
                                                        
                                    24:04
                                
                        
                    
                            trying to get controversy here. You're
                                                        
                                    24:06
                                
                        
                    
                            not going to get it from me. We want to
                                                        
                                    24:08
                                
                        
                    
                            save healthcare for all people. Thank
                                                        
                                    24:10
                                
                        
                    
                            you. Thank you, Congresswoman.
                                                        
                                    24:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Appreciate it.
                                                        
                                    24:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Good work, girl. She did great. Just
                                                        
                                    24:16
                                
                        
                    
                            simple. So, Brandon, what do you think's
                                                        
                                    24:17
                                
                        
                    
                            going on here?
                                                        
                                    24:19
                                
                        
                    
                            No, it's amazing. Like, we spent 2.4
                                                        
                                    24:20
                                
                        
                    
                            trillion on healthcare already. Like,
                                                        
                                    24:22
                                
                        
                    
                            what do they want to bring it to? You
                                                        
                                    24:23
                                
                        
                    
                            know, 67% of the budget goes to
                                                        
                                    24:24
                                
                        
                    
                            entitlement. So, like, what's the number
                                                        
                                    24:26
                                
                        
                    
                            they actually think is realistic? Like,
                                                        
                                    24:27
                                
                        
                    
                            are they genuinely trying to bankrupt
                                                        
                                    24:29
                                
                        
                    
                            the country? And, you know, when they
                                                        
                                    24:30
                                
                        
                    
                            say the government shutdown's about
                                                        
                                    24:31
                                
                        
                    
                            health care, like, nobody in politics
                                                        
                                    24:32
                                
                        
                    
                            understands healthcare. I could assure
                                                        
                                    24:34
                                
                        
                    
                            you of that. One of the best books about
                                                        
                                    24:36
                                
                        
                    
                            healthcare I've ever read was about by
                                                        
                                    24:37
                                
                        
                    
                            Marty Mccur, the current head of the
                                                        
                                    24:39
                                
                        
                    
                            FDA. And he just goes on to say that
                                                        
                                    24:41
                                
                        
                    
                            even genuine geniuses that have deeply
                                                        
                                    24:42
                                
                        
                    
                            studied the problems with healthcare. It
                                                        
                                    24:44
                                
                        
                    
                            can't explain it that well and don't
                                                        
                                    24:46
                                
                        
                    
                            understand that well. So if this is
                                                        
                                    24:47
                                
                        
                    
                            about really about healthcare, it's not
                                                        
                                    24:48
                                
                        
                    
                            going to get resolved anytime soon. But
                                                        
                                    24:50
                                
                        
                    
                            the government shutdown thing is silly
                                                        
                                    24:51
                                
                        
                    
                            and I think it'll get resolved pretty
                                                        
                                    24:53
                                
                        
                    
                            quickly without serious impact. Like
                                                        
                                    24:54
                                
                        
                    
                            last time I appreciated when he did it
                                                        
                                    24:56
                                
                        
                    
                            actually to get the border wall done.
                                                        
                                    24:57
                                
                        
                    
                            That was one of his epic all-time
                                                        
                                    24:58
                                
                        
                    
                            moments in his first administration.
                                                        
                                    25:00
                                
                        
                    
                            So what so what were your success? So
                                                        
                                    25:01
                                
                        
                    
                            let's just say the government shut down
                                                        
                                    25:02
                                
                        
                    
                            to get something out of it. What would
                                                        
                                    25:04
                                
                        
                    
                            you consider this government shutdown
                                                        
                                    25:06
                                
                        
                    
                            leading to a success? Tom, I'm going to
                                                        
                                    25:08
                                
                        
                    
                            come to you as well. Brandon, you first.
                                                        
                                    25:09
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, that's the the problem, I guess,
                                                        
                                    25:11
                                
                        
                    
                            is that it doesn't seem like Trump is
                                                        
                                    25:12
                                
                        
                    
                            asking for anything. It seems like the
                                                        
                                    25:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Democrats are asking to increase the 2.4
                                                        
                                    25:15
                                
                        
                    
                            trillion in healthcare spending to
                                                        
                                    25:18
                                
                        
                    
                            something else, which I don't like I
                                                        
                                    25:19
                                
                        
                    
                            think it needs to go down by a lot, if
                                                        
                                    25:21
                                
                        
                    
                            anything. So, I I don't think they could
                                                        
                                    25:22
                                
                        
                    
                            break on that. Um, it doesn't I haven't
                                                        
                                    25:24
                                
                        
                    
                            heard Trump ask for anything, so I I
                                                        
                                    25:25
                                
                        
                    
                            don't know if it's going to come to a
                                                        
                                    25:27
                                
                        
                    
                            resolution.
                                                        
                                    25:28
                                
                        
                    
                            Very interesting. Tom, what would you
                                                        
                                    25:29
                                
                        
                    
                            say?
                                                        
                                    25:30
                                
                        
                    
                            So, here's here's what's going on,
                                                        
                                    25:30
                                
                        
                    
                            America. And Brandon, back me up here. M
                                                        
                                    25:32
                                
                        
                    
                            there's a thing called a continuing
                                                        
                                    25:35
                                
                        
                    
                            resolution.
                                                        
                                    25:36
                                
                        
                    
                            Yes.
                                                        
                                    25:37
                                
                        
                    
                            And you'll see CR. You'll see Wall
                                                        
                                    25:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Street Journal, you know, your local
                                                        
                                    25:40
                                
                        
                    
                            wherever you're getting news, you'll see
                                                        
                                    25:42
                                
                        
                    
                            CR this week, you know, um senators,
                                                        
                                    25:43
                                
                        
                    
                            congressman arguing over a CR. You have
                                                        
                                    25:46
                                
                        
                    
                            AOC telling the Senate saying, "I am
                                                        
                                    25:48
                                
                        
                    
                            ready and you can negotiate with me
                                                        
                                    25:51
                                
                        
                    
                            directly." Until three senators said,
                                                        
                                    25:53
                                
                        
                    
                            "Hey, check you're in the House of
                                                        
                                    25:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Representatives. We're the Senate." So
                                                        
                                    25:56
                                
                        
                    
                            Grant,
                                                        
                                    25:59
                                
                        
                    
                            they said that.
                                                        
                                    25:59
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, not like that. I said that, but
                                                        
                                    26:00
                                
                        
                    
                            they were like, "Excuse me, the Senate
                                                        
                                    26:02
                                
                        
                    
                            will negotiate with itself." But she's
                                                        
                                    26:04
                                
                        
                    
                            out there grandstanding. So, everybody's
                                                        
                                    26:06
                                
                        
                    
                            grandstanding about CR. What is a CR?
                                                        
                                    26:07
                                
                        
                    
                            The continuing resolution is a bill that
                                                        
                                    26:10
                                
                        
                    
                            says how to keep a resolution to keep
                                                        
                                    26:14
                                
                        
                    
                            the government continuing. But it goes
                                                        
                                    26:16
                                
                        
                    
                            back to exactly what Vinnie was talking
                                                        
                                    26:19
                                
                        
                    
                            about. Remember when we covered the
                                                        
                                    26:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Inflation Reduction Act on this podcast
                                                        
                                    26:22
                                
                        
                    
                            and we dove inside and we said, "Wait a
                                                        
                                    26:24
                                
                        
                    
                            minute, circumcisions for Tunisia."
                                                        
                                    26:26
                                
                        
                    
                            Remember that thing? And there was
                                                        
                                    26:28
                                
                        
                    
                            things in there, but it goes like this.
                                                        
                                    26:30
                                
                        
                    
                            What does that mean, though?
                                                        
                                    26:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Hey, Patision
                                                        
                                    26:32
                                
                        
                    
                            for Tunisia.
                                                        
                                    26:34
                                
                        
                    
                            We are giving money.
                                                        
                                    26:35
                                
                        
                    
                            Hey, Pat, I know you're speaker of the
                                                        
                                    26:36
                                
                        
                    
                            house, and I respect you, sir, but um I
                                                        
                                    26:37
                                
                        
                    
                            you can have my vote, but I got to have
                                                        
                                    26:40
                                
                        
                    
                            the circumcisions in Tunisia. I need 5 a
                                                        
                                    26:42
                                
                        
                    
                            half million. It's going to a foreign
                                                        
                                    26:45
                                
                        
                    
                            aid organization.
                                                        
                                    26:46
                                
                        
                    
                            Is that really an epidemic going on over
                                                        
                                    26:48
                                
                        
                    
                            there?
                                                        
                                    26:49
                                
                        
                    
                            No, but that's an example. And then they
                                                        
                                    26:49
                                
                        
                    
                            go to Vinnie and Vinnie says, "Hey, um,
                                                        
                                    26:51
                                
                        
                    
                            we're building a dam in Minnesota. I
                                                        
                                    26:53
                                
                        
                    
                            need another 40 million for the dam. you
                                                        
                                    26:55
                                
                        
                    
                            got to hide it in here. And then you're
                                                        
                                    26:57
                                
                        
                    
                            and then suddenly the continuing
                                                        
                                    26:59
                                
                        
                    
                            resolution is is is is bloated with all
                                                        
                                    27:00
                                
                        
                    
                            this stuff.
                                                        
                                    27:04
                                
                        
                    
                            But but Tom, you you sent a clip to Rob.
                                                        
                                    27:04
                                
                        
                    
                            This is something that's important to
                                                        
                                    27:06
                                
                        
                    
                            them, right? The 2019 debate that was
                                                        
                                    27:08
                                
                        
                    
                            taking place. Watch this clip, folks,
                                                        
                                    27:09
                                
                        
                    
                            that uh Tom sent in to Rob.
                                                        
                                    27:11
                                
                        
                    
                            This goes to Maxine Waters saying you're
                                                        
                                    27:13
                                
                        
                    
                            trying to make me say this. They speak
                                                        
                                    27:14
                                
                        
                    
                            for themselves right here.
                                                        
                                    27:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Watch this, folks.
                                                        
                                    27:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Raise your hand if your government plan
                                                        
                                    27:18
                                
                        
                    
                            would provide coverage for undocumented
                                                        
                                    27:21
                                
                        
                    
                            immigrants.
                                                        
                                    27:22
                                
                        
                    
                            Here we go. Raise your hands, folks.
                                                        
                                    27:23
                                
                        
                    
                            Look at that. All of them. Oh, all of
                                                        
                                    27:25
                                
                        
                    
                            it. It's unanimous.
                                                        
                                    27:27
                                
                        
                    
                            And so, so here's my thing, cuz I now
                                                        
                                    27:29
                                
                        
                    
                            cuz as you guys are are all talking and
                                                        
                                    27:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Brandon, you too, you made a good point.
                                                        
                                    27:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Why Why are the Democrats so so loud and
                                                        
                                    27:34
                                
                        
                    
                            so proud and willing to shut down the
                                                        
                                    27:38
                                
                        
                    
                            United States government for illegals?
                                                        
                                    27:40
                                
                        
                    
                            And I thought of Brandon, am I right or
                                                        
                                    27:41
                                
                        
                    
                            am I wrong? It's for for votes and it's
                                                        
                                    27:42
                                
                        
                    
                            for power because if you promise them
                                                        
                                    27:44
                                
                        
                    
                            health care, then you're creating like
                                                        
                                    27:47
                                
                        
                    
                            this long-term dependency. So these
                                                        
                                    27:49
                                
                        
                    
                            people that are coming over for the
                                                        
                                    27:51
                                
                        
                    
                            future voting base because think about
                                                        
                                    27:52
                                
                        
                    
                            it there's Tom Hman said there's almost
                                                        
                                    27:53
                                
                        
                    
                            20 million of them here. I think Trump
                                                        
                                    27:56
                                
                        
                    
                            and Trump said that they they deported 2
                                                        
                                    27:58
                                
                        
                    
                            million. Okay, good for you. But that's
                                                        
                                    28:00
                                
                        
                    
                            still 18 million people that are here
                                                        
                                    28:03
                                
                        
                    
                            and you incentivize them to stay here.
                                                        
                                    28:05
                                
                        
                    
                            And then guess what? We're going to
                                                        
                                    28:07
                                
                        
                    
                            we're the party that's going to give you
                                                        
                                    28:08
                                
                        
                    
                            free healthcare. Vote for us because I
                                                        
                                    28:10
                                
                        
                    
                            mean what why else do Democrats care?
                                                        
                                    28:13
                                
                        
                    
                            They don't give a damn. If you if you
                                                        
                                    28:15
                                
                        
                    
                            guys think Democrats care about your
                                                        
                                    28:17
                                
                        
                    
                            your well-being, you're wrong. And look
                                                        
                                    28:19
                                
                        
                    
                            at what this open border that they have
                                                        
                                    28:22
                                
                        
                    
                            all these illegals here that they want
                                                        
                                    28:23
                                
                        
                    
                            to pay for. How many how many jobs have
                                                        
                                    28:24
                                
                        
                    
                            have Americans lost? How many crimes
                                                        
                                    28:27
                                
                        
                    
                            have been committed towards Americans?
                                                        
                                    28:29
                                
                        
                    
                            How many sexual assaults, I don't want
                                                        
                                    28:31
                                
                        
                    
                            to say the R word, but how much stuff
                                                        
                                    28:33
                                
                        
                    
                            has to happen to prove to Democrat
                                                        
                                    28:34
                                
                        
                    
                            voters they don't care about you. They
                                                        
                                    28:37
                                
                        
                    
                            care about the votes and they care about
                                                        
                                    28:39
                                
                        
                    
                            their power and that's it. Then then
                                                        
                                    28:41
                                
                        
                    
                            they don't care.
                                                        
                                    28:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Danny, you hit a great point. I go for
                                                        
                                    28:43
                                
                        
                    
                            it. Side point. If Kamla wins the
                                                        
                                    28:44
                                
                        
                    
                            election, are they pushing this hard for
                                                        
                                    28:46
                                
                        
                    
                            the healthcare right now?
                                                        
                                    28:48
                                
                        
                    
                            Of course not.
                                                        
                                    28:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Right. But they lost the election, then
                                                        
                                    28:51
                                
                        
                    
                            they're looking for more votes.
                                                        
                                    28:52
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, exactly.
                                                        
                                    28:54
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, so watch this, folks. As we're
                                                        
                                    28:55
                                
                        
                    
                            going through this, there's a story that
                                                        
                                    28:56
                                
                        
                    
                            comes out that says uh where's the story
                                                        
                                    28:58
                                
                        
                    
                            here? Democratic Party hits historic law
                                                        
                                    29:01
                                
                        
                    
                            favorability in a new national poll.
                                                        
                                    29:03
                                
                        
                    
                            Here's another one. They had one a month
                                                        
                                    29:05
                                
                        
                    
                            and a half ago. There's another one that
                                                        
                                    29:06
                                
                        
                    
                            comes out if you guys want to go to this
                                                        
                                    29:08
                                
                        
                    
                            on page 15. Uh uh uh uhh. Let me go to
                                                        
                                    29:10
                                
                        
                    
                            it here. I thought I had it. Page uh
                                                        
                                    29:14
                                
                        
                    
                            have 16, but let me see where 15 is.
                                                        
                                    29:16
                                
                        
                    
                            You have it? If you just give it to me,
                                                        
                                    29:19
                                
                        
                    
                            I'll read it.
                                                        
                                    29:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, I have it right here. 15. I was just
                                                        
                                    29:21
                                
                        
                    
                            looking at the date that said at 10:1.
                                                        
                                    29:22
                                
                        
                    
                            Uh, okay. Here we go. So, Democratic
                                                        
                                    29:25
                                
                        
                    
                            Party hits the laws. It sounds in what
                                                        
                                    29:27
                                
                        
                    
                            sounds like a broken record. The
                                                        
                                    29:30
                                
                        
                    
                            Democratic Party hits another historic
                                                        
                                    29:31
                                
                        
                    
                            low national poll this week. 30% of
                                                        
                                    29:33
                                
                        
                    
                            voters nationwide question in Quinn
                                                        
                                    29:34
                                
                        
                    
                            Quinnipac University survey said that
                                                        
                                    29:37
                                
                        
                    
                            they have a favorable opinion of
                                                        
                                    29:39
                                
                        
                    
                            Democratic Party. Let me say that one
                                                        
                                    29:41
                                
                        
                    
                            more time to you folks. 30%.
                                                        
                                    29:42
                                
                        
                    
                            30
                                                        
                                    29:45
                                
                        
                    
                            30%.
                                                        
                                    29:45
                                
                        
                    
                            30%. And 54% said they hold an
                                                        
                                    29:47
                                
                        
                    
                            unfavorable opinion. This is the lowest
                                                        
                                    29:50
                                
                        
                    
                            favorability rating for Democratic party
                                                        
                                    29:52
                                
                        
                    
                            since the Quinnipac poll began asking
                                                        
                                    29:54
                                
                        
                    
                            voters this question in '08, which means
                                                        
                                    29:57
                                
                        
                    
                            it's never been any lower. The survey's
                                                        
                                    29:59
                                
                        
                    
                            released uh uh noted the Quinnipac
                                                        
                                    30:01
                                
                        
                    
                            survey was uh the latest poll this year
                                                        
                                    30:03
                                
                        
                    
                            that shows this and obviously there's a
                                                        
                                    30:05
                                
                        
                    
                            lot of this stuff going on. So Tom, as
                                                        
                                    30:07
                                
                        
                    
                            as they're going through this, don't you
                                                        
                                    30:09
                                
                        
                    
                            think, and maybe Brandon, I'll come to
                                                        
                                    30:11
                                
                        
                    
                            you. Don't you think as they're going
                                                        
                                    30:13
                                
                        
                    
                            through this
                                                        
                                    30:14
                                
                        
                    
                            that they have to sit there and realize
                                                        
                                    30:16
                                
                        
                    
                            this is real numbers? You can't just go
                                                        
                                    30:18
                                
                        
                    
                            up there and keep playing this game.
                                                        
                                    30:21
                                
                        
                    
                            People are not liking it. People are not
                                                        
                                    30:24
                                
                        
                    
                            happy about this. People want to go back
                                                        
                                    30:26
                                
                        
                    
                            to common sense. And the more
                                                        
                                    30:29
                                
                        
                    
                            conservatives and Republicans go to
                                                        
                                    30:31
                                
                        
                    
                            common sense, the more they feel they
                                                        
                                    30:33
                                
                        
                    
                            have to do complete opposite and they're
                                                        
                                    30:34
                                
                        
                    
                            thinking like this is our way of winning
                                                        
                                    30:37
                                
                        
                    
                            the vote because we have to go against
                                                        
                                    30:39
                                
                        
                    
                            the grain.
                                                        
                                    30:41
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. and favorability goes lower and
                                                        
                                    30:42
                                
                        
                    
                            lower and lower. What do you think's
                                                        
                                    30:44
                                
                        
                    
                            happening here?
                                                        
                                    30:45
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Um I mean it's sad when you have
                                                        
                                    30:46
                                
                        
                    
                            to find an entire new voting base
                                                        
                                    30:48
                                
                        
                    
                            because your country distrusts you so
                                                        
                                    30:50
                                
                        
                    
                            much. Like um if they just, you know,
                                                        
                                    30:52
                                
                        
                    
                            like if they just acted like normal
                                                        
                                    30:55
                                
                        
                    
                            people, then they'd be fine. I mean,
                                                        
                                    30:57
                                
                        
                    
                            most people who are Republicans right
                                                        
                                    30:58
                                
                        
                    
                            now used to be Democrats at one point in
                                                        
                                    31:00
                                
                        
                    
                            time. Like a lot of people in my family,
                                                        
                                    31:01
                                
                        
                    
                            a lot of my friends used to be Democrats
                                                        
                                    31:02
                                
                        
                    
                            cuz Democrats used to be the normal
                                                        
                                    31:04
                                
                        
                    
                            people. But they won't let a normal
                                                        
                                    31:05
                                
                        
                    
                            person get through the gatekeepers in
                                                        
                                    31:07
                                
                        
                    
                            their party. like they they've destroyed
                                                        
                                    31:10
                                
                        
                    
                            anybody who's been a threat to the
                                                        
                                    31:11
                                
                        
                    
                            establishment. People like Bernie
                                                        
                                    31:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Sanders and even um you know when Steve
                                                        
                                    31:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Nay Smith starts acting like he might
                                                        
                                    31:16
                                
                        
                    
                            run for president in a couple years,
                                                        
                                    31:18
                                
                        
                    
                            they went on attack mode against him
                                                        
                                    31:19
                                
                        
                    
                            right away. So it's they're doing it to
                                                        
                                    31:21
                                
                        
                    
                            themselves and you know saying free
                                                        
                                    31:22
                                
                        
                    
                            healthcare is like saying the war on
                                                        
                                    31:24
                                
                        
                    
                            terror or the war on drugs. It's like
                                                        
                                    31:26
                                
                        
                    
                            this open-ended impossible thing that
                                                        
                                    31:27
                                
                        
                    
                            sounds good but is isn't feasible. Like
                                                        
                                    31:29
                                
                        
                    
                            how about reform the health care system
                                                        
                                    31:31
                                
                        
                    
                            instead of just blankly saying free
                                                        
                                    31:32
                                
                        
                    
                            healthcare. So, um, yeah, I think that
                                                        
                                    31:34
                                
                        
                    
                            they need to let a normal person get
                                                        
                                    31:36
                                
                        
                    
                            through the gatekeepers to begin with to
                                                        
                                    31:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, so let me ask a question. Uh,
                                                        
                                    31:40
                                
                        
                    
                            Brandon, how old are you?
                                                        
                                    31:41
                                
                        
                    
                            30.
                                                        
                                    31:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Just turned 30. Okay.
                                                        
                                    31:43
                                
                        
                    
                            30. 30. So 30 years old.
                                                        
                                    31:44
                                
                        
                    
                            It was a great party, by the way.
                                                        
                                    31:46
                                
                        
                    
                            Yes.
                                                        
                                    31:47
                                
                        
                    
                            So 30 years old. So the question is, uh,
                                                        
                                    31:48
                                
                        
                    
                            where do you see like if you're if if
                                                        
                                    31:52
                                
                        
                    
                            they hire you as a consultant, you're a
                                                        
                                    31:54
                                
                        
                    
                            younger guy, you read everything and
                                                        
                                    31:55
                                
                        
                    
                            anything that's on politics, you're, you
                                                        
                                    31:57
                                
                        
                    
                            know, go through the material that's out
                                                        
                                    31:59
                                
                        
                    
                            there. What are two or three areas that
                                                        
                                    32:01
                                
                        
                    
                            you think Democrats could go attack?
                                                        
                                    32:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Think about blue ocean strategy to say
                                                        
                                    32:06
                                
                        
                    
                            if they went here they can get some
                                                        
                                    32:08
                                
                        
                    
                            common sense people to join them. Where
                                                        
                                    32:11
                                
                        
                    
                            would it be?
                                                        
                                    32:12
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, easy. I both parties should do
                                                        
                                    32:13
                                
                        
                    
                            this. The cost of living number one. So
                                                        
                                    32:15
                                
                        
                    
                            the immigration affects this too. The
                                                        
                                    32:17
                                
                        
                    
                            cost of a house is went from I think
                                                        
                                    32:18
                                
                        
                    
                            $350,000 on average to $475 over the
                                                        
                                    32:21
                                
                        
                    
                            last six years like postco after
                                                        
                                    32:24
                                
                        
                    
                            printing all the money. So you know we
                                                        
                                    32:26
                                
                        
                    
                            used to build 500,000 houses a year in
                                                        
                                    32:28
                                
                        
                    
                            the 70s. this now it's like 50,000
                                                        
                                    32:30
                                
                        
                    
                            houses a year. So massive
                                                        
                                    32:31
                                
                        
                    
                            from 500,000 in the 70s to 50,000 today.
                                                        
                                    32:33
                                
                        
                    
                            So they don't make it conducive or easy
                                                        
                                    32:37
                                
                        
                    
                            at all for home builders to build homes
                                                        
                                    32:38
                                
                        
                    
                            profitably. You know like my grandfather
                                                        
                                    32:40
                                
                        
                    
                            was a home builder. He said it was very
                                                        
                                    32:41
                                
                        
                    
                            profitable back in the day but today
                                                        
                                    32:42
                                
                        
                    
                            it's not even worthwhile to try to build
                                                        
                                    32:44
                                
                        
                    
                            a starter sized home. So that I think
                                                        
                                    32:45
                                
                        
                    
                            that's number one
                                                        
                                    32:48
                                
                        
                    
                            for people. And then just simply
                                                        
                                    32:50
                                
                        
                    
                            reforming the health care system like
                                                        
                                    32:51
                                
                        
                    
                            maybe giving government grants to um
                                                        
                                    32:53
                                
                        
                    
                            provide more doctors because it's
                                                        
                                    32:56
                                
                        
                    
                            actually very hard to become a doctor or
                                                        
                                    32:57
                                
                        
                    
                            a PA like they have a limited amount of
                                                        
                                    32:59
                                
                        
                    
                            um doctors they take in their programs
                                                        
                                    33:02
                                
                        
                    
                            like really qualified people don't get
                                                        
                                    33:03
                                
                        
                    
                            into the programs a lot of the time. So
                                                        
                                    33:05
                                
                        
                    
                            investing into things there are
                                                        
                                    33:06
                                
                        
                    
                            shortages in like there shortages in
                                                        
                                    33:08
                                
                        
                    
                            doctors there shortages and houses. So
                                                        
                                    33:09
                                
                        
                    
                            like addressing market side pain points
                                                        
                                    33:11
                                
                        
                    
                            instead of just saying like oh let's
                                                        
                                    33:13
                                
                        
                    
                            throw money at it.
                                                        
                                    33:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay third one. So I got the first one I
                                                        
                                    33:16
                                
                        
                    
                            got the second one. What's the third
                                                        
                                    33:18
                                
                        
                    
                            one?
                                                        
                                    33:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Um, how about not being so inclined to
                                                        
                                    33:20
                                
                        
                    
                            go to a war? You know, because both
                                                        
                                    33:22
                                
                        
                    
                            parties seem that seems to be a really
                                                        
                                    33:24
                                
                        
                    
                            bipartisan thing is to, you know, just
                                                        
                                    33:25
                                
                        
                    
                            get into other people's business and,
                                                        
                                    33:27
                                
                        
                    
                            um, assist in wars across the country or
                                                        
                                    33:29
                                
                        
                    
                            across the world that we have nothing to
                                                        
                                    33:31
                                
                        
                    
                            do with.
                                                        
                                    33:32
                                
                        
                    
                            So, how do you do that? How do you do
                                                        
                                    33:33
                                
                        
                    
                            the last one?
                                                        
                                    33:34
                                
                        
                    
                            Uh, the last one I would say, uh, stop
                                                        
                                    33:35
                                
                        
                    
                            giving money to Ukraine. Say, Ukraine,
                                                        
                                    33:37
                                
                        
                    
                            hey, I'm sorry it's, you know,
                                                        
                                    33:38
                                
                        
                    
                            unfortunate that you lost some land, but
                                                        
                                    33:40
                                
                        
                    
                            we're going to have to give some land to
                                                        
                                    33:42
                                
                        
                    
                            Russia because that's the only way
                                                        
                                    33:43
                                
                        
                    
                            around this. What if what if you can get
                                                        
                                    33:44
                                
                        
                    
                            some minerals in return for us to be
                                                        
                                    33:46
                                
                        
                    
                            protected long term because they have a
                                                        
                                    33:48
                                
                        
                    
                            lot of good things that they're offering
                                                        
                                    33:50
                                
                        
                    
                            that US has to kind of like what the
                                                        
                                    33:52
                                
                        
                    
                            deal he just did on the lithium deal
                                                        
                                    33:54
                                
                        
                    
                            that the president went in and they
                                                        
                                    33:56
                                
                        
                    
                            bought into it what 10% to say hey
                                                        
                                    33:57
                                
                        
                    
                            we're going to have this problem in the
                                                        
                                    34:00
                                
                        
                    
                            future we may as well protect ourselves
                                                        
                                    34:01
                                
                        
                    
                            I think it was a Canadian company if I'm
                                                        
                                    34:03
                                
                        
                    
                            not mistaken right
                                                        
                                    34:05
                                
                        
                    
                            Canadian is in there and General Motors
                                                        
                                    34:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Yep. So, so you know, somebody may say
                                                        
                                    34:07
                                
                        
                    
                            to you, well, you know, we kind of need
                                                        
                                    34:09
                                
                        
                    
                            that deal because Ukraine has some of
                                                        
                                    34:11
                                
                        
                    
                            the best resources in the world,
                                                        
                                    34:13
                                
                        
                    
                            but we didn't need that deal before this
                                                        
                                    34:15
                                
                        
                    
                            war was happening. And I don't think
                                                        
                                    34:17
                                
                        
                    
                            Ukraine's the only place in the world
                                                        
                                    34:18
                                
                        
                    
                            where we could get those minerals and to
                                                        
                                    34:19
                                
                        
                    
                            in order to get that deal and to end
                                                        
                                    34:21
                                
                        
                    
                            this war. Like, so there's I don't see a
                                                        
                                    34:23
                                
                        
                    
                            way in which they could get that
                                                        
                                    34:25
                                
                        
                    
                            territory back without losing much more
                                                        
                                    34:26
                                
                        
                    
                            than we gain with the mineral deal. You
                                                        
                                    34:28
                                
                        
                    
                            know, Russia has those minerals. I think
                                                        
                                    34:30
                                
                        
                    
                            a lot of countries in that area, even
                                                        
                                    34:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Canada has a lot of the minerals. Canada
                                                        
                                    34:33
                                
                        
                    
                            has like all the minerals we could ever
                                                        
                                    34:35
                                
                        
                    
                            imagine that we would need, most of
                                                        
                                    34:36
                                
                        
                    
                            which Ukraine has. So, I think the
                                                        
                                    34:37
                                
                        
                    
                            minerals thing is just something that
                                                        
                                    34:39
                                
                        
                    
                            sounds good,
                                                        
                                    34:40
                                
                        
                    
                            right? So, you just have it. Tom, what
                                                        
                                    34:40
                                
                        
                    
                            would you say?
                                                        
                                    34:42
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, I agree with him because uh where
                                                        
                                    34:42
                                
                        
                    
                            in that poll that we were just talking
                                                        
                                    34:45
                                
                        
                    
                            about, the Quinnipac poll that led to
                                                        
                                    34:47
                                
                        
                    
                            your question, um the Republicans have
                                                        
                                    34:48
                                
                        
                    
                            made gains among black, Hispanic, and
                                                        
                                    34:50
                                
                        
                    
                            younger voters. And that's it. It wasn't
                                                        
                                    34:52
                                
                        
                    
                            more middle class people. It wasn't more
                                                        
                                    34:55
                                
                        
                    
                            old people. Those blocks were there. It
                                                        
                                    34:57
                                
                        
                    
                            was shifts among black, Hispanic, and
                                                        
                                    35:00
                                
                        
                    
                            younger voters that led to the
                                                        
                                    35:02
                                
                        
                    
                            Republicans under Donald Trump winning a
                                                        
                                    35:04
                                
                        
                    
                            little bit more of every county and we
                                                        
                                    35:07
                                
                        
                    
                            saw the red map. That's why the younger
                                                        
                                    35:09
                                
                        
                    
                            voters, what did they do? They went
                                                        
                                    35:12
                                
                        
                    
                            after social media. They want us, can we
                                                        
                                    35:13
                                
                        
                    
                            censor the Republicans on social media
                                                        
                                    35:15
                                
                        
                    
                            where the younger voters are and then we
                                                        
                                    35:17
                                
                        
                    
                            can convince the younger voters of this?
                                                        
                                    35:19
                                
                        
                    
                            And now they go the other way. Voting
                                                        
                                    35:21
                                
                        
                    
                            block. Where's the next voting block?
                                                        
                                    35:23
                                
                        
                    
                            All the undocumented. I don't care where
                                                        
                                    35:25
                                
                        
                    
                            you came from. Let's give them
                                                        
                                    35:26
                                
                        
                    
                            something. we will be the generous one.
                                                        
                                    35:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Hey, you just got here. You're in
                                                        
                                    35:29
                                
                        
                    
                            trouble. You're sick. You know what? We
                                                        
                                    35:31
                                
                        
                    
                            will be the generous one. It's all about
                                                        
                                    35:32
                                
                        
                    
                            manipulating the voting block. And I
                                                        
                                    35:34
                                
                        
                    
                            think the first two things you said for
                                                        
                                    35:36
                                
                        
                    
                            the uh younger voters, the cost of
                                                        
                                    35:39
                                
                        
                    
                            living and healthcare. I happen to agree
                                                        
                                    35:41
                                
                        
                    
                            with that. When you take a look um if
                                                        
                                    35:43
                                
                        
                    
                            you go to get a job, you really need to
                                                        
                                    35:45
                                
                        
                    
                            to get healthcare coverage. And young
                                                        
                                    35:49
                                
                        
                    
                            people will tell you that they look for
                                                        
                                    35:51
                                
                        
                    
                            the jobs where the benefit is like for
                                                        
                                    35:53
                                
                        
                    
                            one healthcare. A lot of times you get
                                                        
                                    35:55
                                
                        
                    
                            one person covered, just you. Or you
                                                        
                                    35:57
                                
                        
                    
                            only have to pay a small amount and now
                                                        
                                    36:00
                                
                        
                    
                            you have good health care. You break
                                                        
                                    36:02
                                
                        
                    
                            your leg, you don't have to go to wait
                                                        
                                    36:03
                                
                        
                    
                            in line at some low low rent HMO or or
                                                        
                                    36:05
                                
                        
                    
                            deal with Medicaid. You can actually go
                                                        
                                    36:08
                                
                        
                    
                            and get a good doctor and get good care.
                                                        
                                    36:10
                                
                        
                    
                            So health care is big. And then cost of
                                                        
                                    36:13
                                
                        
                    
                            living. We need more building and we
                                                        
                                    36:15
                                
                        
                    
                            need more starter homes. And we need
                                                        
                                    36:18
                                
                        
                    
                            starter homes. And by the way, we need
                                                        
                                    36:20
                                
                        
                    
                            jobs in cities. We need jobs to return
                                                        
                                    36:23
                                
                        
                    
                            to cities and we need like condos and
                                                        
                                    36:25
                                
                        
                    
                            town houses, homes that young people
                                                        
                                    36:27
                                
                        
                    
                            could afford in safe cities where there
                                                        
                                    36:29
                                
                        
                    
                            are jobs. The whole thing would work if
                                                        
                                    36:31
                                
                        
                    
                            you get one handwashing another on that.
                                                        
                                    36:33
                                
                        
                    
                            But he hit the nail on the head on cost
                                                        
                                    36:35
                                
                        
                    
                            of living.
                                                        
                                    36:37
                                
                        
                    
                            And Becca, I just ask one question like
                                                        
                                    36:38
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm just taking a step back and you you
                                                        
                                    36:40
                                
                        
                    
                            guys all make great points there. It's
                                                        
                                    36:41
                                
                        
                    
                            clearly it's obvious with the numbers
                                                        
                                    36:43
                                
                        
                    
                            and the numbers are freaking screaming
                                                        
                                    36:45
                                
                        
                    
                            through the roof. Democrats are they're
                                                        
                                    36:47
                                
                        
                    
                            it's gone. The support is gone.
                                                        
                                    36:49
                                
                        
                    
                            Everything is gone. Uh I don't see them
                                                        
                                    36:51
                                
                        
                    
                            shifting. Do does anybody see them
                                                        
                                    36:53
                                
                        
                    
                            changing gears, Pat, anytime soon? So,
                                                        
                                    36:55
                                
                        
                    
                            and we all know that they could play
                                                        
                                    36:57
                                
                        
                    
                            dirty, think of it in that sense. What
                                                        
                                    36:58
                                
                        
                    
                            are they going to do? What can they do?
                                                        
                                    37:00
                                
                        
                    
                            Because they know this ship is beyond
                                                        
                                    37:02
                                
                        
                    
                            sinking, Pat. It's they're done.
                                                        
                                    37:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Everybody, Hispanics, everybody is is
                                                        
                                    37:06
                                
                        
                    
                            jumping ship. What is What is their
                                                        
                                    37:09
                                
                        
                    
                            other option, Brandon? What else?
                                                        
                                    37:11
                                
                        
                    
                            If they just take it. If they just gave
                                                        
                                    37:12
                                
                        
                    
                            up, take it.
                                                        
                                    37:14
                                
                        
                    
                            I But Tom, they don't just take it. Look
                                                        
                                    37:14
                                
                        
                    
                            at Look at the history of what we're
                                                        
                                    37:16
                                
                        
                    
                            just seeing and the stories are going to
                                                        
                                    37:17
                                
                        
                    
                            come. January 6, Russia, these people
                                                        
                                    37:19
                                
                        
                    
                            don't play. They're not They're not
                                                        
                                    37:21
                                
                        
                    
                            finished. voting doesn't work, rig the
                                                        
                                    37:22
                                
                        
                    
                            voting and just take it and then shift
                                                        
                                    37:24
                                
                        
                    
                            to a socialist Marxist. That's the
                                                        
                                    37:27
                                
                        
                    
                            That's the globalist agenda.
                                                        
                                    37:29
                                
                        
                    
                            They will adjust. Now, I'm going to a
                                                        
                                    37:30
                                
                        
                    
                            different place. Let me tell you,
                                                        
                                    37:32
                                
                        
                    
                            Vinnie, this goes back to
                                                        
                                    37:33
                                
                        
                    
                            uh uh this goes back to three years ago
                                                        
                                    37:35
                                
                        
                    
                            when Trump uh lost. It was four years
                                                        
                                    37:38
                                
                        
                    
                            ago, but three years ago when we're in
                                                        
                                    37:41
                                
                        
                    
                            it,
                                                        
                                    37:42
                                
                        
                    
                            everybody is like, "Oh my god, it's the
                                                        
                                    37:43
                                
                        
                    
                            end of the world." You know, when we're
                                                        
                                    37:45
                                
                        
                    
                            in COVID and we're getting strikes and
                                                        
                                    37:47
                                
                        
                    
                            all this stuff is happening and my guys
                                                        
                                    37:49
                                
                        
                    
                            are like, "Pat, what do we do? we got to
                                                        
                                    37:51
                                
                        
                    
                            be creating. And I'm talking to a bunch
                                                        
                                    37:52
                                
                        
                    
                            of the guys like I'm back in the days
                                                        
                                    37:54
                                
                        
                    
                            there was a guy named Brian Rose who did
                                                        
                                    37:55
                                
                        
                    
                            a podcast one time and he had 65,000
                                                        
                                    37:57
                                
                        
                    
                            live watching him concurrent and
                                                        
                                    38:00
                                
                        
                    
                            everybody's like, "Oh my god, look how
                                                        
                                    38:02
                                
                        
                    
                            many people this guy watching." He had
                                                        
                                    38:03
                                
                        
                    
                            all these guys that were doing like this
                                                        
                                    38:04
                                
                        
                    
                            is in 2000. You know, you would see Meet
                                                        
                                    38:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Kevin doing great things with podcast
                                                        
                                    38:10
                                
                        
                    
                            and he was doing a great job every day
                                                        
                                    38:11
                                
                        
                    
                            talking about the
                                                        
                                    38:13
                                
                        
                    
                            the next stimulus package, the next
                                                        
                                    38:15
                                
                        
                    
                            stimulus package and he was one of the
                                                        
                                    38:18
                                
                        
                    
                            best guys doing it. Graham Stefen was on
                                                        
                                    38:19
                                
                        
                    
                            all these guys that were doing stuff and
                                                        
                                    38:21
                                
                        
                    
                            and giving their message and you're
                                                        
                                    38:23
                                
                        
                    
                            like, "Hey, what's going to happen?
                                                        
                                    38:25
                                
                        
                    
                            Who's going to stay up? How long are
                                                        
                                    38:27
                                
                        
                    
                            they going to be able to do this?" And I
                                                        
                                    38:28
                                
                        
                    
                            kept saying, "Let me tell you one thing
                                                        
                                    38:30
                                
                        
                    
                            about common sense, man. Sometimes
                                                        
                                    38:31
                                
                        
                    
                            common sense takes a minute,
                                                        
                                    38:33
                                
                        
                    
                            but it's it's undefeated."
                                                        
                                    38:35
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah,
                                                        
                                    38:37
                                
                        
                    
                            Vinnie. Common sense is truly
                                                        
                                    38:37
                                
                        
                    
                            undefeated.
                                                        
                                    38:40
                                
                        
                    
                            It is. And eventually anybody that's
                                                        
                                    38:41
                                
                        
                    
                            manipulative, deceptive, dark,
                                                        
                                    38:44
                                
                        
                    
                            you're you're eventually gonna get
                                                        
                                    38:47
                                
                        
                    
                            exposed.
                                                        
                                    38:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Exposed. And by the way, probably you
                                                        
                                    38:50
                                
                        
                    
                            could have gotten away with it a 100
                                                        
                                    38:54
                                
                        
                    
                            years ago.
                                                        
                                    38:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Maybe you could have gotten away with it
                                                        
                                    38:57
                                
                        
                    
                            60 years ago. An assassination attempt
                                                        
                                    38:58
                                
                        
                    
                            happens. You could get away with it
                                                        
                                    39:00
                                
                        
                    
                            because there was only one camera.
                                                        
                                    39:02
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    39:03
                                
                        
                    
                            This is the worst time.
                                                        
                                    39:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. This the worst time because a
                                                        
                                    39:06
                                
                        
                    
                            podcaster can be saying something and
                                                        
                                    39:08
                                
                        
                    
                            next thing you know five people can send
                                                        
                                    39:10
                                
                        
                    
                            an anonymous email to you giving you
                                                        
                                    39:13
                                
                        
                    
                            intel on what happened with the FBI,
                                                        
                                    39:16
                                
                        
                    
                            what happened with CIA, what happened
                                                        
                                    39:17
                                
                        
                    
                            with certain thing, blowing the whistle
                                                        
                                    39:19
                                
                        
                    
                            in a indirect way with an anonymous
                                                        
                                    39:20
                                
                        
                    
                            email, giving you all the intel and no
                                                        
                                    39:23
                                
                        
                    
                            one's going to know that happens today.
                                                        
                                    39:26
                                
                        
                    
                            Didn't happen 50 years ago. Didn't
                                                        
                                    39:28
                                
                        
                    
                            happen 60 years ago. This is a time that
                                                        
                                    39:29
                                
                        
                    
                            I think Democrats are going to adjust. I
                                                        
                                    39:32
                                
                        
                    
                            just don't know who that person's going
                                                        
                                    39:35
                                
                        
                    
                            to be that's going to come and have have
                                                        
                                    39:38
                                
                        
                    
                            that conversation with them. Of course,
                                                        
                                    39:39
                                
                        
                    
                            you're seeing a mass exodus of people
                                                        
                                    39:41
                                
                        
                    
                            that are leaving. Their arguments suck
                                                        
                                    39:43
                                
                        
                    
                            right now. Truly, their arguments and
                                                        
                                    39:45
                                
                        
                    
                            their ideas suck. Let me read this
                                                        
                                    39:47
                                
                        
                    
                            article to you that has nothing to do
                                                        
                                    39:49
                                
                        
                    
                            with politics, but it has to do with bad
                                                        
                                    39:50
                                
                        
                    
                            ideas. So, this article here says, "Poll
                                                        
                                    39:52
                                
                        
                    
                            shows liberal women
                                                        
                                    39:56
                                
                        
                    
                            are on a crash course with the dating
                                                        
                                    39:58
                                
                        
                    
                            hell they created." What do you mean
                                                        
                                    40:02
                                
                        
                    
                            crash course? Rob, if you want to pull
                                                        
                                    40:04
                                
                        
                    
                            up the story here.
                                                        
                                    40:06
                                
                        
                    
                            So, is there a glimmer of hope for
                                                        
                                    40:09
                                
                        
                    
                            bitter single liberal women? A new study
                                                        
                                    40:11
                                
                        
                    
                            shows from the Institute for Governors
                                                        
                                    40:16
                                
                        
                    
                            and Civics at Florida State University,
                                                        
                                    40:18
                                
                        
                    
                            which knows a lot about this because
                                                        
                                    40:21
                                
                        
                    
                            they party hardcore. If you if you know
                                                        
                                    40:23
                                
                        
                    
                            people from Florida State University,
                                                        
                                    40:24
                                
                        
                    
                            they typically get stuck in traffic a
                                                        
                                    40:26
                                
                        
                    
                            lot showed that yes, there might be
                                                        
                                    40:28
                                
                        
                    
                            hope. Yet for single liberals who hate
                                                        
                                    40:31
                                
                        
                    
                            conservatives so much that they would
                                                        
                                    40:35
                                
                        
                    
                            never be willing to date one. Let me
                                                        
                                    40:38
                                
                        
                    
                            read this again to you.
                                                        
                                    40:40
                                
                        
                    
                            There might be hope yet for single
                                                        
                                    40:42
                                
                        
                    
                            liberals who hate conservatives so much
                                                        
                                    40:44
                                
                        
                    
                            that they would never be willing to date
                                                        
                                    40:46
                                
                        
                    
                            one. But this study found out that
                                                        
                                    40:48
                                
                        
                    
                            generally as liberal women age and
                                                        
                                    40:50
                                
                        
                    
                            gravity takes over,
                                                        
                                    40:53
                                
                        
                    
                            they become more that's the article
                                                        
                                    40:54
                                
                        
                    
                            doesn't say that. I'm just
                                                        
                                    40:56
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. They become they become more open
                                                        
                                    40:57
                                
                        
                    
                            to dating a conservative man.
                                                        
                                    41:00
                                
                        
                    
                            Weird.
                                                        
                                    41:02
                                
                        
                    
                            However, their openness with age might
                                                        
                                    41:03
                                
                        
                    
                            be for might all be for nothing.
                                                        
                                    41:06
                                
                        
                    
                            According to the study, as conservative
                                                        
                                    41:10
                                
                        
                    
                            men get older, they actually become less
                                                        
                                    41:12
                                
                        
                    
                            open to dating a liberal. The result of
                                                        
                                    41:15
                                
                        
                    
                            the study are not definitive by any
                                                        
                                    41:18
                                
                        
                    
                            stretch of the imagination. Though there
                                                        
                                    41:20
                                
                        
                    
                            is a certain kernel of truth to it.
                                                        
                                    41:23
                                
                        
                    
                            There are plenty of young men in the
                                                        
                                    41:26
                                
                        
                    
                            world who might not be fullon mega die
                                                        
                                    41:27
                                
                        
                    
                            hard but hold conservative beliefs. They
                                                        
                                    41:30
                                
                        
                    
                            are not so far right as to be unwilling
                                                        
                                    41:33
                                
                        
                    
                            to date a liberal. Right. You just went
                                                        
                                    41:36
                                
                        
                    
                            somewhere.
                                                        
                                    41:39
                                
                        
                    
                            Stay with me.
                                                        
                                    41:40
                                
                        
                    
                            They may I have a question already for
                                                        
                                    41:41
                                
                        
                    
                            you. That's where I'm going with this.
                                                        
                                    41:43
                                
                        
                    
                            They may have voted for Trump, but they
                                                        
                                    41:44
                                
                        
                    
                            are fairly open-minded. Young liberal
                                                        
                                    41:46
                                
                        
                    
                            women, on the other hand, would outright
                                                        
                                    41:49
                                
                        
                    
                            reject this person as potential romantic
                                                        
                                    41:51
                                
                        
                    
                            or life partner. It doesn't matter if he
                                                        
                                    41:53
                                
                        
                    
                            voted for Trump, but disagrees with the
                                                        
                                    41:55
                                
                        
                    
                            president's tariffs or deportation
                                                        
                                    41:56
                                
                        
                    
                            policy. There is no nuance for a liberal
                                                        
                                    41:58
                                
                        
                    
                            woman. They are completely intolerant.
                                                        
                                    42:00
                                
                        
                    
                            And it's this intolerance that leads to
                                                        
                                    42:03
                                
                        
                    
                            conservative men becoming more closed
                                                        
                                    42:06
                                
                        
                    
                            off in older age. Again, this is a Daily
                                                        
                                    42:08
                                
                        
                    
                            Caller story. How many conservative men
                                                        
                                    42:10
                                
                        
                    
                            have seen
                                                        
                                    42:13
                                
                        
                    
                            their relationships blow up because of
                                                        
                                    42:15
                                
                        
                    
                            politics? How many have been rejected
                                                        
                                    42:17
                                
                        
                    
                            just because they think abortion should
                                                        
                                    42:19
                                
                        
                    
                            be reserved for extreme cases like
                                                        
                                    42:21
                                
                        
                    
                            incest or dire medical emergency? I'd
                                                        
                                    42:23
                                
                        
                    
                            better fair share. So Vinnie, I got a
                                                        
                                    42:26
                                
                        
                    
                            question for you. You're you and I are
                                                        
                                    42:27
                                
                        
                    
                            the same age. Okay. But let's go to the
                                                        
                                    42:30
                                
                        
                    
                            28-year-old Vinnie.
                                                        
                                    42:32
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    42:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Would the 28-year-old Vinnie consider
                                                        
                                    42:33
                                
                        
                    
                            marrying a li marrying a hot 24 year old
                                                        
                                    42:35
                                
                        
                    
                            liberal AOC voting socialist? 28. 28. If
                                                        
                                    42:38
                                
                        
                    
                            I wasn't into politics.
                                                        
                                    42:42
                                
                        
                    
                            You're not into politics. Of course, you
                                                        
                                    42:43
                                
                        
                    
                            would have married her. Of course. Would
                                                        
                                    42:44
                                
                        
                    
                            you even thought about it?
                                                        
                                    42:45
                                
                        
                    
                            No.
                                                        
                                    42:46
                                
                        
                    
                            She's hot.
                                                        
                                    42:47
                                
                        
                    
                            I wouldn't even thought like hot. Like I
                                                        
                                    42:48
                                
                        
                    
                            would
                                                        
                                    42:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Brandon, you're 30.
                                                        
                                    42:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    42:52
                                
                        
                    
                            A a a that girl that came that did a
                                                        
                                    42:52
                                
                        
                    
                            commercial for us whom you introduced to
                                                        
                                    42:55
                                
                        
                    
                            us, right?
                                                        
                                    42:58
                                
                        
                    
                            If she was a hardcore liberal,
                                                        
                                    42:59
                                
                        
                    
                            okay,
                                                        
                                    43:01
                                
                        
                    
                            she's dropped that gorgeous.
                                                        
                                    43:02
                                
                        
                    
                            You'll like her. She's attractive.
                                                        
                                    43:04
                                
                        
                    
                            You're probably going to share this with
                                                        
                                    43:05
                                
                        
                    
                            her. He won't stop talking. You ought to
                                                        
                                    43:06
                                
                        
                    
                            go on a date with them already.
                                                        
                                    43:08
                                
                        
                    
                            By the way, if she's a hardcore liberal
                                                        
                                    43:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Mhm.
                                                        
                                    43:14
                                
                        
                    
                            AOC
                                                        
                                    43:14
                                
                        
                    
                            armpits the whole night, but she's
                                                        
                                    43:16
                                
                        
                    
                            dropped it. Gorgeous.
                                                        
                                    43:17
                                
                        
                    
                            Would you marry her?
                                                        
                                    43:20
                                
                        
                    
                            No. No.
                                                        
                                    43:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Why not? Why wouldn't you marry her?
                                                        
                                    43:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, they they'll ruin your life.
                                                        
                                    43:22
                                
                        
                    
                            What do you mean by that?
                                                        
                                    43:24
                                
                        
                    
                            Cuz they're they're just nasty. Like
                                                        
                                    43:25
                                
                        
                    
                            that.
                                                        
                                    43:27
                                
                        
                    
                            She's gorgeous, though.
                                                        
                                    43:27
                                
                        
                    
                            I know, but it's like a trap.
                                                        
                                    43:28
                                
                        
                    
                            Brandon, be careful. She's hot.
                                                        
                                    43:30
                                
                        
                    
                            But the problem is with them is that
                                                        
                                    43:32
                                
                        
                    
                            they they want to control the
                                                        
                                    43:33
                                
                        
                    
                            relationship. They want control of
                                                        
                                    43:34
                                
                        
                    
                            dynamic and they they just have like
                                                        
                                    43:36
                                
                        
                    
                            this nasty.
                                                        
                                    43:38
                                
                        
                    
                            You don't think as a man you can impose
                                                        
                                    43:38
                                
                        
                    
                            your, you know, masculine side and raise
                                                        
                                    43:40
                                
                        
                    
                            the kids the way you want?
                                                        
                                    43:42
                                
                        
                    
                            No. They'd call that toxic masculinity.
                                                        
                                    43:43
                                
                        
                    
                            They would. So even if she's gorgeous,
                                                        
                                    43:45
                                
                        
                    
                            hot, dropped it. You walk in the mall,
                                                        
                                    43:48
                                
                        
                    
                            everybody's having, you know, necks just
                                                        
                                    43:51
                                
                        
                    
                            breaking because they're checking out
                                                        
                                    43:54
                                
                        
                    
                            your girl. You don't care. You wouldn't
                                                        
                                    43:55
                                
                        
                    
                            marry here if she was a liberal.
                                                        
                                    43:57
                                
                        
                    
                            Mary, no. I might get tricked like
                                                        
                                    43:59
                                
                        
                    
                            initially, but um Mary, no. That'd ruin
                                                        
                                    44:01
                                
                        
                    
                            your life. You know, you always you
                                                        
                                    44:04
                                
                        
                    
                            always say you can make the wrong
                                                        
                                    44:05
                                
                        
                    
                            decision with who you marry and it could
                                                        
                                    44:06
                                
                        
                    
                            ruin your life.
                                                        
                                    44:07
                                
                        
                    
                            It's so true though. Mind you, if I if I
                                                        
                                    44:08
                                
                        
                    
                            was meaning 28 and like his age and like
                                                        
                                    44:09
                                
                        
                    
                            involved with politics the way that
                                                        
                                    44:12
                                
                        
                    
                            absolutely not because the values aren't
                                                        
                                    44:13
                                
                        
                    
                            there. The child upbringing is not
                                                        
                                    44:15
                                
                        
                    
                            there. The letting them be whatever they
                                                        
                                    44:17
                                
                        
                    
                            want trans. I'm not with that. And then
                                                        
                                    44:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Pat and I understand that there are
                                                        
                                    44:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Democrat Christians. I'm not I'm not
                                                        
                                    44:22
                                
                        
                    
                            stupid. But do they really give in to
                                                        
                                    44:23
                                
                        
                    
                            God? Are they really going to raise the
                                                        
                                    44:25
                                
                        
                    
                            family under?
                                                        
                                    44:27
                                
                        
                    
                            What if she's a challenge?
                                                        
                                    44:27
                                
                        
                    
                            What do you mean a challenge?
                                                        
                                    44:28
                                
                        
                    
                            Like you like a challenge. You're like,
                                                        
                                    44:30
                                
                        
                    
                            I think I can convert her.
                                                        
                                    44:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Convert. I don't
                                                        
                                    44:34
                                
                        
                    
                            you you you like you you guys are laying
                                                        
                                    44:35
                                
                        
                    
                            in bed and you kind of drop a MAGA hat
                                                        
                                    44:36
                                
                        
                    
                            next to her.
                                                        
                                    44:39
                                
                        
                    
                            You like give her like a pink, you know,
                                                        
                                    44:40
                                
                        
                    
                            lingerie with MAGA sticker on the back
                                                        
                                    44:43
                                
                        
                    
                            of it. I just bought it from Victoria
                                                        
                                    44:45
                                
                        
                    
                            Secret. You drop it. She's wearing it.
                                                        
                                    44:47
                                
                        
                    
                            She has no clue. There's a sticker on
                                                        
                                    44:48
                                
                        
                    
                            the back that says MAGA. And he said,
                                                        
                                    44:50
                                
                        
                    
                            "Babe, you look so good. Turn around.
                                                        
                                    44:51
                                
                        
                    
                            Let me take a picture of you." Look at
                                                        
                                    44:52
                                
                        
                    
                            the
                                                        
                                    44:53
                                
                        
                    
                            What is that you put on?
                                                        
                                    44:54
                                
                        
                    
                            You got the home of the Patriot missile
                                                        
                                    44:55
                                
                        
                    
                            boxer shorts
                                                        
                                    44:56
                                
                        
                    
                            and the makeup breakup. But you wouldn't
                                                        
                                    44:58
                                
                        
                    
                            do it. You're not going to do it. I
                                                        
                                    45:00
                                
                        
                    
                            can't do it because I already know long
                                                        
                                    45:02
                                
                        
                    
                            run like it's not worth it's not worth
                                                        
                                    45:03
                                
                        
                    
                            the effort to try to fix her to get on
                                                        
                                    45:05
                                
                        
                    
                            the journey that we're on.
                                                        
                                    45:06
                                
                        
                    
                            So, you know what's happened with them?
                                                        
                                    45:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    45:08
                                
                        
                    
                            Because they the looks, you know, go so
                                                        
                                    45:09
                                
                        
                    
                            quickly, right?
                                                        
                                    45:12
                                
                        
                    
                            I guys, I got kicked in my hand by my
                                                        
                                    45:13
                                
                        
                    
                            son in the pool 3 months ago.
                                                        
                                    45:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Let me tell you, it's still there. I
                                                        
                                    45:18
                                
                        
                    
                            would have recovered within 24 hours.
                                                        
                                    45:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, easy money.
                                                        
                                    45:21
                                
                        
                    
                            It's still there if I was in my 20s,
                                                        
                                    45:22
                                
                        
                    
                            right? It's a very different life. I
                                                        
                                    45:23
                                
                        
                    
                            went to the doctor yesterday. I gave
                                                        
                                    45:25
                                
                        
                    
                            enough blood to, you know, share with a
                                                        
                                    45:27
                                
                        
                    
                            small little village in uh Africa.
                                                        
                                    45:30
                                
                        
                    
                            Literally, I gave so much blood. I'm
                                                        
                                    45:32
                                
                        
                    
                            like going like this. I'm like, "No,
                                                        
                                    45:33
                                
                        
                    
                            there's only like eight more left." And
                                                        
                                    45:34
                                
                        
                    
                            she keeps taking blood and I'm just
                                                        
                                    45:36
                                
                        
                    
                            watching the blood squirting into this
                                                        
                                    45:37
                                
                        
                    
                            thing. I'm like, "How much more blood do
                                                        
                                    45:39
                                
                        
                    
                            you need from me?" Like, I mean, am I
                                                        
                                    45:40
                                
                        
                    
                            getting paid to give you all this blood?
                                                        
                                    45:42
                                
                        
                    
                            No, we just kind of need to test your uh
                                                        
                                    45:43
                                
                        
                    
                            whatever stuff. And I'm 46. So, the
                                                        
                                    45:45
                                
                        
                    
                            doctor's like, "Look,
                                                        
                                    45:47
                                
                        
                    
                            you're kind of that age." I said, "I
                                                        
                                    45:49
                                
                        
                    
                            know. I'm thinking I'm going to do it at
                                                        
                                    45:50
                                
                        
                    
                            50." Well, the doctor's saying you got
                                                        
                                    45:52
                                
                        
                    
                            to do it at 45. I said, "I can take some
                                                        
                                    45:53
                                
                        
                    
                            time." No, you kind of got to do it.
                                                        
                                    45:55
                                
                        
                    
                            It's now. Now or never.
                                                        
                                    45:56
                                
                        
                    
                            You want me to really do it? Yeah, you
                                                        
                                    45:57
                                
                        
                    
                            got to do it. I said, "Dude, I don't
                                                        
                                    45:58
                                
                        
                    
                            want to do it. It's a little bit
                                                        
                                    45:59
                                
                        
                    
                            awkward. You got You know what I'm
                                                        
                                    46:00
                                
                        
                    
                            talking about. You know, you just did it
                                                        
                                    46:01
                                
                        
                    
                            a few months ago. It was like the
                                                        
                                    46:02
                                
                        
                    
                            greatest day of your life. You were
                                                        
                                    46:04
                                
                        
                    
                            coming in here celebrating, excited. You
                                                        
                                    46:05
                                
                        
                    
                            felt lighter, happier."
                                                        
                                    46:06
                                
                        
                    
                            The doctor was very happy.
                                                        
                                    46:08
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. Yeah. The doctor was like, "Yeah."
                                                        
                                    46:09
                                
                        
                    
                            So, but go into it. I mean, think about
                                                        
                                    46:13
                                
                        
                    
                            this, Tom. Think about this. Think about
                                                        
                                    46:16
                                
                        
                    
                            this.
                                                        
                                    46:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Think about just that look right there.
                                                        
                                    46:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Right.
                                                        
                                    46:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Go a little bit lower. Go a little bit
                                                        
                                    46:22
                                
                        
                    
                            lower. They don't want to have kids.
                                                        
                                    46:23
                                
                        
                    
                            They don't want to get married. They're
                                                        
                                    46:25
                                
                        
                    
                            angry. They hate men. They're angry. But
                                                        
                                    46:27
                                
                        
                    
                            do you think they were born this way?
                                                        
                                    46:30
                                
                        
                    
                            No, Pat. I think the system did because
                                                        
                                    46:32
                                
                        
                    
                            what those women look at this group and
                                                        
                                    46:33
                                
                        
                    
                            look at the epidemic that's happening.
                                                        
                                    46:35
                                
                        
                    
                            They're not having kids. And what's the
                                                        
                                    46:37
                                
                        
                    
                            globalist Brandon idea is less people.
                                                        
                                    46:38
                                
                        
                    
                            We There's too many you you you've heard
                                                        
                                    46:41
                                
                        
                    
                            it from Bill Gates and them. What's the
                                                        
                                    46:43
                                
                        
                    
                            biggest problem? There's too many human
                                                        
                                    46:45
                                
                        
                    
                            beings. They've said these words. Who
                                                        
                                    46:47
                                
                        
                    
                            was the the prince um the Duke of
                                                        
                                    46:49
                                
                        
                    
                            Jack? No, no. The guy the the the guy
                                                        
                                    46:50
                                
                        
                    
                            from England that died. He was a prince,
                                                        
                                    46:52
                                
                        
                    
                            I believe, of York. When they they said
                                                        
                                    46:54
                                
                        
                    
                            he goes, "You know what? If I die, I
                                                        
                                    46:56
                                
                        
                    
                            would love to come back as a virus just
                                                        
                                    46:58
                                
                        
                    
                            to kill as many people as I can." He
                                                        
                                    47:00
                                
                        
                    
                            This is a a a loyal a royal family
                                                        
                                    47:02
                                
                        
                    
                            member. It's too many people, Pat. And
                                                        
                                    47:05
                                
                        
                    
                            guess what? This is a whole huge
                                                        
                                    47:07
                                
                        
                    
                            generation of women that are like, "I
                                                        
                                    47:09
                                
                        
                    
                            don't need men. I'm independent. All I
                                                        
                                    47:11
                                
                        
                    
                            need is my dog and my cat." Prince
                                                        
                                    47:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Phillip, he said, "If I reincarnated,
                                                        
                                    47:15
                                
                        
                    
                            I'd come back as a deadly virus to solve
                                                        
                                    47:16
                                
                        
                    
                            overpopulation." So that whatever that
                                                        
                                    47:18
                                
                        
                    
                            well I mean he looks like a total
                                                        
                                    47:20
                                
                        
                    
                            street
                                                        
                                    47:21
                                
                        
                    
                            zoom a little bit. He looks like
                                                        
                                    47:23
                                
                        
                    
                            somebody.
                                                        
                                    47:25
                                
                        
                    
                            Tell me that guy if you want.
                                                        
                                    47:25
                                
                        
                    
                            He's like a Bondville.
                                                        
                                    47:28
                                
                        
                    
                            He died. He's dead if I'm correct.
                                                        
                                    47:29
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, he was dead.
                                                        
                                    47:32
                                
                        
                    
                            He looks like he looks like a white
                                                        
                                    47:34
                                
                        
                    
                            walker from Game of Thrones. But my
                                                        
                                    47:35
                                
                        
                    
                            point is P I I go in a bigger umbrella.
                                                        
                                    47:37
                                
                        
                    
                            It's it's this is a mission complete cuz
                                                        
                                    47:39
                                
                        
                    
                            look at how many women right now are
                                                        
                                    47:42
                                
                        
                    
                            like, "No, I don't need a man. I don't
                                                        
                                    47:44
                                
                        
                    
                            need nothing. I'm independent." But then
                                                        
                                    47:45
                                
                        
                    
                            once it gets to a certain age, it's
                                                        
                                    47:46
                                
                        
                    
                            like, "Oh my god." Looking back, I was
                                                        
                                    47:48
                                
                        
                    
                            fooled. It's like the people that were
                                                        
                                    47:49
                                
                        
                    
                            that bought the Russia collusion, bought
                                                        
                                    47:51
                                
                        
                    
                            the Trump as Hitler, it's like now it's
                                                        
                                    47:53
                                
                        
                    
                            now it's too late.
                                                        
                                    47:54
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, but that's the part. So, where I'm
                                                        
                                    47:55
                                
                        
                    
                            going with this, Tom, and I'll come to
                                                        
                                    47:57
                                
                        
                    
                            you to wrap this one up. Uh, unless if
                                                        
                                    47:58
                                
                        
                    
                            you have anything else to say. So, where
                                                        
                                    48:00
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm going with this is the following. If
                                                        
                                    48:02
                                
                        
                    
                            if your bad policies
                                                        
                                    48:05
                                
                        
                    
                            destroy people's lives and they
                                                        
                                    48:08
                                
                        
                    
                            eventually figure it out, there is
                                                        
                                    48:10
                                
                        
                    
                            nothing worse than, for example, okay,
                                                        
                                    48:12
                                
                        
                    
                            you guys going to hear I'm going to make
                                                        
                                    48:15
                                
                        
                    
                            an announcement here probably next week.
                                                        
                                    48:16
                                
                        
                    
                            I have been wearing this same exact shoe
                                                        
                                    48:19
                                
                        
                    
                            for the last two weeks.
                                                        
                                    48:22
                                
                        
                    
                            I've been wear I'm not even kidding.
                                                        
                                    48:24
                                
                        
                    
                            I've been wearing the same exact shoe
                                                        
                                    48:25
                                
                        
                    
                            every day the last two weeks. Okay. the
                                                        
                                    48:27
                                
                        
                    
                            same shoe every day for the last two
                                                        
                                    48:31
                                
                        
                    
                            weeks
                                                        
                                    48:33
                                
                        
                    
                            with three-piece suits and everything.
                                                        
                                    48:33
                                
                        
                    
                            I wear I'm wearing a suit, right? I'm
                                                        
                                    48:34
                                
                        
                    
                            about to go to Vegas. With everything
                                                        
                                    48:36
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm wearing, I wear this shoe, right? Do
                                                        
                                    48:37
                                
                        
                    
                            you know what's worse
                                                        
                                    48:39
                                
                        
                    
                            than when you come out with a product
                                                        
                                    48:42
                                
                        
                    
                            and people don't like it? What do they
                                                        
                                    48:44
                                
                        
                    
                            do when they don't like the product?
                                                        
                                    48:47
                                
                        
                    
                            When when you go to a store, No, worse
                                                        
                                    48:49
                                
                        
                    
                            than bashing. Yeah, we'll come back to
                                                        
                                    48:50
                                
                        
                    
                            this, Rob. We'll show it. But when you
                                                        
                                    48:52
                                
                        
                    
                            go back to it, you buy product.
                                                        
                                    48:54
                                
                        
                    
                            What's the worst thing you want to
                                                        
                                    48:57
                                
                        
                    
                            happen with your product? When you when
                                                        
                                    48:58
                                
                        
                    
                            you come out with a product,
                                                        
                                    49:00
                                
                        
                    
                            like you as as a product maker,
                                                        
                                    49:01
                                
                        
                    
                            say you came out with a product.
                                                        
                                    49:02
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, reviews. People People trashing it.
                                                        
                                    49:04
                                
                        
                    
                            What's worse than reviews?
                                                        
                                    49:06
                                
                        
                    
                            No sales.
                                                        
                                    49:07
                                
                        
                    
                            What's worse than sales?
                                                        
                                    49:08
                                
                        
                    
                            Uh like something wrong with returns.
                                                        
                                    49:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. People not wanting it.
                                                        
                                    49:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Hey, man. I want a refund.
                                                        
                                    49:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Yes.
                                                        
                                    49:14
                                
                        
                    
                            This sucks. Yeah. Right. I want a
                                                        
                                    49:15
                                
                        
                    
                            refund.
                                                        
                                    49:17
                                
                        
                    
                            We're at the vault conference. Vault
                                                        
                                    49:18
                                
                        
                    
                            ends for the magical event. Do you know
                                                        
                                    49:20
                                
                        
                    
                            how many tickets we sold to next year's
                                                        
                                    49:23
                                
                        
                    
                            Vault Conference?
                                                        
                                    49:24
                                
                        
                    
                            4,100
                                                        
                                    49:25
                                
                        
                    
                            plus tickets to next year's V
                                                        
                                    49:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Conference.
                                                        
                                    49:28
                                
                        
                    
                            From one year from
                                                        
                                    49:28
                                
                        
                    
                            from one year from that, that's going to
                                                        
                                    49:29
                                
                        
                    
                            be at the MGM Grand Arena.
                                                        
                                    49:30
                                
                        
                    
                            Holy moly. I mean, people come I just
                                                        
                                    49:31
                                
                        
                    
                            came as a general four years ago. Then I
                                                        
                                    49:34
                                
                        
                    
                            bought an executive. Then I bought five
                                                        
                                    49:36
                                
                        
                    
                            of my guys. Then I bought a co ticket
                                                        
                                    49:37
                                
                        
                    
                            and came with 28 of my employees. What?
                                                        
                                    49:39
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm bringing my team next time.
                                                        
                                    49:40
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. I mean, it's that's the most
                                                        
                                    49:42
                                
                        
                    
                            beautiful thing. But here's the bad
                                                        
                                    49:43
                                
                        
                    
                            thing about bad products is you're
                                                        
                                    49:45
                                
                        
                    
                            seeing so many people asking for refunds
                                                        
                                    49:48
                                
                        
                    
                            of democratic policies.
                                                        
                                    49:52
                                
                        
                    
                            As they age, they're coming back and
                                                        
                                    49:54
                                
                        
                    
                            saying, "I want a refund. You destroyed
                                                        
                                    49:56
                                
                        
                    
                            my life.
                                                        
                                    49:59
                                
                        
                    
                            I was a hot 23-y old girl. You convinced
                                                        
                                    50:00
                                
                        
                    
                            me to go around and who cares? My body
                                                        
                                    50:03
                                
                        
                    
                            body count doesn't count." I went
                                                        
                                    50:06
                                
                        
                    
                            through 68 guys. Jeez,
                                                        
                                    50:07
                                
                        
                    
                            I did all this stuff and now no man
                                                        
                                    50:09
                                
                        
                    
                            wants to marry me and everybody wants to
                                                        
                                    50:11
                                
                        
                    
                            know what my body count is and I'm a
                                                        
                                    50:12
                                
                        
                    
                            Christian woman out and I want to tell
                                                        
                                    50:14
                                
                        
                    
                            them the truth, but at the same time
                                                        
                                    50:16
                                
                        
                    
                            when I do they run. What should I do?
                                                        
                                    50:17
                                
                        
                    
                            What should I do? The only thing I can
                                                        
                                    50:19
                                
                        
                    
                            do is settle for this guy and settle for
                                                        
                                    50:21
                                
                        
                    
                            that guy. What do I do now? Right?
                                                        
                                    50:22
                                
                        
                    
                            Because somebody bought them that sold
                                                        
                                    50:25
                                
                        
                    
                            them that these ideas are okay to buy
                                                        
                                    50:27
                                
                        
                    
                            into. So to me, I do think eventually
                                                        
                                    50:30
                                
                        
                    
                            they have to figure it out because
                                                        
                                    50:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Vinnie, if they don't,
                                                        
                                    50:34
                                
                        
                    
                            it's going to be a shellacking for 20
                                                        
                                    50:36
                                
                        
                    
                            years.
                                                        
                                    50:38
                                
                        
                    
                            I think so.
                                                        
                                    50:39
                                
                        
                    
                            It's going to be a shellacking for 20
                                                        
                                    50:40
                                
                        
                    
                            years. I really mean it. It's going to
                                                        
                                    50:41
                                
                        
                    
                            be bad for 20 years. Tom, your thoughts
                                                        
                                    50:43
                                
                        
                    
                            on the story here?
                                                        
                                    50:45
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, I I'll give you a a personal
                                                        
                                    50:45
                                
                        
                    
                            experience I had. Um, you know, I was
                                                        
                                    50:48
                                
                        
                    
                            redoing my kitchen on a house I had. I
                                                        
                                    50:51
                                
                        
                    
                            was single. I hadn't met Kim yet. I
                                                        
                                    50:53
                                
                        
                    
                            would meet Kim like five years later.
                                                        
                                    50:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Now, maybe not an appropriate story.
                                                        
                                    50:56
                                
                        
                    
                            No, no, no, no. you're going to go.
                                                        
                                    50:58
                                
                        
                    
                            But the um the contractor, his kind of a
                                                        
                                    50:59
                                
                        
                    
                            foreman, was a form woman. She went out,
                                                        
                                    51:03
                                
                        
                    
                            checked on the guys and everything.
                                                        
                                    51:04
                                
                        
                    
                            She was?
                                                        
                                    51:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. She was like 40 years old.
                                                        
                                    51:06
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm telling you, don't do the story.
                                                        
                                    51:08
                                
                        
                    
                            No.
                                                        
                                    51:10
                                
                        
                    
                            I didn't I didn't date her. Uh but I
                                                        
                                    51:12
                                
                        
                    
                            noticed I noticed the way she talked to
                                                        
                                    51:14
                                
                        
                    
                            the She was very attractive and she was
                                                        
                                    51:16
                                
                        
                    
                            out there every every day
                                                        
                                    51:19
                                
                        
                    
                            coming by the house, making sure that
                                                        
                                    51:21
                                
                        
                    
                            the cabinet makers are on time, all
                                                        
                                    51:23
                                
                        
                    
                            this. She was a good foreman for the
                                                        
                                    51:25
                                
                        
                    
                            owner of the construction company. And
                                                        
                                    51:26
                                
                        
                    
                            one day the owner of a construction
                                                        
                                    51:28
                                
                        
                    
                            company says, "Hey,
                                                        
                                    51:30
                                
                        
                    
                            um, remember she's coming to my house,
                                                        
                                    51:31
                                
                        
                    
                            she can she sees the Ferrari I'm
                                                        
                                    51:34
                                
                        
                    
                            restoring with a million parts in the
                                                        
                                    51:36
                                
                        
                    
                            garage, right? She sees where I'm
                                                        
                                    51:38
                                
                        
                    
                            living. She sees that I'm single and
                                                        
                                    51:40
                                
                        
                    
                            she's I believe she was 40. I I was less
                                                        
                                    51:42
                                
                        
                    
                            than that. I was like 34 at the time.
                                                        
                                    51:45
                                
                        
                    
                            And the guy says to me, Pat, he says,
                                                        
                                    51:47
                                
                        
                    
                            "Hey, you know, she's not dating
                                                        
                                    51:49
                                
                        
                    
                            anybody." And I said,
                                                        
                                    51:51
                                
                        
                    
                            "No, she I think she she thinks," and I
                                                        
                                    51:54
                                
                        
                    
                            remember the word. She says, "She thinks
                                                        
                                    51:57
                                
                        
                    
                            you're interesting." And I said, "Yeah,
                                                        
                                    51:58
                                
                        
                    
                            yeah, that's very nice of you." Cuz I
                                                        
                                    52:00
                                
                        
                    
                            just was trying to be nice, but I'm not
                                                        
                                    52:02
                                
                        
                    
                            interested. Cuz I thought she seemed,
                                                        
                                    52:04
                                
                        
                    
                            here comes the word, bitter. The way she
                                                        
                                    52:05
                                
                        
                    
                            would talk to the guys on the job site
                                                        
                                    52:08
                                
                        
                    
                            and then I would see her out then talk
                                                        
                                    52:09
                                
                        
                    
                            on her phone, she just came across to me
                                                        
                                    52:11
                                
                        
                    
                            as like a bitter person. So here you
                                                        
                                    52:13
                                
                        
                    
                            have the biz.
                                                        
                                    52:15
                                
                        
                    
                            So guess what? No,
                                                        
                                    52:16
                                
                        
                    
                            she wanted she wanted the biz dock.
                                                        
                                    52:18
                                
                        
                    
                            So I looked back at this and I just
                                                        
                                    52:20
                                
                        
                    
                            pied. I said, "No, no, thanks." And
                                                        
                                    52:22
                                
                        
                    
                            because I said no,
                                                        
                                    52:24
                                
                        
                    
                            tell the real story. She was sound like
                                                        
                                    52:25
                                
                        
                    
                            super nice.
                                                        
                                    52:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Told me a different version of how to
                                                        
                                    52:27
                                
                        
                    
                            try to be more nice.
                                                        
                                    52:29
                                
                        
                    
                            Was she wearing a tool belt?
                                                        
                                    52:30
                                
                        
                    
                            No. Like
                                                        
                                    52:31
                                
                        
                    
                            was she wearing a tool belt? Tom,
                                                        
                                    52:33
                                
                        
                    
                            my mind's telling me no.
                                                        
                                    52:35
                                
                        
                    
                            No, no, no. The point is I saw it. I saw
                                                        
                                    52:37
                                
                        
                    
                            it. And I feel that she was bitter and
                                                        
                                    52:41
                                
                        
                    
                            she was reaching out. She tells
                                                        
                                    52:44
                                
                        
                    
                            you telling the full story.
                                                        
                                    52:45
                                
                        
                    
                            No, I I had nothing to do.
                                                        
                                    52:46
                                
                        
                    
                            She reached out and then Tom
                                                        
                                    52:48
                                
                        
                    
                            I had nothing to do and it she was super
                                                        
                                    52:49
                                
                        
                    
                            from then on she was even nicer. will
                                                        
                                    52:52
                                
                        
                    
                            tell you a similar story because I said
                                                        
                                    52:54
                                
                        
                    
                            I will tell you a similar story.
                                                        
                                    52:56
                                
                        
                    
                            You guys are teasing me. I'm saying I
                                                        
                                    52:57
                                
                        
                    
                            saw it.
                                                        
                                    52:58
                                
                        
                    
                            I just don't want the whole story to cuz
                                                        
                                    52:58
                                
                        
                    
                            you told me the story how it went and
                                                        
                                    53:00
                                
                        
                    
                            she upstairs
                                                        
                                    53:01
                                
                        
                    
                            because Yeah, I don't want to get into
                                                        
                                    53:03
                                
                        
                    
                            the That's what I'm saying. You know, if
                                                        
                                    53:05
                                
                        
                    
                            you get No, there was there's no other
                                                        
                                    53:07
                                
                        
                    
                            story to it because but the the survey
                                                        
                                    53:09
                                
                        
                    
                            is right.
                                                        
                                    53:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    53:12
                                
                        
                    
                            If I had said, "Yeah, maybe let's let's
                                                        
                                    53:12
                                
                        
                    
                            go out. Let's go out grab hamburger, you
                                                        
                                    53:14
                                
                        
                    
                            know, just have a casual lunch or
                                                        
                                    53:16
                                
                        
                    
                            something.
                                                        
                                    53:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Can you run a poll?"
                                                        
                                    53:18
                                
                        
                    
                            10 minutes into a poll.
                                                        
                                    53:19
                                
                        
                    
                            You know what happened? Hang on a
                                                        
                                    53:20
                                
                        
                    
                            second. Run this. Run a poll. And I want
                                                        
                                    53:23
                                
                        
                    
                            this to be the poll. How many of you
                                                        
                                    53:25
                                
                        
                    
                            think
                                                        
                                    53:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Tom hooked up with him? Yes or no? Run
                                                        
                                    53:28
                                
                        
                    
                            this poll. But let's see what the
                                                        
                                    53:31
                                
                        
                    
                            audience thinks.
                                                        
                                    53:33
                                
                        
                    
                            We can see what they think.
                                                        
                                    53:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Let's see what the audience think. You
                                                        
                                    53:34
                                
                        
                    
                            know what's going to happen? Just if
                                                        
                                    53:35
                                
                        
                    
                            you're going to tell them you were going
                                                        
                                    53:36
                                
                        
                    
                            to 5 minutes after you're at lunch, how
                                                        
                                    53:38
                                
                        
                    
                            do you feel about abortion?
                                                        
                                    53:41
                                
                        
                    
                            Do you think abortion is okay in extreme
                                                        
                                    53:43
                                
                        
                    
                            cases? What do you mean like rape,
                                                        
                                    53:45
                                
                        
                    
                            incest, or Chuck Schumer? I you know,
                                                        
                                    53:47
                                
                        
                    
                            what do you believe? People People are
                                                        
                                    53:50
                                
                        
                    
                            voting, Tom. They don't believe you.
                                                        
                                    53:52
                                
                        
                    
                            1,7
                                                        
                                    53:56
                                
                        
                    
                            people listen to the podcast. Two.
                                                        
                                    54:01
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, come on. Bisc army.
                                                        
                                    54:03
                                
                        
                    
                            I didn't. I'm telling you. I I saw it
                                                        
                                    54:06
                                
                        
                    
                            though. I was looking
                                                        
                                    54:09
                                
                        
                    
                            said something to her.
                                                        
                                    54:12
                                
                        
                    
                            No, she looked bitter. But let me tell
                                                        
                                    54:14
                                
                        
                    
                            you, I was like not interested.
                                                        
                                    54:15
                                
                        
                    
                            At this point, it's 3,000. She's about
                                                        
                                    54:17
                                
                        
                    
                            to get into the message right now. and
                                                        
                                    54:18
                                
                        
                    
                            she she's going to become she's going to
                                                        
                                    54:20
                                
                        
                    
                            get a membership and comment.
                                                        
                                    54:22
                                
                        
                    
                            Uh by the way, if you're out there
                                                        
                                    54:23
                                
                        
                    
                            listening to this, the lady foreman who
                                                        
                                    54:24
                                
                        
                    
                            was kind of bitter many years ago, you
                                                        
                                    54:26
                                
                        
                    
                            had a chance to get the vis
                                                        
                                    54:27
                                
                        
                    
                            and you didn't.
                                                        
                                    54:30
                                
                        
                    
                            You had a chance. And if you're there
                                                        
                                    54:31
                                
                        
                    
                            watching this, you can connect Tom.
                                                        
                                    54:33
                                
                        
                    
                            It's been many years and maybe connect
                                                        
                                    54:35
                                
                        
                    
                            us and give us some intel, get back to
                                                        
                                    54:37
                                
                        
                    
                            the story. Let me tell you, obviously
                                                        
                                    54:40
                                
                        
                    
                            we're having a lot of fun here. We're
                                                        
                                    54:41
                                
                        
                    
                            having a lot of fun here. And you know,
                                                        
                                    54:42
                                
                        
                    
                            I will tell you true story. I'm 28. I've
                                                        
                                    54:44
                                
                        
                    
                            already made a decision to get married.
                                                        
                                    54:49
                                
                        
                    
                            I want a wife and I'm talking to four
                                                        
                                    54:50
                                
                        
                    
                            girls and all the four girls I'm seeing
                                                        
                                    54:52
                                
                        
                    
                            who's going to be my wife, who's not.
                                                        
                                    54:54
                                
                        
                    
                            One of the girls I really like and her
                                                        
                                    54:56
                                
                        
                    
                            and I have spent a lot of time together
                                                        
                                    54:58
                                
                        
                    
                            since I was probably 24, 25. We just
                                                        
                                    55:01
                                
                        
                    
                            enjoyed each other's company, Persian
                                                        
                                    55:03
                                
                        
                    
                            girl. And she was really cool. I looked
                                                        
                                    55:06
                                
                        
                    
                            past the fact that I took her to a Billy
                                                        
                                    55:09
                                
                        
                    
                            Graham event that took place in Pasadena
                                                        
                                    55:13
                                
                        
                    
                            in 03. It was a November event. Can you
                                                        
                                    55:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Rob, can you pull up to fact to check my
                                                        
                                    55:19
                                
                        
                    
                            numbers?
                                                        
                                    55:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Did Did Billy Graham speak in Pasadena
                                                        
                                    55:21
                                
                        
                    
                            in 2003? November. Four nights at Rose
                                                        
                                    55:24
                                
                        
                    
                            Bowl. Type in Rose Bowl. I want to know
                                                        
                                    55:27
                                
                        
                    
                            if it's 03 or 04. I went three out of
                                                        
                                    55:28
                                
                        
                    
                            the four 04.
                                                        
                                    55:31
                                
                        
                    
                            What was the day? 04. Okay. That I took
                                                        
                                    55:32
                                
                        
                    
                            her there.
                                                        
                                    55:34
                                
                        
                    
                            So it was 04. I took her there and I
                                                        
                                    55:35
                                
                        
                    
                            took a bunch of guys there and Billy
                                                        
                                    55:37
                                
                        
                    
                            just crushed it. I'm trying to see what
                                                        
                                    55:39
                                
                        
                    
                            she's going to be doing. And then fast
                                                        
                                    55:41
                                
                        
                    
                            forward uh the the the day before it's
                                                        
                                    55:43
                                
                        
                    
                            got to be like a week before Jen and I
                                                        
                                    55:47
                                
                        
                    
                            start dating. I'm single
                                                        
                                    55:50
                                
                        
                    
                            and we're at a bar in Pasadena Opas and
                                                        
                                    55:53
                                
                        
                    
                            she is telling me, "Pat, please be
                                                        
                                    55:56
                                
                        
                    
                            honest with me. Do you want to be with
                                                        
                                    56:00
                                
                        
                    
                            me? Cuz I love you. I want to be with
                                                        
                                    56:02
                                
                        
                    
                            you, but I you're going to break my
                                                        
                                    56:04
                                
                        
                    
                            heart if we get together and you leave
                                                        
                                    56:07
                                
                        
                    
                            me. I will be destroyed. Please don't do
                                                        
                                    56:09
                                
                        
                    
                            that to me. And she's crying telling me
                                                        
                                    56:11
                                
                        
                    
                            this at the bar at 1:00 in the morning.
                                                        
                                    56:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Mhm.
                                                        
                                    56:15
                                
                        
                    
                            And I truly enjoy this girl's company.
                                                        
                                    56:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Nothing's happened with Jen. Jen and I
                                                        
                                    56:18
                                
                        
                    
                            are not on a date. This is a week before
                                                        
                                    56:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Jen and I start dating.
                                                        
                                    56:21
                                
                        
                    
                            And I'm sitting there and I'm just kind
                                                        
                                    56:24
                                
                        
                    
                            of going through it. I'm like, "Dude,
                                                        
                                    56:25
                                
                        
                    
                            politically,
                                                        
                                    56:27
                                
                        
                    
                            you're a hardcore John Ky person.
                                                        
                                    56:29
                                
                        
                    
                            You're UNICEF.
                                                        
                                    56:31
                                
                        
                    
                            You know, this person, she hated
                                                        
                                    56:34
                                
                        
                    
                            Republicans." And I'm not even a
                                                        
                                    56:36
                                
                        
                    
                            political person at this time. I'm just
                                                        
                                    56:38
                                
                        
                    
                            a 28-y old guy that's just making money.
                                                        
                                    56:40
                                
                        
                    
                            That's I'm not even talking politics.
                                                        
                                    56:42
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm just trying to do my thing. But I I
                                                        
                                    56:43
                                
                        
                    
                            had to in that moment say, she says,
                                                        
                                    56:46
                                
                        
                    
                            "Only pursue me if you know you're going
                                                        
                                    56:49
                                
                        
                    
                            to marry me one day, please." And I
                                                        
                                    56:52
                                
                        
                    
                            said, "I know I can't marry you one day,
                                                        
                                    56:54
                                
                        
                    
                            so I can't do this." And I walked away.
                                                        
                                    56:57
                                
                        
                    
                            And she's in tears crying, but says,
                                                        
                                    57:00
                                
                        
                    
                            "Thank you." We hug. It's the last time
                                                        
                                    57:02
                                
                        
                    
                            I ever spoke to her.
                                                        
                                    57:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Wow.
                                                        
                                    57:05
                                
                        
                    
                            I was 28 years old. So then this Lady
                                                        
                                    57:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Foreman showed up, okay?
                                                        
                                    57:09
                                
                        
                    
                            And you hooked up with her on the way
                                                        
                                    57:11
                                
                        
                    
                            home
                                                        
                                    57:12
                                
                        
                    
                            and 20 years later, we meet each other
                                                        
                                    57:14
                                
                        
                    
                            and we say the foreman, the foreman.
                                                        
                                    57:19
                                
                        
                    
                            And she said, "Hey, listen. I was
                                                        
                                    57:22
                                
                        
                    
                            working for this one fellow, call him a
                                                        
                                    57:24
                                
                        
                    
                            biz Doc, and he never introduced me to
                                                        
                                    57:27
                                
                        
                    
                            his bisc. And I will meet you. I don't
                                                        
                                    57:29
                                
                        
                    
                            even want to marry you." Oh. Oh, he's
                                                        
                                    57:32
                                
                        
                    
                            talking about his listen. I was I'm
                                                        
                                    57:34
                                
                        
                    
                            singing like, you know, she's playing
                                                        
                                    57:35
                                
                        
                    
                            the other song, Jaguar Edge, let's get
                                                        
                                    57:37
                                
                        
                    
                            married. I'm like, dude, I don't want to
                                                        
                                    57:38
                                
                        
                    
                            get married. I just want to like
                                                        
                                    57:39
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, man.
                                                        
                                    57:40
                                
                        
                    
                            But anyway, so that true story. True
                                                        
                                    57:41
                                
                        
                    
                            story. Simply because the kids would be
                                                        
                                    57:43
                                
                        
                    
                            confused when it comes down to the
                                                        
                                    57:45
                                
                        
                    
                            values and principles I want to share.
                                                        
                                    57:47
                                
                        
                    
                            Marriage is already hard enough when
                                                        
                                    57:49
                                
                        
                    
                            politically you're on opposite sides. It
                                                        
                                    57:50
                                
                        
                    
                            is so challenging. A Christian can marry
                                                        
                                    57:52
                                
                        
                    
                            a Catholic. A Christian can marry a Jew,
                                                        
                                    57:54
                                
                        
                    
                            but their own on the same side
                                                        
                                    57:58
                                
                        
                    
                            politically. They have a higher chance
                                                        
                                    58:00
                                
                        
                    
                            of making it than a Christian marrying a
                                                        
                                    58:02
                                
                        
                    
                            Christian where one's a socialist and
                                                        
                                    58:04
                                
                        
                    
                            one's a Republican.
                                                        
                                    58:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. No,
                                                        
                                    58:07
                                
                        
                    
                            policies and ideas got to be on the same
                                                        
                                    58:08
                                
                        
                    
                            page.
                                                        
                                    58:10
                                
                        
                    
                            And uh anyways, John Kerry, it was all
                                                        
                                    58:11
                                
                        
                    
                            your fault. Just so you know that. But
                                                        
                                    58:13
                                
                        
                    
                            what an incredible foreman she was. I
                                                        
                                    58:14
                                
                        
                    
                            mean, you got Tom respect. All right,
                                                        
                                    58:16
                                
                        
                    
                            let's get to the next story here. Let's
                                                        
                                    58:18
                                
                        
                    
                            get to the next one. Pete Hexet wants
                                                        
                                    58:19
                                
                        
                    
                            you to get in shape, folks. And he's
                                                        
                                    58:21
                                
                        
                    
                            like sick of it. Okay. No more, you
                                                        
                                    58:23
                                
                        
                    
                            know, eating cheesecake six nights a
                                                        
                                    58:27
                                
                        
                    
                            week and putting on weight and you can
                                                        
                                    58:29
                                
                        
                    
                            only run a two mile in 17 minutes and 58
                                                        
                                    58:30
                                
                        
                    
                            seconds. He wants you to get in shape
                                                        
                                    58:33
                                
                        
                    
                            and some people don't like that. Some
                                                        
                                    58:35
                                
                        
                    
                            people want their military veterans to
                                                        
                                    58:37
                                
                        
                    
                            be little fatties going out there to
                                                        
                                    58:39
                                
                        
                    
                            where they get tired after jogging for 2
                                                        
                                    58:41
                                
                        
                    
                            minutes like the people at the view. But
                                                        
                                    58:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Pete wants you to be in shape. Pete
                                                        
                                    58:46
                                
                        
                    
                            wants you to do pull-ups, push-ups, get
                                                        
                                    58:48
                                
                        
                    
                            back into masculine soldiers that we
                                                        
                                    58:50
                                
                        
                    
                            have. And this is a speech that he gave
                                                        
                                    58:52
                                
                        
                    
                            and some people are not happy about
                                                        
                                    58:55
                                
                        
                    
                            this. Go ahead, Rob.
                                                        
                                    58:56
                                
                        
                    
                            Frankly, it's tiring to look out at
                                                        
                                    58:58
                                
                        
                    
                            combat formations or really any
                                                        
                                    59:00
                                
                        
                    
                            formation and see fat troops
                                                        
                                    59:02
                                
                        
                    
                            body.
                                                        
                                    59:05
                                
                        
                    
                            Likewise, it's completely unacceptable
                                                        
                                    59:05
                                
                        
                    
                            to see fat generals and admirals in the
                                                        
                                    59:07
                                
                        
                    
                            halls of the Pentagon.
                                                        
                                    59:09
                                
                        
                    
                            Fat generals commands around the country
                                                        
                                    59:10
                                
                        
                    
                            and the world. It's a bad fat general.
                                                        
                                    59:12
                                
                        
                    
                            It is bad. It's not who we are.
                                                        
                                    59:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, so listen. That's fat shaming to
                                                        
                                    59:16
                                
                        
                    
                            some people, right? He continues, Rob.
                                                        
                                    59:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Is this another one?
                                                        
                                    59:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, I have a bunch of clips. This is
                                                        
                                    59:22
                                
                        
                    
                            him talking about him not wanting his
                                                        
                                    59:24
                                
                        
                    
                            sons um to fight with uh overweight
                                                        
                                    59:25
                                
                        
                    
                            troops. Yeah,
                                                        
                                    59:29
                                
                        
                    
                            he doesn't want that. Go ahead, Rob.
                                                        
                                    59:30
                                
                        
                    
                            I don't want my son serving alongside
                                                        
                                    59:32
                                
                        
                    
                            troops who are out of shape or in combat
                                                        
                                    59:34
                                
                        
                    
                            unit with females who can't meet the
                                                        
                                    59:36
                                
                        
                    
                            same combat arms physical standards as
                                                        
                                    59:38
                                
                        
                    
                            men or troops who are not fully
                                                        
                                    59:40
                                
                        
                    
                            proficient on their assigned weapons,
                                                        
                                    59:42
                                
                        
                    
                            platform, or task. or under a leader who
                                                        
                                    59:44
                                
                        
                    
                            was the first but not the best.
                                                        
                                    59:47
                                
                        
                    
                            Standards must be uniform,
                                                        
                                    59:52
                                
                        
                    
                            genderneutral, and high.
                                                        
                                    59:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, so he's saying this now, Sunonny
                                                        
                                    59:58
                                
                        
                    
                            Host, Rob, if you can find out from the
                                                        
                                    00:00
                                
                        
                    
                            view. She finds this slightly, you know,
                                                        
                                    00:02
                                
                        
                    
                            inappropriate. Why why would we want to
                                                        
                                    00:04
                                
                        
                    
                            do this? What's wrong with having fat
                                                        
                                    00:07
                                
                        
                    
                            people in the military? Go ahead, Rob.
                                                        
                                    00:10
                                
                        
                    
                            really befuddled by why by that the
                                                        
                                    00:12
                                
                        
                    
                            optics were terrible, meaning all of our
                                                        
                                    00:15
                                
                        
                    
                            top military brass are all in one place
                                                        
                                    00:18
                                
                        
                    
                            and we spent $6 million to get them
                                                        
                                    00:20
                                
                        
                    
                            there. That that didn't make a lot of
                                                        
                                    00:22
                                
                        
                    
                            sense to me. It also didn't make a lot
                                                        
                                    00:24
                                
                        
                    
                            of sense um to me that he was saying
                                                        
                                    00:26
                                
                        
                    
                            that he was going to toughen physical
                                                        
                                    00:29
                                
                        
                    
                            standards and re and review the
                                                        
                                    00:30
                                
                        
                    
                            anti-hazing policy um by sort of
                                                        
                                    00:32
                                
                        
                    
                            implementing a hazing policy. And then
                                                        
                                    00:35
                                
                        
                    
                            also he said he was going to um return
                                                        
                                    00:38
                                
                        
                    
                            to the highest male standard for combat
                                                        
                                    00:42
                                
                        
                    
                            positions because the troops were fat.
                                                        
                                    00:44
                                
                        
                    
                            Like I I just I I don't understand how
                                                        
                                    00:47
                                
                        
                    
                            that was supposed to be an uplifting
                                                        
                                    00:50
                                
                        
                    
                            message for our military.
                                                        
                                    00:52
                                
                        
                    
                            Maybe he's referring to Colonel Sanders.
                                                        
                                    00:53
                                
                        
                    
                            It was it was just it was it was really
                                                        
                                    00:55
                                
                        
                    
                            a bizarre thing. He started talking
                                                        
                                    00:57
                                
                        
                    
                            about woke DEI policies. By the way,
                                                        
                                    00:59
                                
                        
                    
                            there are no gender quotas in the
                                                        
                                    01:02
                                
                        
                    
                            military. By the way, he um fired uh
                                                        
                                    01:04
                                
                        
                    
                            more than a dozen military leaders, many
                                                        
                                    01:07
                                
                        
                    
                            of them people of color and women. He
                                                        
                                    01:08
                                
                        
                    
                            fired the chairman of the Joint Chief of
                                                        
                                    01:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Staffs, General Charles Brown, Jr., who
                                                        
                                    01:12
                                
                        
                    
                            is African-American. He fired the first
                                                        
                                    01:14
                                
                        
                    
                            woman to command the Navy, Admiral Lisa
                                                        
                                    01:16
                                
                        
                    
                            uh Franetti. I I I just I don't
                                                        
                                    01:18
                                
                        
                    
                            understand the sort of hypocrisy of
                                                        
                                    01:21
                                
                        
                    
                            firing these people, having all these
                                                        
                                    01:24
                                
                        
                    
                            people meet together, and then
                                                        
                                    01:26
                                
                        
                    
                            denigrating them.
                                                        
                                    01:28
                                
                        
                    
                            Did you see Did you look at it? They
                                                        
                                    01:29
                                
                        
                    
                            look like They're looking at him like he
                                                        
                                    01:30
                                
                        
                    
                            has two heads. Well, they
                                                        
                                    01:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, Vinnie, thoughts.
                                                        
                                    01:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. Well, first of all, I absolutely
                                                        
                                    01:34
                                
                        
                    
                            love what he did. It's it, by the way,
                                                        
                                    01:38
                                
                        
                    
                            the military, for everybody that knows
                                                        
                                    01:40
                                
                        
                    
                            out there, it's not a it's not a fashion
                                                        
                                    01:42
                                
                        
                    
                            show. It's not a freaking summer camp.
                                                        
                                    01:44
                                
                        
                    
                            We are in the business of war. And war
                                                        
                                    01:46
                                
                        
                    
                            is is having trained killers to go and
                                                        
                                    01:49
                                
                        
                    
                            fight and fight the enemy. Okay? And we
                                                        
                                    01:51
                                
                        
                    
                            have to be war ready at every single
                                                        
                                    01:53
                                
                        
                    
                            moment. Okay? Look, by the way, have you
                                                        
                                    01:57
                                
                        
                    
                            seen videos of China and Russia,
                                                        
                                    01:58
                                
                        
                    
                            Brandon? Those people do not play games
                                                        
                                    02:00
                                
                        
                    
                            over here. Like last the last four years
                                                        
                                    02:03
                                
                        
                    
                            when Biden was in, I was watching more
                                                        
                                    02:05
                                
                        
                    
                            transgender Tik Tok videos of guys like
                                                        
                                    02:07
                                
                        
                    
                            yes on like on aircraft carriers and all
                                                        
                                    02:10
                                
                        
                    
                            that stuff. It's like guys that's not
                                                        
                                    02:12
                                
                        
                    
                            what we need. And this is the prime
                                                        
                                    02:14
                                
                        
                    
                            example of DEI will have you DIE. Okay,
                                                        
                                    02:15
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm sorry and I'm I'm not sorry because
                                                        
                                    02:20
                                
                        
                    
                            even did you notice the views audience?
                                                        
                                    02:22
                                
                        
                    
                            Not a laugh, not an applause, not
                                                        
                                    02:24
                                
                        
                    
                            nothing. I want my soldiers to be
                                                        
                                    02:26
                                
                        
                    
                            because they're not stupid, Pat. Because
                                                        
                                    02:28
                                
                        
                    
                            at the end of the day, remember um Jack
                                                        
                                    02:30
                                
                        
                    
                            Nicholson in um Few Good Men. You want
                                                        
                                    02:32
                                
                        
                    
                            me on that wall. You need me on that
                                                        
                                    02:35
                                
                        
                    
                            wall. That's who you need. You need a
                                                        
                                    02:37
                                
                        
                    
                            soldier like that, like Pete Hexipath. I
                                                        
                                    02:39
                                
                        
                    
                            was like, "Listen, with all the stuff
                                                        
                                    02:41
                                
                        
                    
                            that's happening inside of America, we
                                                        
                                    02:42
                                
                        
                    
                            could argue, we could fight, gaze, this
                                                        
                                    02:44
                                
                        
                    
                            bathrooms, all that, whatever. When it
                                                        
                                    02:46
                                
                        
                    
                            comes to war and protecting the country,
                                                        
                                    02:48
                                
                        
                    
                            you need a leader like that. You need
                                                        
                                    02:50
                                
                        
                    
                            trained killers to go out there and
                                                        
                                    02:52
                                
                        
                    
                            fight for us when it comes down to it."
                                                        
                                    02:54
                                
                        
                    
                            Thank God we haven't had anything crazy
                                                        
                                    02:55
                                
                        
                    
                            since um you know 9/11 Iraq and all that
                                                        
                                    02:57
                                
                        
                    
                            stuff. But Pat, that's the attitude. And
                                                        
                                    03:00
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm sorry those generals, get your ass
                                                        
                                    03:01
                                
                        
                    
                            in shape. He's only having two. How many
                                                        
                                    03:03
                                
                        
                    
                            uh PT tests a year did you have Pat? I
                                                        
                                    03:06
                                
                        
                    
                            had one. We had one and we had to take
                                                        
                                    03:08
                                
                        
                    
                            care of ourselves. And if he's taking
                                                        
                                    03:10
                                
                        
                    
                            care of of himself and he's a secretary
                                                        
                                    03:11
                                
                        
                    
                            of war, all those other guys need to
                                                        
                                    03:13
                                
                        
                    
                            know what a PT test is. A lot of people
                                                        
                                    03:15
                                
                        
                    
                            It's push It's push-ups, sit-ups, and a
                                                        
                                    03:17
                                
                        
                    
                            two-m run and pull-ups. Okay? And you
                                                        
                                    03:18
                                
                        
                    
                            have to do it within a specific amount
                                                        
                                    03:20
                                
                        
                    
                            of time and reps because guys at the end
                                                        
                                    03:22
                                
                        
                    
                            of the day if god forbid crap hits the
                                                        
                                    03:25
                                
                        
                    
                            fan we're going to war. You don't want
                                                        
                                    03:27
                                
                        
                    
                            some overweight guys or some people that
                                                        
                                    03:29
                                
                        
                    
                            are like you know my feelings I'm trans.
                                                        
                                    03:31
                                
                        
                    
                            You know you know what the thing with uh
                                                        
                                    03:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Sunonny Hust right is am I saying her
                                                        
                                    03:35
                                
                        
                    
                            last?
                                                        
                                    03:37
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. Would you say she's pretty?
                                                        
                                    03:38
                                
                        
                    
                            I think she's she's a good-look girl.
                                                        
                                    03:40
                                
                        
                    
                            I think she's gorgeous. I I think let's
                                                        
                                    03:42
                                
                        
                    
                            just say it. I'm not going to you know
                                                        
                                    03:44
                                
                        
                    
                            if you pull up her pictures I think
                                                        
                                    03:46
                                
                        
                    
                            she's beautiful. Yes.
                                                        
                                    03:47
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. Sunny. Do you think you get the
                                                        
                                    03:48
                                
                        
                    
                            job that you have if you were 80 lbs
                                                        
                                    03:50
                                
                        
                    
                            heavier?
                                                        
                                    03:52
                                
                        
                    
                            Why not? Do you think you get this show,
                                                        
                                    03:54
                                
                        
                    
                            the job that you have if you were 80 lbs
                                                        
                                    03:57
                                
                        
                    
                            heavier?
                                                        
                                    03:58
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, they give it to
                                                        
                                    03:59
                                
                        
                    
                            Do you think No, but but no, but Whoopi
                                                        
                                    04:00
                                
                        
                    
                            is actually a lot older. But Whoopi is a
                                                        
                                    04:01
                                
                        
                    
                            very very very very famous individual,
                                                        
                                    04:04
                                
                        
                    
                            an actress. She's made it. Okay.
                                                        
                                    04:07
                                
                        
                    
                            But do you think Sunny gets the job if
                                                        
                                    04:09
                                
                        
                    
                            she's
                                                        
                                    04:11
                                
                        
                    
                            not that attractive?
                                                        
                                    04:12
                                
                        
                    
                            No.
                                                        
                                    04:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Do you think Sunny woke up one day and
                                                        
                                    04:14
                                
                        
                    
                            look like that?
                                                        
                                    04:15
                                
                        
                    
                            How hard do you think Sunny works out?
                                                        
                                    04:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, she's
                                                        
                                    04:18
                                
                        
                    
                            How hard do you think Sunny goes to the
                                                        
                                    04:19
                                
                        
                    
                            gym and the way she takes care of her
                                                        
                                    04:20
                                
                        
                    
                            body? I'm sorry, Sunny. How hard is it
                                                        
                                    04:21
                                
                        
                    
                            to look like you? So, why shouldn't we
                                                        
                                    04:23
                                
                        
                    
                            have that expectation of them? Why are
                                                        
                                    04:25
                                
                        
                    
                            you playing a victim for these other
                                                        
                                    04:27
                                
                        
                    
                            guys? I'm feeling sorry for him. How
                                                        
                                    04:28
                                
                        
                    
                            much does Sunny make per year? Can you
                                                        
                                    04:29
                                
                        
                    
                            type in how much Sunny makes per year?
                                                        
                                    04:31
                                
                        
                    
                            What does Sunny make per year? What's
                                                        
                                    04:32
                                
                        
                    
                            her salary? I actually don't know what
                                                        
                                    04:34
                                
                        
                    
                            million, let's say.
                                                        
                                    04:35
                                
                        
                    
                            I don't know what it is, but whatever it
                                                        
                                    04:36
                                
                        
                    
                            is, 5 million. Guess what? She deserves
                                                        
                                    04:37
                                
                        
                    
                            it because she takes care of her body.
                                                        
                                    04:40
                                
                        
                    
                            Now, do I agree with her politics and
                                                        
                                    04:42
                                
                        
                    
                            all this other stuff? No. Even a guy
                                                        
                                    04:43
                                
                        
                    
                            that doesn't agree with your politics
                                                        
                                    04:45
                                
                        
                    
                            respects the hell out of you working
                                                        
                                    04:47
                                
                        
                    
                            out. And by the way, guess what's never
                                                        
                                    04:48
                                
                        
                    
                            gonna happen? Oh [ __ ] we're under war.
                                                        
                                    04:51
                                
                        
                    
                            Is Sunny Hust ready to go to war? They
                                                        
                                    04:53
                                
                        
                    
                            don't care if you're going to go to war
                                                        
                                    04:55
                                
                        
                    
                            or not. But we do with the folks in the
                                                        
                                    04:56
                                
                        
                    
                            military. Bingo.
                                                        
                                    04:58
                                
                        
                    
                            And let me tell you, I saw a lot of
                                                        
                                    04:59
                                
                        
                    
                            generals when I was in the military that
                                                        
                                    05:00
                                
                        
                    
                            were out of shape. My colonel,
                                                        
                                    05:01
                                
                        
                    
                            Lieutenant Colonel Peacock, was in top
                                                        
                                    05:03
                                
                        
                    
                            shape. He's a general now on in top. He
                                                        
                                    05:05
                                
                        
                    
                            respected the hell out of that guy. It
                                                        
                                    05:08
                                
                        
                    
                            was nothing like chasing a man that was
                                                        
                                    05:10
                                
                        
                    
                            20 years older than you that was running
                                                        
                                    05:12
                                
                        
                    
                            13 miles 13 a minute a minute two miles.
                                                        
                                    05:14
                                
                        
                    
                            You're like, "Dude, that's my They had
                                                        
                                    05:17
                                
                        
                    
                            the moral authority to punk you a little
                                                        
                                    05:19
                                
                        
                    
                            bit."
                                                        
                                    05:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Hey, this old man's whooping your ass.
                                                        
                                    05:22
                                
                        
                    
                            Don't let this old man. Don't let this
                                                        
                                    05:23
                                
                        
                    
                            old man, you know, you're left, you're
                                                        
                                    05:25
                                
                        
                    
                            right. Hey, get your It was such a great
                                                        
                                    05:26
                                
                        
                    
                            thing to see somebody doing that. So,
                                                        
                                    05:29
                                
                        
                    
                            even for Sunny, when you're going out
                                                        
                                    05:30
                                
                        
                    
                            there playing this political [ __ ]
                                                        
                                    05:33
                                
                        
                    
                            that you're playing, you still work your
                                                        
                                    05:34
                                
                        
                    
                            ass off to look like the way you do.
                                                        
                                    05:38
                                
                        
                    
                            They need to work their ass up to make
                                                        
                                    05:40
                                
                        
                    
                            sure we're protected. I don't see any
                                                        
                                    05:41
                                
                        
                    
                            problems with that that uh they need to
                                                        
                                    05:43
                                
                        
                    
                            be doing that. I'm so glad uh Hexadet is
                                                        
                                    05:45
                                
                        
                    
                            doing this. There's another clip I want
                                                        
                                    05:47
                                
                        
                    
                            to play before I come to Tom and
                                                        
                                    05:48
                                
                        
                    
                            Brandon. Rob, if you want to play the
                                                        
                                    05:50
                                
                        
                    
                            other clip by Pete Hex and then Tom, I'm
                                                        
                                    05:51
                                
                        
                    
                            coming to you. Uh I think this is the
                                                        
                                    05:53
                                
                        
                    
                            one. Go for it. No more identity months,
                                                        
                                    05:54
                                
                        
                    
                            DEI offices, dudes in dresses.
                                                        
                                    05:57
                                
                        
                    
                            Good. Bingo.
                                                        
                                    06:02
                                
                        
                    
                            No more climate change worship.
                                                        
                                    06:03
                                
                        
                    
                            Let's go.
                                                        
                                    06:04
                                
                        
                    
                            No more division, distraction, or gender
                                                        
                                    06:04
                                
                        
                    
                            delusions. No more debris.
                                                        
                                    06:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Good.
                                                        
                                    06:09
                                
                        
                    
                            As I've said before and we'll say again,
                                                        
                                    06:10
                                
                        
                    
                            we are done with that [ __ ]
                                                        
                                    06:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Nice.
                                                        
                                    06:15
                                
                        
                    
                            And by the way, that's exactly how I
                                                        
                                    06:16
                                
                        
                    
                            view the leader of the military to
                                                        
                                    06:19
                                
                        
                    
                            speak.
                                                        
                                    06:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Period.
                                                        
                                    06:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Like that. You want to see him speak
                                                        
                                    06:22
                                
                        
                    
                            like that. You go back and think about
                                                        
                                    06:25
                                
                        
                    
                            in the history books, but Ulysus Srand
                                                        
                                    06:26
                                
                        
                    
                            or some of these guys that maybe would
                                                        
                                    06:28
                                
                        
                    
                            have drank or partied on, but when it
                                                        
                                    06:30
                                
                        
                    
                            came down to war and Lincoln needed
                                                        
                                    06:32
                                
                        
                    
                            somebody to get the job done, it wasn't
                                                        
                                    06:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Mlelen that got the job done. It wasn't
                                                        
                                    06:35
                                
                        
                    
                            a lot of other guys. It was Grant who
                                                        
                                    06:37
                                
                        
                    
                            was a little bit rough around the edges
                                                        
                                    06:39
                                
                        
                    
                            that was able to go out there and talk
                                                        
                                    06:40
                                
                        
                    
                            to the troops and they respected the
                                                        
                                    06:42
                                
                        
                    
                            hell out of him. He got the job done.
                                                        
                                    06:43
                                
                        
                    
                            And to me, I'm getting the vibe that
                                                        
                                    06:45
                                
                        
                    
                            he's doing this. And by the way, you
                                                        
                                    06:46
                                
                        
                    
                            know, good for him because at first, you
                                                        
                                    06:48
                                
                        
                    
                            know, I was a little bit like, you going
                                                        
                                    06:50
                                
                        
                    
                            to go from TV to this? But I'm loving
                                                        
                                    06:51
                                
                        
                    
                            the way he is going about this, the way
                                                        
                                    06:53
                                
                        
                    
                            he's driving the initiatives for our
                                                        
                                    06:55
                                
                        
                    
                            military. I prefer this. Tom, your
                                                        
                                    06:57
                                
                        
                    
                            thoughts on this?
                                                        
                                    06:59
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, common sense is making a comeback
                                                        
                                    07:00
                                
                        
                    
                            because you know what? A poll of
                                                        
                                    07:03
                                
                        
                    
                            American people yesterday.
                                                        
                                    07:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Two to one two to one believe women
                                                        
                                    07:08
                                
                        
                    
                            should be allowed in combat roles. Two
                                                        
                                    07:12
                                
                        
                    
                            to one. However,
                                                        
                                    07:13
                                
                        
                    
                            there's a comma.
                                                        
                                    07:17
                                
                        
                    
                            and 77%
                                                        
                                    07:19
                                
                        
                    
                            felt they must meet if they must meet
                                                        
                                    07:21
                                
                        
                    
                            the physical requirements of the job.
                                                        
                                    07:26
                                
                        
                    
                            So 2 to one says if you if your daughter
                                                        
                                    07:29
                                
                        
                    
                            wants to go off in the army and wants to
                                                        
                                    07:32
                                
                        
                    
                            be a Green Bray, okay, but 77% said she
                                                        
                                    07:34
                                
                        
                    
                            better measure up to the requirement. Y
                                                        
                                    07:38
                                
                        
                    
                            isn't that interesting?
                                                        
                                    07:41
                                
                        
                    
                            And it's lead by example.
                                                        
                                    07:42
                                
                        
                    
                            And there it is upside down. Only 25%
                                                        
                                    07:43
                                
                        
                    
                            think women should have lower physical
                                                        
                                    07:46
                                
                        
                    
                            requirements. That means 75% I read 77
                                                        
                                    07:47
                                
                        
                    
                            think that they have to meet the
                                                        
                                    07:51
                                
                        
                    
                            requirements. Common sense is making a
                                                        
                                    07:52
                                
                        
                    
                            comeback. Yeah. And you nailed it. He
                                                        
                                    07:54
                                
                        
                    
                            look at him. Look how much shape he's
                                                        
                                    07:57
                                
                        
                    
                            in. You have to lead by example. You
                                                        
                                    07:58
                                
                        
                    
                            can't be even a full colonel going,
                                                        
                                    08:00
                                
                        
                    
                            "Hey, here's the standards that the
                                                        
                                    08:02
                                
                        
                    
                            Secretary of War passed on for me to
                                                        
                                    08:04
                                
                        
                    
                            you, but you're out of shape." No, bro.
                                                        
                                    08:06
                                
                        
                    
                            I want But like other countries have to
                                                        
                                    08:08
                                
                        
                    
                            look at us guys and be fearful. You know
                                                        
                                    08:09
                                
                        
                    
                            what I mean? During the Biden, bro, let
                                                        
                                    08:12
                                
                        
                    
                            me explain something to you. They were
                                                        
                                    08:13
                                
                        
                    
                            laughing at us. They were laughing at us
                                                        
                                    08:14
                                
                        
                    
                            and now it's serious business.
                                                        
                                    08:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Pat, you used to share a story I love.
                                                        
                                    08:18
                                
                        
                    
                            You said there was an older I don't know
                                                        
                                    08:20
                                
                        
                    
                            if he was a drill sergeant or a colonel
                                                        
                                    08:21
                                
                        
                    
                            or somebody that three of you needed an
                                                        
                                    08:23
                                
                        
                    
                            attitude adjustment and he took you out
                                                        
                                    08:25
                                
                        
                    
                            to the back corner. What happened there?
                                                        
                                    08:27
                                
                        
                    
                            And he was older than you.
                                                        
                                    08:29
                                
                        
                    
                            Of course he was. He was 20 or 15 years
                                                        
                                    08:31
                                
                        
                    
                            older than us. So he took us to the back
                                                        
                                    08:32
                                
                        
                    
                            and we were acting like we're gangsters
                                                        
                                    08:34
                                
                        
                    
                            and tough. And he says, "Oh, really? You
                                                        
                                    08:35
                                
                        
                    
                            guys are gangsters? You're tough. No
                                                        
                                    08:36
                                
                        
                    
                            problem."
                                                        
                                    08:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Gets into Humvey. We go to the back and
                                                        
                                    08:39
                                
                        
                    
                            takes his rank off
                                                        
                                    08:41
                                
                        
                    
                            and says, "Okay, who wants to go first?"
                                                        
                                    08:43
                                
                        
                    
                            And we're like, "Drove." He wasn't a big
                                                        
                                    08:45
                                
                        
                    
                            guy. He was a 5'8 guy. 5'8 and 58 5'9
                                                        
                                    08:47
                                
                        
                    
                            guy. And we're big boys. And he says,
                                                        
                                    08:50
                                
                        
                    
                            "Who wants to go for?" Like, "Dro,
                                                        
                                    08:52
                                
                        
                    
                            sorry. We don't want to hurt you." No.
                                                        
                                    08:53
                                
                        
                    
                            No. No. I won't tell anybody.
                                                        
                                    08:55
                                
                        
                    
                            [Music]
                                                        
                                    08:57
                                
                        
                    
                            Like, I'm good. He was one of those guys
                                                        
                                    08:58
                                
                        
                    
                            that was a black guy that talked so
                                                        
                                    09:01
                                
                        
                    
                            slow.
                                                        
                                    09:03
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, God. Scary.
                                                        
                                    09:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Private bet. David,
                                                        
                                    09:05
                                
                        
                    
                            I need you to drop and give me 20 right
                                                        
                                    09:07
                                
                        
                    
                            now. He spoke like that. Everybody else
                                                        
                                    09:09
                                
                        
                    
                            would scream.
                                                        
                                    09:11
                                
                        
                    
                            This guy would speak to you.
                                                        
                                    09:12
                                
                        
                    
                            Come
                                                        
                                    09:13
                                
                        
                    
                            like dead.
                                                        
                                    09:14
                                
                        
                    
                            It's even scarier.
                                                        
                                    09:15
                                
                        
                    
                            You're dead. And he beat But he was so
                                                        
                                    09:16
                                
                        
                    
                            smart about the way he beat us. He only
                                                        
                                    09:19
                                
                        
                    
                            hit us in our stomach. Didn't hit us in
                                                        
                                    09:20
                                
                        
                    
                            the face. No bruises.
                                                        
                                    09:22
                                
                        
                    
                            Everything was here.
                                                        
                                    09:23
                                
                        
                    
                            And we were like, we're done. And he
                                                        
                                    09:24
                                
                        
                    
                            brought us back wherever he is right
                                                        
                                    09:26
                                
                        
                    
                            now.
                                                        
                                    09:28
                                
                        
                    
                            Because of that, I have mental issues.
                                                        
                                    09:29
                                
                        
                    
                            Brandon, go for it.
                                                        
                                    09:32
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. So, I'm in I look incredibly
                                                        
                                    09:33
                                
                        
                    
                            favorably upon fat shaming, I think it's
                                                        
                                    09:35
                                
                        
                    
                            um really good, necessary. Yeah. I mean,
                                                        
                                    09:37
                                
                        
                    
                            cuz I think it's like like to say fat
                                                        
                                    09:39
                                
                        
                    
                            shaming is bad. Like to say smoke
                                                        
                                    09:42
                                
                        
                    
                            shaming is bad. Like to say um if you
                                                        
                                    09:43
                                
                        
                    
                            say it's negative to smoke cigarettes,
                                                        
                                    09:45
                                
                        
                    
                            like would we say that's socially
                                                        
                                    09:47
                                
                        
                    
                            unacceptable? No. It's like objectively
                                                        
                                    09:48
                                
                        
                    
                            unhealthy to be fat. So, you know, in
                                                        
                                    09:50
                                
                        
                    
                            the military and the police department
                                                        
                                    09:52
                                
                        
                    
                            and the fire departments, you know, you
                                                        
                                    09:53
                                
                        
                    
                            you still see fat people in those
                                                        
                                    09:55
                                
                        
                    
                            departments. And then in the military
                                                        
                                    09:56
                                
                        
                    
                            too, I I know a lot of guys in the
                                                        
                                    09:58
                                
                        
                    
                            military and they said in 2018 it went
                                                        
                                    09:59
                                
                        
                    
                            from you you would discipline people and
                                                        
                                    10:02
                                
                        
                    
                            um they call them smoking them out and
                                                        
                                    10:04
                                
                        
                    
                            stuff for things and to uh higher
                                                        
                                    10:06
                                
                        
                    
                            ranking people were literally afraid to
                                                        
                                    10:08
                                
                        
                    
                            do that to newer people because they
                                                        
                                    10:10
                                
                        
                    
                            would could get in trouble and lose
                                                        
                                    10:12
                                
                        
                    
                            their rank or lose their um their jobs
                                                        
                                    10:13
                                
                        
                    
                            and get kicked out of the military. So
                                                        
                                    10:15
                                
                        
                    
                            literally privates were disrespecting
                                                        
                                    10:16
                                
                        
                    
                            higher ranked people after 2018 because
                                                        
                                    10:18
                                
                        
                    
                            they were no longer able to discipline
                                                        
                                    10:20
                                
                        
                    
                            them because of the way that uh like the
                                                        
                                    10:22
                                
                        
                    
                            HR stuff got in the military. They went
                                                        
                                    10:24
                                
                        
                    
                            from the uh they called it Shark Week to
                                                        
                                    10:25
                                
                        
                    
                            the Thunder Run. So they they changed
                                                        
                                    10:28
                                
                        
                    
                            all the hazing stuff. They like took
                                                        
                                    10:30
                                
                        
                    
                            hazing out of the military and that's
                                                        
                                    10:32
                                
                        
                    
                            detrimental.
                                                        
                                    10:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, they as I was leaving as a great
                                                        
                                    10:34
                                
                        
                    
                            point, Brandon, as I was leaving the
                                                        
                                    10:37
                                
                        
                    
                            military, 2001, 2002, uh they started
                                                        
                                    10:38
                                
                        
                    
                            doing uh forms like they started giving
                                                        
                                    10:43
                                
                        
                    
                            like if somebody yelled at you too much,
                                                        
                                    10:45
                                
                        
                    
                            you could write it and like get I'm not
                                                        
                                    10:47
                                
                        
                    
                            even joking and I'm at and I'm like
                                                        
                                    10:48
                                
                        
                    
                            leaving and I'm like bye. It got soft.
                                                        
                                    10:50
                                
                        
                    
                            You know, it's bureaucracy. If there's a
                                                        
                                    10:53
                                
                        
                    
                            form.
                                                        
                                    10:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    10:55
                                
                        
                    
                            It's like, how are you supposed to
                                                        
                                    10:56
                                
                        
                    
                            instill fear and respect into people if
                                                        
                                    10:57
                                
                        
                    
                            you can't hold them accountable?
                                                        
                                    10:58
                                
                        
                    
                            No, I want I want I want killers, bro.
                                                        
                                    11:00
                                
                        
                    
                            Like, we need we need killers. We don't
                                                        
                                    11:01
                                
                        
                    
                            need emotional.
                                                        
                                    11:03
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm with it. I'm with it. I'm with it.
                                                        
                                    11:03
                                
                        
                    
                            So, you know, we'll see. We'll see
                                                        
                                    11:05
                                
                        
                    
                            what's going to happen. By the way, Rob
                                                        
                                    11:06
                                
                        
                    
                            ran a poll. Rob, can you pull up the
                                                        
                                    11:07
                                
                        
                    
                            last poll you ran? Not about that, Tom.
                                                        
                                    11:09
                                
                        
                    
                            At this point, we all know what happened
                                                        
                                    11:11
                                
                        
                    
                            there. No, no, it's a different poll
                                                        
                                    11:12
                                
                        
                    
                            that Rob ran about being in shape. Look
                                                        
                                    11:14
                                
                        
                    
                            at the percentage of how people voted.
                                                        
                                    11:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Look at the percentage of how people
                                                        
                                    11:18
                                
                        
                    
                            voted.
                                                        
                                    11:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Let's go.
                                                        
                                    11:20
                                
                        
                    
                            7,300 people voted. Do you think members
                                                        
                                    11:21
                                
                        
                    
                            of the US military should be in fit and
                                                        
                                    11:24
                                
                        
                    
                            in top shape?
                                                        
                                    11:27
                                
                        
                    
                            I guarantee
                                                        
                                    11:28
                                
                        
                    
                            you some cheesecake and cheesecake.
                                                        
                                    11:33
                                
                        
                    
                            We have a new V tame of future looks
                                                        
                                    11:34
                                
                        
                    
                            pride. It's faith over fear cheesecake.
                                                        
                                    11:37
                                
                        
                    
                            I got some faith over fear. I'm not
                                                        
                                    11:40
                                
                        
                    
                            afraid that I'm going to get fat eating
                                                        
                                    11:42
                                
                        
                    
                            this cheesecake. We got it for you
                                                        
                                    11:43
                                
                        
                    
                            shipping it to you right now for only 29
                                                        
                                    11:45
                                
                        
                    
                            bucks.
                                                        
                                    11:47
                                
                        
                    
                            It's all in how you take the survey. Are
                                                        
                                    11:48
                                
                        
                    
                            you in favor of military being strong
                                                        
                                    11:50
                                
                        
                    
                            enough to kick the enemy's ass so the
                                                        
                                    11:52
                                
                        
                    
                            enemy doesn't kick yours?
                                                        
                                    11:54
                                
                        
                    
                            Yes.
                                                        
                                    11:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Yes, I'm in favor of it.
                                                        
                                    11:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, exactly. So funny.
                                                        
                                    11:56
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. All right. So, let's go to the
                                                        
                                    11:58
                                
                        
                    
                            next story. Let's go to the next story.
                                                        
                                    12:01
                                
                        
                    
                            Next story I want to get to is Trump and
                                                        
                                    12:02
                                
                        
                    
                            Netanyahu announce peace plan, folks. US
                                                        
                                    12:05
                                
                        
                    
                            President Halls one of the greatest days
                                                        
                                    12:09
                                
                        
                    
                            in civilization
                                                        
                                    12:12
                                
                        
                    
                            as he reveals the 20point road map to
                                                        
                                    12:13
                                
                        
                    
                            end Israel Hamas war. and for him to
                                                        
                                    12:16
                                
                        
                    
                            help run Gaza with Tony Blair. Okay,
                                                        
                                    12:20
                                
                        
                    
                            here they are. Go for it, Rob.
                                                        
                                    12:23
                                
                        
                    
                            This is a big big day. A beautiful day.
                                                        
                                    12:25
                                
                        
                    
                            Potentially
                                                        
                                    12:27
                                
                        
                    
                            very beautiful day.
                                                        
                                    12:28
                                
                        
                    
                            One of the great days ever in
                                                        
                                    12:29
                                
                        
                    
                            civilization.
                                                        
                                    12:32
                                
                        
                    
                            Things that have been going on for
                                                        
                                    12:34
                                
                        
                    
                            hundreds of years and thousands of
                                                        
                                    12:37
                                
                        
                    
                            years. We're going to
                                                        
                                    12:39
                                
                        
                    
                            at least we're at a minimum very very
                                                        
                                    12:41
                                
                        
                    
                            close and I think we're beyond very
                                                        
                                    12:43
                                
                        
                    
                            close. And I want to thank BB for really
                                                        
                                    12:45
                                
                        
                    
                            getting in there and doing a job.
                                                        
                                    12:49
                                
                        
                    
                            We've worked well together
                                                        
                                    12:51
                                
                        
                    
                            as we have with many other countries,
                                                        
                                    12:53
                                
                        
                    
                            both of us with many other countries,
                                                        
                                    12:55
                                
                        
                    
                            which is the only way this whole
                                                        
                                    12:57
                                
                        
                    
                            situation gets solved. And I'm not just
                                                        
                                    12:59
                                
                        
                    
                            talking about Gaza. Gaza is one thing,
                                                        
                                    13:02
                                
                        
                    
                            but we're talking about much beyond
                                                        
                                    13:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Gaza.
                                                        
                                    13:05
                                
                        
                    
                            The whole deal,
                                                        
                                    13:07
                                
                        
                    
                            everything getting solved. It's called
                                                        
                                    13:09
                                
                        
                    
                            peace in the Middle East.
                                                        
                                    13:12
                                
                        
                    
                            So today uh is a historic day for peace
                                                        
                                    13:16
                                
                        
                    
                            and prime minister Netanyahu. Rob,
                                                        
                                    13:19
                                
                        
                    
                            you want to pull up the point?
                                                        
                                    13:21
                                
                        
                    
                            We just concluded an important
                                                        
                                    13:22
                                
                        
                    
                            because in that 20point plan, just so
                                                        
                                    13:23
                                
                        
                    
                            you guys know, I believe Netanyahu
                                                        
                                    13:25
                                
                        
                    
                            apologizes for the Israel's Qatar
                                                        
                                    13:26
                                
                        
                    
                            strike. Okay. Deep regret, expressed
                                                        
                                    13:28
                                
                        
                    
                            deep regret to his Qatari counterpart
                                                        
                                    13:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Monday over September 9th strike aimed
                                                        
                                    13:34
                                
                        
                    
                            at Hamas leaders in Doha, a Jewish
                                                        
                                    13:36
                                
                        
                    
                            state. And uh yeah, so that came from
                                                        
                                    13:38
                                
                        
                    
                            him. And then at the same time, so here
                                                        
                                    13:42
                                
                        
                    
                            we go. Prime Minister Alan welcomed
                                                        
                                    13:44
                                
                        
                    
                            these asurances emphasizing Qatar's
                                                        
                                    13:46
                                
                        
                    
                            readiness to continue contributing
                                                        
                                    13:48
                                
                        
                    
                            meaningfully to regional security and
                                                        
                                    13:49
                                
                        
                    
                            stability. Prime Minister Antiotic
                                                        
                                    13:50
                                
                        
                    
                            expressed commitment to the same. Israel
                                                        
                                    13:52
                                
                        
                    
                            has long expressed annoyance that Qatar
                                                        
                                    13:54
                                
                        
                    
                            plays a key role in the Middle East
                                                        
                                    13:56
                                
                        
                    
                            peace negotiations. Despite hosting
                                                        
                                    13:58
                                
                        
                    
                            Hamas political leaders, the September
                                                        
                                    13:59
                                
                        
                    
                            9th attack had targeted top terror
                                                        
                                    14:01
                                
                        
                    
                            figures as they gathered with Qatari
                                                        
                                    14:03
                                
                        
                    
                            mediations
                                                        
                                    14:06
                                
                        
                    
                            for another round of ceasefire
                                                        
                                    14:08
                                
                        
                    
                            discussions. But here's a 20point uh
                                                        
                                    14:10
                                
                        
                    
                            plan that they have in place. Gaza will
                                                        
                                    14:12
                                
                        
                    
                            be dradicalized terror-free zone that
                                                        
                                    14:14
                                
                        
                    
                            does not pose a threat to its neighbors.
                                                        
                                    14:17
                                
                        
                    
                            Gaza will be redeveloped for the
                                                        
                                    14:19
                                
                        
                    
                            benefits of the people of Gaza who have
                                                        
                                    14:21
                                
                        
                    
                            suffered more than enough. If both sides
                                                        
                                    14:22
                                
                        
                    
                            agree to this propo proposal, the war
                                                        
                                    14:24
                                
                        
                    
                            will immediately end. Israeli forces
                                                        
                                    14:26
                                
                        
                    
                            will withdraw to the agreed upon line to
                                                        
                                    14:28
                                
                        
                    
                            prepare for hostage release. During this
                                                        
                                    14:31
                                
                        
                    
                            time, all military operations, including
                                                        
                                    14:33
                                
                        
                    
                            aerial and artillery bombardment will be
                                                        
                                    14:35
                                
                        
                    
                            suspended and the battle lines will
                                                        
                                    14:37
                                
                        
                    
                            remain frozen until conditions are met
                                                        
                                    14:39
                                
                        
                    
                            for the complete stage withdrawal within
                                                        
                                    14:41
                                
                        
                    
                            24 hours of Israel publicly accepting
                                                        
                                    14:43
                                
                        
                    
                            this agreement.
                                                        
                                    14:46
                                
                        
                    
                            72 72
                                                        
                                    14:46
                                
                        
                    
                            72 hours. All hostages alive and
                                                        
                                    14:48
                                
                        
                    
                            deceased will be returned and diseased.
                                                        
                                    14:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Deceased and deceased. Yeah. Alive.
                                                        
                                    14:52
                                
                        
                    
                            Alive or dead. Got it. Once all hostages
                                                        
                                    14:54
                                
                        
                    
                            are released, Israel will release 250
                                                        
                                    14:56
                                
                        
                    
                            life sentenced prisoners plus 1,700
                                                        
                                    14:58
                                
                        
                    
                            Gazans who were detained after October
                                                        
                                    15:00
                                
                        
                    
                            7, 2023, including all women, children,
                                                        
                                    15:02
                                
                        
                    
                            and detained in this context. For all uh
                                                        
                                    15:04
                                
                        
                    
                            every host Israeli hostage who remains
                                                        
                                    15:07
                                
                        
                    
                            or released, Israel will release the Rob
                                                        
                                    15:09
                                
                        
                    
                            I can't read the last part. We release
                                                        
                                    15:10
                                
                        
                    
                            the something
                                                        
                                    15:12
                                
                        
                    
                            the remains of the 15 deceased Gaz.
                                                        
                                    15:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, let's go to point number six. Uh
                                                        
                                    15:17
                                
                        
                    
                            once all hostages are returned, Hamas
                                                        
                                    15:19
                                
                        
                    
                            members who commit the peaceful coexist
                                                        
                                    15:22
                                
                        
                    
                            and decommission and to decommission
                                                        
                                    15:23
                                
                        
                    
                            their weapons will be given amnesty.
                                                        
                                    15:26
                                
                        
                    
                            Members of Hamas who wish to leave Gaza
                                                        
                                    15:27
                                
                        
                    
                            will be provided safe passages to
                                                        
                                    15:29
                                
                        
                    
                            receive countries
                                                        
                                    15:31
                                
                        
                    
                            receiving countries. Wow. Who's going to
                                                        
                                    15:32
                                
                        
                    
                            receive that?
                                                        
                                    15:34
                                
                        
                    
                            Egypt and Jordan have said no.
                                                        
                                    15:36
                                
                        
                    
                            Upon acceptance of this agreement, full
                                                        
                                    15:37
                                
                        
                    
                            aid will be immediately sent into Gaza
                                                        
                                    15:39
                                
                        
                    
                            Strip. At a minimum, eight quantities
                                                        
                                    15:41
                                
                        
                    
                            will be consistent with uh was what was
                                                        
                                    15:44
                                
                        
                    
                            included in January 192025 agreement re
                                                        
                                    15:47
                                
                        
                    
                            regarding humanitarian aid including
                                                        
                                    15:50
                                
                        
                    
                            rehabilitation of infrastructure, water,
                                                        
                                    15:51
                                
                        
                    
                            electricity and sewage,
                                                        
                                    15:53
                                
                        
                    
                            entry of distribution and aid in the
                                                        
                                    15:56
                                
                        
                    
                            Gaza Strip will proceed uh without
                                                        
                                    15:57
                                
                        
                    
                            interference from the two parties uh
                                                        
                                    16:00
                                
                        
                    
                            through through the United Nations and
                                                        
                                    16:02
                                
                        
                    
                            its agencies and let the crescent Rob go
                                                        
                                    16:04
                                
                        
                    
                            to the next one. Okay. uh uh opening the
                                                        
                                    16:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Rafa Gaza will be governed under the
                                                        
                                    16:09
                                
                        
                    
                            temporary transitional governance of
                                                        
                                    16:11
                                
                        
                    
                            tech te tech te tech te tech te tech te
                                                        
                                    16:12
                                
                        
                    
                            tech te tech te tech te tech te tech te
                                                        
                                    16:13
                                
                        
                    
                            technocratic
                                                        
                                    16:13
                                
                        
                    
                            interesting
                                                        
                                    16:15
                                
                        
                    
                            uh a political Palestinian comm
                                                        
                                    16:16
                                
                        
                    
                            committee responsible for delivering the
                                                        
                                    16:18
                                
                        
                    
                            day-to-day running of all public
                                                        
                                    16:20
                                
                        
                    
                            services and municipalities of the
                                                        
                                    16:21
                                
                        
                    
                            people of Gaza huh okay uh Palestinian
                                                        
                                    16:23
                                
                        
                    
                            international oversight supervision and
                                                        
                                    16:27
                                
                        
                    
                            a new international transitional body
                                                        
                                    16:29
                                
                        
                    
                            the board of peace which will be headed
                                                        
                                    16:31
                                
                        
                    
                            and chaired by President Donald J.
                                                        
                                    16:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Trump. Wow. With other members and head
                                                        
                                    16:34
                                
                        
                    
                            of state announced, including former
                                                        
                                    16:37
                                
                        
                    
                            Prime Minister Tony Blair, this body
                                                        
                                    16:38
                                
                        
                    
                            will set the framework and handle the
                                                        
                                    16:41
                                
                        
                    
                            funding for the redevelopment of Gaza
                                                        
                                    16:42
                                
                        
                    
                            until such a time as the Palestinian
                                                        
                                    16:44
                                
                        
                    
                            Authority has completed its reform
                                                        
                                    16:46
                                
                        
                    
                            program. 10. A Trump economic
                                                        
                                    16:48
                                
                        
                    
                            development plan to rebuild and energize
                                                        
                                    16:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Gaza will be created by covening a panel
                                                        
                                    16:52
                                
                        
                    
                            of experts who have helped birth some of
                                                        
                                    16:56
                                
                        
                    
                            the thriving modern miracles cities in
                                                        
                                    16:58
                                
                        
                    
                            the Middle East. Go to the next one. Rob
                                                        
                                    17:01
                                
                        
                    
                            11. uh a special economic zone will be
                                                        
                                    17:02
                                
                        
                    
                            established with preferred tariff and
                                                        
                                    17:06
                                
                        
                    
                            access rates to be negotiated with
                                                        
                                    17:07
                                
                        
                    
                            participating countries. No one will be
                                                        
                                    17:09
                                
                        
                    
                            forced to leave Gaza and those who wish
                                                        
                                    17:10
                                
                        
                    
                            to leave will be free to do so and free
                                                        
                                    17:12
                                
                        
                    
                            to return. Good. We will encourage
                                                        
                                    17:15
                                
                        
                    
                            people to stay and offer them the
                                                        
                                    17:17
                                
                        
                    
                            opportunity to build a better Gaza.
                                                        
                                    17:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Hamas and other factions agree to not
                                                        
                                    17:21
                                
                        
                    
                            have any role in the governance of Gaza
                                                        
                                    17:24
                                
                        
                    
                            directly or indirectly. That's big. in
                                                        
                                    17:25
                                
                        
                    
                            in or any form if they'll be able to
                                                        
                                    17:27
                                
                        
                    
                            pull that off. All military terror and
                                                        
                                    17:29
                                
                        
                    
                            offensive infrastructure, including
                                                        
                                    17:31
                                
                        
                    
                            tunnels and weapon production facilities
                                                        
                                    17:32
                                
                        
                    
                            will be destroyed, not rebuilt. Huh. A
                                                        
                                    17:34
                                
                        
                    
                            guarantee will be provided by regional
                                                        
                                    17:38
                                
                        
                    
                            partners to ensure that Hamas and the
                                                        
                                    17:40
                                
                        
                    
                            factions comply with their obligations.
                                                        
                                    17:41
                                
                        
                    
                            And Rob, go a little bit. And the new
                                                        
                                    17:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Gaza can't see the new Gaza poses no
                                                        
                                    17:45
                                
                        
                    
                            threat to its neighbors or its people.
                                                        
                                    17:48
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, let's go to 15.
                                                        
                                    17:49
                                
                        
                    
                            Do you have 15 16 or
                                                        
                                    17:52
                                
                        
                    
                            I do I have 16 through um
                                                        
                                    17:53
                                
                        
                    
                            20?
                                                        
                                    17:56
                                
                        
                    
                            Yes. Here.
                                                        
                                    17:57
                                
                        
                    
                            Boom. Boom.
                                                        
                                    18:00
                                
                        
                    
                            We're almost there. So, let's just wrap
                                                        
                                    18:01
                                
                        
                    
                            it. There you go. 16.
                                                        
                                    18:03
                                
                        
                    
                            Israel will not comply or annex Gaza.
                                                        
                                    18:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Occupy.
                                                        
                                    18:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Will not occupy or annex Gaza as ISF
                                                        
                                    18:07
                                
                        
                    
                            establishes control and stability. The
                                                        
                                    18:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Israel Defense Force will withdraw based
                                                        
                                    18:12
                                
                        
                    
                            on standards, milestones, and time
                                                        
                                    18:13
                                
                        
                    
                            frames linked to demilitarization
                                                        
                                    18:14
                                
                        
                    
                            that will be agreed upon and then go to
                                                        
                                    18:17
                                
                        
                    
                            17. In the event Hamas rejects or delays
                                                        
                                    18:19
                                
                        
                    
                            this proposal, the above including the
                                                        
                                    18:21
                                
                        
                    
                            scaled up aid operation will proceed and
                                                        
                                    18:23
                                
                        
                    
                            the terror area free areas handed over
                                                        
                                    18:25
                                
                        
                    
                            from IDF to the ISF. An interfaith
                                                        
                                    18:27
                                
                        
                    
                            dialogue process will be established
                                                        
                                    18:31
                                
                        
                    
                            based on the values of tolerance and
                                                        
                                    18:33
                                
                        
                    
                            peaceful exist coexistence to try and
                                                        
                                    18:35
                                
                        
                    
                            change mindsets and narratives of
                                                        
                                    18:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Palestinians and Israelis by emphasizing
                                                        
                                    18:39
                                
                        
                    
                            the benefits that can be deprived from
                                                        
                                    18:41
                                
                        
                    
                            peace while Gaza redevelopment vans and
                                                        
                                    18:43
                                
                        
                    
                            when the PA reform uh program is
                                                        
                                    18:46
                                
                        
                    
                            faithfully carried out the conditions
                                                        
                                    18:48
                                
                        
                    
                            may finally be in place for a credible
                                                        
                                    18:50
                                
                        
                    
                            pathway to Palestinian selfdetermination
                                                        
                                    18:52
                                
                        
                    
                            and statehood. And last but not least,
                                                        
                                    18:54
                                
                        
                    
                            the US will establish a dialogue between
                                                        
                                    18:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Israel and Palestinians to agree upon a
                                                        
                                    18:57
                                
                        
                    
                            uh political horizon for peaceful and
                                                        
                                    18:59
                                
                        
                    
                            prosperous coexistence. Brandon, your
                                                        
                                    19:00
                                
                        
                    
                            thoughts on this?
                                                        
                                    19:02
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, so um it's great if that's um
                                                        
                                    19:03
                                
                        
                    
                            true. I think that unfortunately the
                                                        
                                    19:05
                                
                        
                    
                            reason that this is being talked about
                                                        
                                    19:08
                                
                        
                    
                            right now is because uh think they're
                                                        
                                    19:10
                                
                        
                    
                            gearing up to go back after Iran. Um,
                                                        
                                    19:12
                                
                        
                    
                            just based off uh Rob, I sent you an
                                                        
                                    19:15
                                
                        
                    
                            article that US refueling tankers are
                                                        
                                    19:17
                                
                        
                    
                            being sent over to the Middle East in
                                                        
                                    19:20
                                
                        
                    
                            heavy numbers and that's the it's the
                                                        
                                    19:21
                                
                        
                    
                            biggest amount of the activity since the
                                                        
                                    19:22
                                
                        
                    
                            last attack on Iran. So, um, yeah, I
                                                        
                                    19:24
                                
                        
                    
                            would love to see this plan be carried
                                                        
                                    19:28
                                
                        
                    
                            out. Like a lot of the big things is
                                                        
                                    19:29
                                
                        
                    
                            that they're not going to be forcing
                                                        
                                    19:30
                                
                        
                    
                            them to leave Gaza that because that'd
                                                        
                                    19:32
                                
                        
                    
                            be messy. That they're not going to um
                                                        
                                    19:34
                                
                        
                    
                            that they're not going to let Hamas keep
                                                        
                                    19:36
                                
                        
                    
                            running the country because there was a
                                                        
                                    19:37
                                
                        
                    
                            lot of assistance to let Hamas run the
                                                        
                                    19:38
                                
                        
                    
                            country instead of the Palestinian
                                                        
                                    19:40
                                
                        
                    
                            Authority. So, you know, I think all
                                                        
                                    19:42
                                
                        
                    
                            those things are good points and
                                                        
                                    19:43
                                
                        
                    
                            necessary to, you know, create the best
                                                        
                                    19:44
                                
                        
                    
                            situation that's possible there. But,
                                                        
                                    19:46
                                
                        
                    
                            um, I am concerned that this is probably
                                                        
                                    19:48
                                
                        
                    
                            gearing up to um, let attention go back
                                                        
                                    19:51
                                
                        
                    
                            to Iran.
                                                        
                                    19:54
                                
                        
                    
                            Vinnie, what do you think about an
                                                        
                                    19:55
                                
                        
                    
                            explosion?
                                                        
                                    19:56
                                
                        
                    
                            All I was watching, all I was watching
                                                        
                                    19:57
                                
                        
                    
                            was was your drink fizzing up. But, I
                                                        
                                    19:58
                                
                        
                    
                            mean, on paper, it looks great, but at
                                                        
                                    20:01
                                
                        
                    
                            the end of the day, what are we talking
                                                        
                                    20:03
                                
                        
                    
                            about from a military standpoint? It's
                                                        
                                    20:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Hamas is in the tunnels with the
                                                        
                                    20:07
                                
                        
                    
                            hostages. Okay? Like, that's the main
                                                        
                                    20:09
                                
                        
                    
                            goal. What operation? I still don't
                                                        
                                    20:11
                                
                        
                    
                            believe cuz America I don't know how
                                                        
                                    20:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Israel does it. America doesn't
                                                        
                                    20:15
                                
                        
                    
                            negotiate with terrorists. Period. End
                                                        
                                    20:16
                                
                        
                    
                            of story. We don't do it. So this
                                                        
                                    20:18
                                
                        
                    
                            situation is getting back these how how
                                                        
                                    20:20
                                
                        
                    
                            many hostages are left do you guys? Is
                                                        
                                    20:23
                                
                        
                    
                            there a number?
                                                        
                                    20:24
                                
                        
                    
                            50. What was the number? I may be wrong.
                                                        
                                    20:25
                                
                        
                    
                            It's in that it's in the ballpark. It's
                                                        
                                    20:27
                                
                        
                    
                            in that ballpark. But at the end of the
                                                        
                                    20:28
                                
                        
                    
                            day, what are we talking about? We are
                                                        
                                    20:30
                                
                        
                    
                            talking about
                                                        
                                    20:31
                                
                        
                    
                            48 hostages.
                                                        
                                    20:32
                                
                        
                    
                            48 left. Um and I pray literally pray
                                                        
                                    20:33
                                
                        
                    
                            for them every single day for anybody
                                                        
                                    20:35
                                
                        
                    
                            that's that's held hostage there. But we
                                                        
                                    20:36
                                
                        
                    
                            have to be realistic. These people have
                                                        
                                    20:38
                                
                        
                    
                            been probably tortured for what's been
                                                        
                                    20:40
                                
                        
                    
                            been two years right now. The end goal
                                                        
                                    20:42
                                
                        
                    
                            is like this should have been done
                                                        
                                    20:44
                                
                        
                    
                            everything that's talking about that
                                                        
                                    20:47
                                
                        
                    
                            with all these strikes and all the
                                                        
                                    20:48
                                
                        
                    
                            everything Brandon should have been done
                                                        
                                    20:49
                                
                        
                    
                            immediately uh at October 7th. We've
                                                        
                                    20:50
                                
                        
                    
                            been dragging this on for for for a long
                                                        
                                    20:53
                                
                        
                    
                            time. I don't see Hamas coming to the
                                                        
                                    20:55
                                
                        
                    
                            table and going, "Yeah, okay. You can't
                                                        
                                    20:57
                                
                        
                    
                            trust them." Okay, you can't trust
                                                        
                                    21:00
                                
                        
                    
                            terrorists. So, I think it's been
                                                        
                                    21:02
                                
                        
                    
                            dragged on for for way too long. Again,
                                                        
                                    21:04
                                
                        
                    
                            all this looks good on paper, but at the
                                                        
                                    21:06
                                
                        
                    
                            end of the day, is Hamas going to agree
                                                        
                                    21:08
                                
                        
                    
                            with a 20point plan?
                                                        
                                    21:10
                                
                        
                    
                            But let me ask you, if they if Hamas
                                                        
                                    21:12
                                
                        
                    
                            rejects,
                                                        
                                    21:14
                                
                        
                    
                            but hear me out for a second. Israel is
                                                        
                                    21:16
                                
                        
                    
                            agreeing to this.
                                                        
                                    21:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Yes.
                                                        
                                    21:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. And remember, I don't think Israel
                                                        
                                    21:20
                                
                        
                    
                            wants this.
                                                        
                                    21:23
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay.
                                                        
                                    21:24
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. But they're agreeing to this.
                                                        
                                    21:24
                                
                        
                    
                            So now, if Hamas is rejecting this deal,
                                                        
                                    21:27
                                
                        
                    
                            and you're seeing the leader of Hamas,
                                                        
                                    21:29
                                
                        
                    
                            no, we're okay. Every once in a while
                                                        
                                    21:31
                                
                        
                    
                            there's a price for freedom and all this
                                                        
                                    21:33
                                
                        
                    
                            other stuff. Who does the onus fall on?
                                                        
                                    21:35
                                
                        
                    
                            It's going to be on Hamas. Guess what
                                                        
                                    21:37
                                
                        
                    
                            then? And I hate and I just said that I
                                                        
                                    21:39
                                
                        
                    
                            pray for them. I'm going to pray for
                                                        
                                    21:41
                                
                        
                    
                            them even more cuz they're like they're
                                                        
                                    21:42
                                
                        
                    
                            going to kill everybody. And guess what?
                                                        
                                    21:44
                                
                        
                    
                            To make an omelet sometimes you're going
                                                        
                                    21:46
                                
                        
                    
                            to break a couple of eggs. It's not
                                                        
                                    21:47
                                
                        
                    
                            going to be good for them. It's not
                                                        
                                    21:49
                                
                        
                    
                            going to be good cuz that's the the end
                                                        
                                    21:50
                                
                        
                    
                            game. Cuz even if they try to negotiate,
                                                        
                                    21:52
                                
                        
                    
                            we're talking about Hamas, Tom. We're
                                                        
                                    21:54
                                
                        
                    
                            talking about Hamas.
                                                        
                                    21:57
                                
                        
                    
                            Did you see the interview that the Hamas
                                                        
                                    21:58
                                
                        
                    
                            leader did with CNN?
                                                        
                                    21:59
                                
                        
                    
                            Rob, can you pull that up? Did you see
                                                        
                                    22:01
                                
                        
                    
                            what he had to say? Okay.
                                                        
                                    22:03
                                
                        
                    
                            So, the leader of Hamas
                                                        
                                    22:04
                                
                        
                    
                            did an interview with CNN. Rob, I just
                                                        
                                    22:07
                                
                        
                    
                            texted it to you. If you can go halfway
                                                        
                                    22:10
                                
                        
                    
                            through the the interviewer pushes the
                                                        
                                    22:12
                                
                        
                    
                            leader of Hamas. You just got the text
                                                        
                                    22:15
                                
                        
                    
                            and says, "Are you willing to do it at
                                                        
                                    22:18
                                
                        
                    
                            the cost of are you willing?" So,
                                                        
                                    22:20
                                
                        
                    
                            eventually, it's kind of like that
                                                        
                                    22:22
                                
                        
                    
                            moment of I want the truth. You can't
                                                        
                                    22:23
                                
                        
                    
                            handle the truth. And then eventually he
                                                        
                                    22:25
                                
                        
                    
                            says it.
                                                        
                                    22:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay.
                                                        
                                    22:28
                                
                        
                    
                            He says it really says it out loud. And
                                                        
                                    22:28
                                
                        
                    
                            if you can go halfway, Rob, this is the
                                                        
                                    22:30
                                
                        
                    
                            leader of Hamas sitting down with CNN.
                                                        
                                    22:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Go to about a minute, minute 40 mark.
                                                        
                                    22:35
                                
                        
                    
                            Minute 30 mark right there. Brutal. Keep
                                                        
                                    22:39
                                
                        
                    
                            going. Is
                                                        
                                    22:41
                                
                        
                    
                            he have gunpowder on his forehead?
                                                        
                                    22:42
                                
                        
                    
                            Occupation
                                                        
                                    22:46
                                
                        
                    
                            things moment world. Okay, sir. Okay.
                                                        
                                    22:48
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. Go back. Right there. Right there.
                                                        
                                    22:51
                                
                        
                    
                            Go back one more second. Beautiful. Go
                                                        
                                    22:53
                                
                        
                    
                            for it. Right. Right there.
                                                        
                                    22:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Changed now. Sir, you were just saying
                                                        
                                    22:56
                                
                        
                    
                            that as a result of October 7th, you are
                                                        
                                    22:58
                                
                        
                    
                            seeing millions of people marching in
                                                        
                                    23:00
                                
                        
                    
                            the streets. You are seeing countries
                                                        
                                    23:02
                                
                        
                    
                            recognize Palestine as a state. You are
                                                        
                                    23:03
                                
                        
                    
                            seeing legitimacy for your people. And I
                                                        
                                    23:05
                                
                        
                    
                            am asking you whether the price that
                                                        
                                    23:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Palestinian people have paid so far was
                                                        
                                    23:09
                                
                        
                    
                            worth it.
                                                        
                                    23:12
                                
                        
                    
                            I know the price so high, but I ask
                                                        
                                    23:12
                                
                        
                    
                            again what is the what is the option?
                                                        
                                    23:15
                                
                        
                    
                            What is what is the what is the the the
                                                        
                                    23:17
                                
                        
                    
                            the option lift to the Palestinian? You
                                                        
                                    23:19
                                
                        
                    
                            know what? We waited for a peaceful
                                                        
                                    23:21
                                
                        
                    
                            process for a peaceful uh means since
                                                        
                                    23:24
                                
                        
                    
                            194 1993 since Oslo agreement till now
                                                        
                                    23:27
                                
                        
                    
                            but I think we got the big deal.
                                                        
                                    23:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Let me let me show you the the words of
                                                        
                                    23:33
                                
                        
                    
                            your people. Okay, these are people in
                                                        
                                    23:35
                                
                        
                    
                            Gaza and I want you to hear because your
                                                        
                                    23:37
                                
                        
                    
                            own people in Gaza say that you do have
                                                        
                                    23:39
                                
                        
                    
                            responsibility for the situation. I'd
                                                        
                                    23:42
                                
                        
                    
                            like to show you this. Watch this.
                                                        
                                    23:44
                                
                        
                    
                            [Music]
                                                        
                                    23:46
                                
                        
                    
                            Please connect. Please watch. This is
                                                        
                                    23:54
                                
                        
                    
                            not it. There's there's more.
                                                        
                                    23:56
                                
                        
                    
                            I have seen this video. Yes. Yes. Hamas
                                                        
                                    23:57
                                
                        
                    
                            knows who that guy.
                                                        
                                    24:00
                                
                        
                    
                            I would like you. There are three people
                                                        
                                    24:00
                                
                        
                    
                            here. I would like you to hear their
                                                        
                                    24:01
                                
                        
                    
                            voices.
                                                        
                                    24:02
                                
                        
                    
                            I know people are suffering. There are
                                                        
                                    24:03
                                
                        
                    
                            some people blame Hamas.
                                                        
                                    24:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Why will you not listen to the voices of
                                                        
                                    24:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Palestinian people in Gaza?
                                                        
                                    24:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Yeah. I know this is but look this
                                                        
                                    24:08
                                
                        
                    
                            is not the whole story. I know because
                                                        
                                    24:11
                                
                        
                    
                            this is because of the Israeli crimes in
                                                        
                                    24:13
                                
                        
                    
                            the in the Gaza Strip. It seems it seems
                                                        
                                    24:15
                                
                        
                    
                            that you
                                                        
                                    24:18
                                
                        
                    
                            see what happens right here.
                                                        
                                    24:19
                                
                        
                    
                            So this is the part where when you go
                                                        
                                    24:21
                                
                        
                    
                            back and forth and you watch who is
                                                        
                                    24:23
                                
                        
                    
                            willing, who is not, who started this
                                                        
                                    24:26
                                
                        
                    
                            one, Hamas started this one. Israel's
                                                        
                                    24:28
                                
                        
                    
                            coming back and saying we're going to
                                                        
                                    24:31
                                
                        
                    
                            destroy you. And then now Israel's
                                                        
                                    24:32
                                
                        
                    
                            agreeing to pump the brakes because
                                                        
                                    24:34
                                
                        
                    
                            you're right. And even, you know, I know
                                                        
                                    24:36
                                
                        
                    
                            something's about to happen in Iran.
                                                        
                                    24:40
                                
                        
                    
                            Something's going on over there on the
                                                        
                                    24:41
                                
                        
                    
                            other side. Tom, how do you process this
                                                        
                                    24:42
                                
                        
                    
                            yourself? So,
                                                        
                                    24:43
                                
                        
                    
                            I could only get through like the first
                                                        
                                    24:46
                                
                        
                    
                            five points and then I sat back and
                                                        
                                    24:48
                                
                        
                    
                            said, "Okay, how the hell are they going
                                                        
                                    24:51
                                
                        
                    
                            to remove Hamas? How is it going to be
                                                        
                                    24:54
                                
                        
                    
                            dradicalized?
                                                        
                                    24:57
                                
                        
                    
                            And if we have a place there, Tom,
                                                        
                                    24:59
                                
                        
                    
                            how did how did we how did Trump get rid
                                                        
                                    25:02
                                
                        
                    
                            of ISIS?
                                                        
                                    25:04
                                
                        
                    
                            He just killed everybody.
                                                        
                                    25:06
                                
                        
                    
                            I want you to think about this
                                                        
                                    25:08
                                
                        
                    
                            because
                                                        
                                    25:10
                                
                        
                    
                            bonk bonk.
                                                        
                                    25:10
                                
                        
                    
                            How did Trump get rid of ISIS? What what
                                                        
                                    25:11
                                
                        
                    
                            happened to ISIS? The the only thing you
                                                        
                                    25:13
                                
                        
                    
                            hear about right now is ISIS in certain
                                                        
                                    25:15
                                
                        
                    
                            factions of it in Nigeria, what they're
                                                        
                                    25:18
                                
                        
                    
                            doing and killing the 125 pastors or
                                                        
                                    25:20
                                
                        
                    
                            another faction you hear in Canada that
                                                        
                                    25:23
                                
                        
                    
                            burned down 112 different churches in
                                                        
                                    25:25
                                
                        
                    
                            Canada, mainly Catholic churches. You're
                                                        
                                    25:27
                                
                        
                    
                            hearing about that, right? But if US is
                                                        
                                    25:29
                                
                        
                    
                            involved, you don't think he's shivering
                                                        
                                    25:32
                                
                        
                    
                            right now?
                                                        
                                    25:34
                                
                        
                    
                            I I think so. But the other thing I got
                                                        
                                    25:35
                                
                        
                    
                            to in the those first five points was
                                                        
                                    25:38
                                
                        
                    
                            and 250 healthy life sentence prisoners.
                                                        
                                    25:40
                                
                        
                    
                            How did those people end up in Israeli
                                                        
                                    25:45
                                
                        
                    
                            prisons as life sentences?
                                                        
                                    25:48
                                
                        
                    
                            They're killers and they killed and they
                                                        
                                    25:51
                                
                        
                    
                            committed acts of terrorism. So you're
                                                        
                                    25:53
                                
                        
                    
                            going to take 250 guys out of prison. So
                                                        
                                    25:55
                                
                        
                    
                            terrorists.
                                                        
                                    25:58
                                
                        
                    
                            Now let me give you a copy of this. This
                                                        
                                    25:58
                                
                        
                    
                            is a 20point plan. And then point four
                                                        
                                    26:00
                                
                        
                    
                            and five is you're not going to be
                                                        
                                    26:02
                                
                        
                    
                            radical anymore, but we're letting you
                                                        
                                    26:04
                                
                        
                    
                            go back over here.
                                                        
                                    26:05
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay.
                                                        
                                    26:06
                                
                        
                    
                            So, I I hope that something comes out of
                                                        
                                    26:07
                                
                        
                    
                            this. But I clearly see it's just like
                                                        
                                    26:11
                                
                        
                    
                            you pointed out in that clip right there
                                                        
                                    26:14
                                
                        
                    
                            that there are the citizens want this.
                                                        
                                    26:17
                                
                        
                    
                            So, the citizens are going to have to
                                                        
                                    26:21
                                
                        
                    
                            hold part of the um it's hard to say
                                                        
                                    26:22
                                
                        
                    
                            this, but the citizens are actually
                                                        
                                    26:26
                                
                        
                    
                            trying to hold some of the Hamas
                                                        
                                    26:28
                                
                        
                    
                            leadership to accountability. These are
                                                        
                                    26:29
                                
                        
                    
                            people showing their faces in front of
                                                        
                                    26:32
                                
                        
                    
                            TV cameras and are saying things.
                                                        
                                    26:34
                                
                        
                    
                            They're disconnected from reality and
                                                        
                                    26:35
                                
                        
                    
                            what I'm facing here. And I hope for
                                                        
                                    26:37
                                
                        
                    
                            those citizens that they get Gaza back
                                                        
                                    26:39
                                
                        
                    
                            so they can live and prosper with their
                                                        
                                    26:40
                                
                        
                    
                            families. I hope they're innocent. But I
                                                        
                                    26:42
                                
                        
                    
                            look at taking 250 terrorists, you know,
                                                        
                                    26:45
                                
                        
                    
                            in prison on
                                                        
                                    26:49
                                
                        
                    
                            the case. Now, what are we going to be
                                                        
                                    27:04
                                
                        
                    
                            doing now?
                                                        
                                    27:05
                                
                        
                    
                            Does this mean the attention is going to
                                                        
                                    27:07
                                
                        
                    
                            go from here to Iran? Maybe. You know,
                                                        
                                    27:09
                                
                        
                    
                            if all of a sudden we see stuff that's
                                                        
                                    27:13
                                
                        
                    
                            going on with Iran right now escalate
                                                        
                                    27:14
                                
                        
                    
                            very, very quickly. Also, don't be
                                                        
                                    27:17
                                
                        
                    
                            surprised because I I don't think
                                                        
                                    27:20
                                
                        
                    
                            they're done there. I I I don't think
                                                        
                                    27:21
                                
                        
                    
                            that's uh that's done anytime.
                                                        
                                    27:23
                                
                        
                    
                            We got a lot of these things going on at
                                                        
                                    27:25
                                
                        
                    
                            once, too. Because I mean, like, this
                                                        
                                    27:27
                                
                        
                    
                            can't we don't want this to be an Iraq
                                                        
                                    27:28
                                
                        
                    
                            2.0 where we don't have leadership
                                                        
                                    27:30
                                
                        
                    
                            there. Like, if they take out Hamas have
                                                        
                                    27:31
                                
                        
                    
                            leadership there,
                                                        
                                    27:33
                                
                        
                    
                            right? Like if they take out Hamas, are
                                                        
                                    27:33
                                
                        
                    
                            they going to put a puppet leader in
                                                        
                                    27:35
                                
                        
                    
                            because that's not really stable.
                                                        
                                    27:36
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Well, I mean, what what a lot of
                                                        
                                    27:37
                                
                        
                    
                            people on the inside are saying, they
                                                        
                                    27:39
                                
                        
                    
                            would like this to lead to an election
                                                        
                                    27:41
                                
                        
                    
                            where Iranians can actually vote for who
                                                        
                                    27:44
                                
                        
                    
                            they want.
                                                        
                                    27:47
                                
                        
                    
                            Mhm. Now, will that happen? Will they
                                                        
                                    27:47
                                
                        
                    
                            allow that to happen? Who knows whether
                                                        
                                    27:50
                                
                        
                    
                            they'll allow that to happen or not? And
                                                        
                                    27:53
                                
                        
                    
                            who is going to take his place over? Who
                                                        
                                    27:54
                                
                        
                    
                            is that going to be?
                                                        
                                    27:56
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    27:57
                                
                        
                    
                            You know, who are they going to have in
                                                        
                                    27:58
                                
                        
                    
                            that place? So, Rob, what is this here?
                                                        
                                    27:58
                                
                        
                    
                            This is Netanyahu just last week at the
                                                        
                                    28:00
                                
                        
                    
                            UN where he talked about the Iranian
                                                        
                                    28:02
                                
                        
                    
                            people getting their freedom.
                                                        
                                    28:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Right. Right. Go for it.
                                                        
                                    28:05
                                
                        
                    
                            The long-suffering Iranian people will
                                                        
                                    28:06
                                
                        
                    
                            regain their freedom. They will make
                                                        
                                    28:09
                                
                        
                    
                            Iran great again. And our two ancient
                                                        
                                    28:12
                                
                        
                    
                            peoples
                                                        
                                    28:15
                                
                        
                    
                            our two ancient peoples, the people of
                                                        
                                    28:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Israel and the people of Iran, will
                                                        
                                    28:21
                                
                        
                    
                            restore a friendship that will benefit
                                                        
                                    28:24
                                
                        
                    
                            the entire world.
                                                        
                                    28:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, so now you know obviously
                                                        
                                    28:29
                                
                        
                    
                            um Iranian people are sick of what's
                                                        
                                    28:33
                                
                        
                    
                            going on there. Can Israel play a big
                                                        
                                    28:35
                                
                        
                    
                            role in that? I think it can. Uh is US
                                                        
                                    28:38
                                
                        
                    
                            going to need to get involved for the
                                                        
                                    28:41
                                
                        
                    
                            Iran regime to fall? No question. Of
                                                        
                                    28:42
                                
                        
                    
                            course, it's not going to happen without
                                                        
                                    28:45
                                
                        
                    
                            it. Israel cannot do without us. So,
                                                        
                                    28:46
                                
                        
                    
                            this is why. What are the chances? You
                                                        
                                    28:49
                                
                        
                    
                            think that Netanyahu apologized to Qatar
                                                        
                                    28:51
                                
                        
                    
                            that Trump said you better apologize or
                                                        
                                    28:55
                                
                        
                    
                            else cuz you're ruining my relationship
                                                        
                                    28:56
                                
                        
                    
                            with other dealings that I'm doing. What
                                                        
                                    28:58
                                
                        
                    
                            are the chances?
                                                        
                                    28:59
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm at I'm over 90.
                                                        
                                    29:01
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm a 100%.
                                                        
                                    29:02
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm a 100% with this. And I mean 100%. I
                                                        
                                    29:04
                                
                        
                    
                            mean, of course, nobody knows for a
                                                        
                                    29:07
                                
                        
                    
                            fact, but I'm up there to the point
                                                        
                                    29:09
                                
                        
                    
                            where I know he's going to say, "Hey,
                                                        
                                    29:10
                                
                        
                    
                            with
                                                        
                                    29:12
                                
                        
                    
                            you better you better do this or else
                                                        
                                    29:12
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm not going to defend you. Why are you
                                                        
                                    29:14
                                
                        
                    
                            doing something? Like you know that
                                                        
                                    29:15
                                
                        
                    
                            whole call that everybody talks about
                                                        
                                    29:16
                                
                        
                    
                            the shouting match call that happened
                                                        
                                    29:17
                                
                        
                    
                            with Trump screaming at Netanyahu. How
                                                        
                                    29:19
                                
                        
                    
                            how much you think that happened?
                                                        
                                    29:20
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm over 90 again.
                                                        
                                    29:22
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Same place.
                                                        
                                    29:23
                                
                        
                    
                            So again, the main common denominator of
                                                        
                                    29:25
                                
                        
                    
                            the trust goes to who? To one guy.
                                                        
                                    29:28
                                
                        
                    
                            If the one guy is involved, I'm more
                                                        
                                    29:31
                                
                        
                    
                            comfortable of how these things could be
                                                        
                                    29:33
                                
                        
                    
                            executed. If he's not involved, you
                                                        
                                    29:35
                                
                        
                    
                            know, and and by the way, flip the
                                                        
                                    29:38
                                
                        
                    
                            story. Put Kamala being that one person
                                                        
                                    29:40
                                
                        
                    
                            who fears him. Hamas fears Kamala?
                                                        
                                    29:42
                                
                        
                    
                            No.
                                                        
                                    29:44
                                
                        
                    
                            Will Hamas feel Biden. Fear Biden? No.
                                                        
                                    29:44
                                
                        
                    
                            They're sitting there saying, "Thank
                                                        
                                    29:48
                                
                        
                    
                            God, you know, it's Biden or Kamla."
                                                        
                                    29:49
                                
                        
                    
                            This is the worst thing that ever
                                                        
                                    29:51
                                
                        
                    
                            happened to Russia, to China, to Iran,
                                                        
                                    29:52
                                
                        
                    
                            to everybody that this guy is now in.
                                                        
                                    29:56
                                
                        
                    
                            Nobody wants this guy to be in because
                                                        
                                    29:59
                                
                        
                    
                            whatever he says has to go and
                                                        
                                    30:00
                                
                        
                    
                            exactly,
                                                        
                                    30:02
                                
                        
                    
                            he's getting a lot of stuff done. So,
                                                        
                                    30:02
                                
                        
                    
                            we'll see what happened here. Let's go
                                                        
                                    30:03
                                
                        
                    
                            to the next story here.
                                                        
                                    30:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Next story I want to get to is uh
                                                        
                                    30:05
                                
                        
                    
                            Charlie Javis. Folks, after this story,
                                                        
                                    30:07
                                
                        
                    
                            to all the single men watching this, we
                                                        
                                    30:10
                                
                        
                    
                            have some extremely life-changing advice
                                                        
                                    30:12
                                
                        
                    
                            for you. We'll get to that.
                                                        
                                    30:14
                                
                        
                    
                            But first, Charlie Jabis
                                                        
                                    30:15
                                
                        
                    
                            gets seven years for defrauding JP
                                                        
                                    30:17
                                
                        
                    
                            Morgan Chase. Seven years while he's
                                                        
                                    30:21
                                
                        
                    
                            getting this. Rob, go ahead and play
                                                        
                                    30:24
                                
                        
                    
                            this clip first and then we'll go
                                                        
                                    30:26
                                
                        
                    
                            through the whole thing. She was once a
                                                        
                                    30:27
                                
                        
                    
                            star CEO on the Forbes 30 under 30 list.
                                                        
                                    30:29
                                
                        
                    
                            But now a judge has sentenced this
                                                        
                                    30:32
                                
                        
                    
                            startup founder turned fraudster to
                                                        
                                    30:34
                                
                        
                    
                            seven years in prison after being
                                                        
                                    30:37
                                
                        
                    
                            convicted of duping a major investment
                                                        
                                    30:38
                                
                        
                    
                            bank out of a staggering $175 million.
                                                        
                                    30:41
                                
                        
                    
                            We started Frank with really thinking
                                                        
                                    30:45
                                
                        
                    
                            about how are we the ally for the
                                                        
                                    30:47
                                
                        
                    
                            student and the family.
                                                        
                                    30:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Charlie Jiz sold her startup company
                                                        
                                    30:51
                                
                        
                    
                            called Frank to JP Morgan Chase back in
                                                        
                                    30:53
                                
                        
                    
                            2021. At the time, she claimed her
                                                        
                                    30:56
                                
                        
                    
                            company, which helped streamline the
                                                        
                                    30:58
                                
                        
                    
                            financial aid process for low-income
                                                        
                                    31:00
                                
                        
                    
                            college students, had millions of users.
                                                        
                                    31:02
                                
                        
                    
                            But after the deal went through, JP
                                                        
                                    31:05
                                
                        
                    
                            Morgan discovered that number was close
                                                        
                                    31:06
                                
                        
                    
                            to just 300,000, and Javvis had
                                                        
                                    31:08
                                
                        
                    
                            fabricated most of the user information.
                                                        
                                    31:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Javvis, now 33, was convicted in March.
                                                        
                                    31:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Prosecutors requesting a 12-year prison
                                                        
                                    31:16
                                
                        
                    
                            sentence, but her lawyer asking for
                                                        
                                    31:19
                                
                        
                    
                            lenience, dismissing comparisons between
                                                        
                                    31:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Javvis and disgraced entrepreneur
                                                        
                                    31:23
                                
                        
                    
                            Elizabeth Holmes, claiming that Javvis's
                                                        
                                    31:25
                                
                        
                    
                            company was real, unlike Holmes's
                                                        
                                    31:27
                                
                        
                    
                            company, Theronos, which sold a fake
                                                        
                                    31:29
                                
                        
                    
                            blood testing product. Javvis's lawyer
                                                        
                                    31:31
                                
                        
                    
                            also arguing the bank shouldered some
                                                        
                                    31:34
                                
                        
                    
                            responsibility, saying it was a
                                                        
                                    31:36
                                
                        
                    
                            28-year-old versus 300 investment
                                                        
                                    31:38
                                
                        
                    
                            bankers from the largest bank in the
                                                        
                                    31:40
                                
                        
                    
                            world, and claiming they rushed the
                                                        
                                    31:42
                                
                        
                    
                            acquisition. The judge agreeing the
                                                        
                                    31:44
                                
                        
                    
                            bankers do shoulder some blame, but
                                                        
                                    31:46
                                
                        
                    
                            adding the sentencing hearing was about
                                                        
                                    31:48
                                
                        
                    
                            punishing Javvis's conduct, not JP
                                                        
                                    31:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Morgan's stupidity.
                                                        
                                    31:52
                                
                        
                    
                            Prison sentence, the judge also ordering
                                                        
                                    31:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Jvis to pay nearly $300 million in
                                                        
                                    31:57
                                
                        
                    
                            restitution, telling her, "I don't think
                                                        
                                    32:00
                                
                        
                    
                            you'll be committing other crimes, but
                                                        
                                    32:02
                                
                        
                    
                            others have to be deterred."
                                                        
                                    32:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Jeez,
                                                        
                                    32:05
                                
                        
                    
                            there you go.
                                                        
                                    32:06
                                
                        
                    
                            And J remains. Well, I'll tell you, uh,
                                                        
                                    32:06
                                
                        
                    
                            this is this is the dark side of of
                                                        
                                    32:10
                                
                        
                    
                            startups. And there's so many people
                                                        
                                    32:14
                                
                        
                    
                            that come to the vault that are honest
                                                        
                                    32:15
                                
                        
                    
                            people just trying to build a business.
                                                        
                                    32:17
                                
                        
                    
                            And then there are people that get out
                                                        
                                    32:19
                                
                        
                    
                            there that say, "Fake it till you make
                                                        
                                    32:21
                                
                        
                    
                            it." You know, put together, you know,
                                                        
                                    32:23
                                
                        
                    
                            you don't know if it's going to work,
                                                        
                                    32:25
                                
                        
                    
                            but you know what? You It's a It's the
                                                        
                                    32:27
                                
                        
                    
                            venture capitalist money. I've heard
                                                        
                                    32:29
                                
                        
                    
                            young people and entrepreneurs openly
                                                        
                                    32:32
                                
                        
                    
                            say that there are things in their deck
                                                        
                                    32:35
                                
                        
                    
                            that weren't accurate and stuff. And
                                                        
                                    32:37
                                
                        
                    
                            this is what happens. This is that's
                                                        
                                    32:38
                                
                        
                    
                            upstream. This is downstream. Downstream
                                                        
                                    32:40
                                
                        
                    
                            you end up in a pond of your own deceit.
                                                        
                                    32:43
                                
                        
                    
                            And then every now and then somebody
                                                        
                                    32:46
                                
                        
                    
                            speaks up. And this was JP Morgan. And
                                                        
                                    32:48
                                
                        
                    
                            so you the whole defense here about uh
                                                        
                                    32:51
                                
                        
                    
                            oh JP Morgan and the the comment by the
                                                        
                                    32:54
                                
                        
                    
                            commentator there I'll read out the
                                                        
                                    32:58
                                
                        
                    
                            exact words of the uh lawyer.
                                                        
                                    33:00
                                
                        
                    
                            It says um and it was Judge Helerstein
                                                        
                                    33:03
                                
                        
                    
                            says judge Helerstein we would never ask
                                                        
                                    33:06
                                
                        
                    
                            you to punish JP Morgan stupidity but we
                                                        
                                    33:08
                                
                        
                    
                            submit that it's a relevant factor. In
                                                        
                                    33:11
                                
                        
                    
                            other words our clients are criminal but
                                                        
                                    33:13
                                
                        
                    
                            the victim was too stupid. That's like
                                                        
                                    33:16
                                
                        
                    
                            saying that if that if um that if your
                                                        
                                    33:19
                                
                        
                    
                            kid stole the lunch money from an
                                                        
                                    33:22
                                
                        
                    
                            autistic kid that your kid shouldn't be
                                                        
                                    33:24
                                
                        
                    
                            punished because the autistic kid was
                                                        
                                    33:27
                                
                        
                    
                            too dumb. No, this is this shows her
                                                        
                                    33:28
                                
                        
                    
                            hubris. And I'm glad this has happened
                                                        
                                    33:31
                                
                        
                    
                            because this is a cautionary tale. There
                                                        
                                    33:34
                                
                        
                    
                            are good entrepreneurs out there that
                                                        
                                    33:37
                                
                        
                    
                            are trying to get investment that are
                                                        
                                    33:38
                                
                        
                    
                            trying to get their companies going. And
                                                        
                                    33:40
                                
                        
                    
                            then there's these people out here that
                                                        
                                    33:42
                                
                        
                    
                            just sell it like this. And by the way,
                                                        
                                    33:44
                                
                        
                    
                            Adam Newman, the guy from WeWork that
                                                        
                                    33:46
                                
                        
                    
                            defrauded SoftBank, I'm still wondering
                                                        
                                    33:48
                                
                        
                    
                            why he didn't end up floating in the
                                                        
                                    33:51
                                
                        
                    
                            Hudson because he defrauded some very
                                                        
                                    33:52
                                
                        
                    
                            big international people of two billion
                                                        
                                    33:55
                                
                        
                    
                            with the B issues and figurative speech.
                                                        
                                    33:58
                                
                        
                    
                            Fig speech. Yeah, he's he's shocked that
                                                        
                                    34:00
                                
                        
                    
                            he wasn't swimming. No, I'm saying yeah.
                                                        
                                    34:01
                                
                        
                    
                            No, no, no. I'm not wishing death on
                                                        
                                    34:04
                                
                        
                    
                            him. I'm saying but when you defraud
                                                        
                                    34:06
                                
                        
                    
                            some big people, sometimes big people
                                                        
                                    34:07
                                
                        
                    
                            play big people games and it's not fun.
                                                        
                                    34:09
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh yeah. So
                                                        
                                    34:12
                                
                        
                    
                            sometimes these big people show up with
                                                        
                                    34:12
                                
                        
                    
                            like big female foreman type. Yeah. Just
                                                        
                                    34:14
                                
                        
                    
                            like like
                                                        
                                    34:17
                                
                        
                    
                            but I think but this is this is a
                                                        
                                    34:18
                                
                        
                    
                            cautionary tale and I'm glad to see it.
                                                        
                                    34:21
                                
                        
                    
                            And if she's sitting in the prison
                                                        
                                    34:23
                                
                        
                    
                            courtyard playing checkers with
                                                        
                                    34:25
                                
                        
                    
                            Elizabeth Holmes, well guess what? Good
                                                        
                                    34:26
                                
                        
                    
                            for you. Go away for seven years and
                                                        
                                    34:29
                                
                        
                    
                            think about it.
                                                        
                                    34:30
                                
                        
                    
                            You just pissed Tom off. Charlie, what
                                                        
                                    34:31
                                
                        
                    
                            is wrong with you?
                                                        
                                    34:33
                                
                        
                    
                            [ __ ]
                                                        
                                    34:34
                                
                        
                    
                            We were having a good conversation. You
                                                        
                                    34:35
                                
                        
                    
                            pissed Tom off. Brandon, what do you
                                                        
                                    34:36
                                
                        
                    
                            have to say about this?
                                                        
                                    34:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Um I might surprise you guys here.
                                                        
                                    34:39
                                
                        
                    
                            So, this actually annoys me that um like
                                                        
                                    34:41
                                
                        
                    
                            I I get she deserves what happened here,
                                                        
                                    34:43
                                
                        
                    
                            but nothing happened to the banks in
                                                        
                                    34:45
                                
                        
                    
                            2008 when they stole money from people.
                                                        
                                    34:47
                                
                        
                    
                            They defrauded the entire country with
                                                        
                                    34:49
                                
                        
                    
                            bad mortgages and then nothing happened
                                                        
                                    34:52
                                
                        
                    
                            to them. Not only did nothing happen to
                                                        
                                    34:54
                                
                        
                    
                            them, but they were given money by the
                                                        
                                    34:55
                                
                        
                    
                            government with the promise of okay,
                                                        
                                    34:57
                                
                        
                    
                            yeah, we'll stimulate the economy with
                                                        
                                    34:58
                                
                        
                    
                            the money they give us and they paid
                                                        
                                    34:59
                                
                        
                    
                            themselves bonuses. So, like um you
                                                        
                                    35:01
                                
                        
                    
                            know, if anybody watched the big short,
                                                        
                                    35:04
                                
                        
                    
                            there's only one random guy who went to
                                                        
                                    35:05
                                
                        
                    
                            jail for that. the guy from Deutschbang
                                                        
                                    35:07
                                
                        
                    
                            or a 32-y old guy from Deutsche because
                                                        
                                    35:09
                                
                        
                    
                            he lied.
                                                        
                                    35:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    35:12
                                
                        
                    
                            You know, so it's ridiculous. I mean, I
                                                        
                                    35:14
                                
                        
                    
                            get Yeah, she definitely
                                                        
                                    35:15
                                
                        
                    
                            You're not alone.
                                                        
                                    35:16
                                
                        
                    
                            She definitely deserves to go to jail,
                                                        
                                    35:17
                                
                        
                    
                            but I think a lot of people should have
                                                        
                                    35:18
                                
                        
                    
                            went to jail for what happened in 2008.
                                                        
                                    35:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, you are. You are not alone.
                                                        
                                    35:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Michael Jackson said, "You're not
                                                        
                                    35:23
                                
                        
                    
                            alone." And I agree with them.
                                                        
                                    35:24
                                
                        
                    
                            All right. So, listen all to all the
                                                        
                                    35:25
                                
                        
                    
                            single folks, you know, if you got kids,
                                                        
                                    35:28
                                
                        
                    
                            you may want to listen to this. There's
                                                        
                                    35:29
                                
                        
                    
                            a man, some call him philosopher from
                                                        
                                    35:31
                                
                        
                    
                            modern day Aristotle. His name is Judge
                                                        
                                    35:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Grady from Pulk County. Rob
                                                        
                                    35:35
                                
                        
                    
                            Poke. He he wants to share something
                                                        
                                    35:36
                                
                        
                    
                            with you guys and it's a very
                                                        
                                    35:38
                                
                        
                    
                            sentimental but accurate assessment of
                                                        
                                    35:40
                                
                        
                    
                            what could happen
                                                        
                                    35:43
                                
                        
                    
                            if you go get a prostitute in Pole
                                                        
                                    35:45
                                
                        
                    
                            County and some of the places in America
                                                        
                                    35:47
                                
                        
                    
                            and and it's so bad and so true that his
                                                        
                                    35:49
                                
                        
                    
                            partner behind him one of his direct
                                                        
                                    35:53
                                
                        
                    
                            reports can't even hold himself together
                                                        
                                    35:55
                                
                        
                    
                            folks but the level of wisdom is on a
                                                        
                                    35:57
                                
                        
                    
                            whole different level. So, whatever
                                                        
                                    35:59
                                
                        
                    
                            you're doing, if you're driving and
                                                        
                                    36:00
                                
                        
                    
                            listening to the podcast, just please
                                                        
                                    36:02
                                
                        
                    
                            keep your eyes on the road or pull over
                                                        
                                    36:04
                                
                        
                    
                            because this is dangerous stuff. Go
                                                        
                                    36:05
                                
                        
                    
                            ahead, Rob.
                                                        
                                    36:07
                                
                        
                    
                            So, this is Pulk, not Poke County,
                                                        
                                    36:08
                                
                        
                    
                            right? Poke.
                                                        
                                    36:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Do that one more time.
                                                        
                                    36:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Do that one more time. Make fun of my
                                                        
                                    36:12
                                
                        
                    
                            accent one more time. Go ahead, Rob.
                                                        
                                    36:14
                                
                        
                    
                            There's things in life.
                                                        
                                    36:16
                                
                        
                    
                            So, you order up a prostitute, right?
                                                        
                                    36:19
                                
                        
                    
                            This prostitute lives with his mother,
                                                        
                                    36:23
                                
                        
                    
                            by the way.
                                                        
                                    36:26
                                
                        
                    
                            He's got a massive criminal history. A
                                                        
                                    36:27
                                
                        
                    
                            21. Notice what she said. This
                                                        
                                    36:30
                                
                        
                    
                            prostitute lives with his mother. He's a
                                                        
                                    36:32
                                
                        
                    
                            hooker. Yeah. So, just just continue.
                                                        
                                    36:35
                                
                        
                    
                            It's a very important detail. Go ahead,
                                                        
                                    36:37
                                
                        
                    
                            Rob.
                                                        
                                    36:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Year criminal history with 31 criminal
                                                        
                                    36:39
                                
                        
                    
                            charges. So, you order up a prostitute
                                                        
                                    36:41
                                
                        
                    
                            and that's what you think you're
                                                        
                                    36:45
                                
                        
                    
                            getting.
                                                        
                                    36:47
                                
                        
                    
                            Now, when you look at that, you go,
                                                        
                                    36:49
                                
                        
                    
                            "Wow, that's pretty rough, but caught in
                                                        
                                    36:52
                                
                        
                    
                            a storm."
                                                        
                                    36:54
                                
                        
                    
                            And then the next morning when you wake
                                                        
                                    36:56
                                
                        
                    
                            up,
                                                        
                                    36:58
                                
                        
                    
                            oh my god,
                                                        
                                    36:59
                                
                        
                    
                            you find out this is who it really is.
                                                        
                                    37:00
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh my god.
                                                        
                                    37:02
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, we call that coyote ugly. You see,
                                                        
                                    37:04
                                
                        
                    
                            he's laying on your arm
                                                        
                                    37:08
                                
                        
                    
                            in bed. Look at
                                                        
                                    37:10
                                
                        
                    
                            the guy behind you. It was rough last
                                                        
                                    37:12
                                
                        
                    
                            night, but I've sobered up.
                                                        
                                    37:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh my.
                                                        
                                    37:16
                                
                        
                    
                            I think I'll just chew my arm off and
                                                        
                                    37:17
                                
                        
                    
                            ease away so I don't disturb him or wake
                                                        
                                    37:20
                                
                        
                    
                            him up.
                                                        
                                    37:22
                                
                        
                    
                            All right. So you think you're buying
                                                        
                                    37:24
                                
                        
                    
                            this, you're getting this. He's got 31
                                                        
                                    37:26
                                
                        
                    
                            criminal charges and heck, if you're
                                                        
                                    37:28
                                
                        
                    
                            lucky, he doesn't kill you overnight.
                                                        
                                    37:30
                                
                        
                    
                            I mean, look, it's called wisdom, right?
                                                        
                                    37:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. You have to know you're you're
                                                        
                                    37:36
                                
                        
                    
                            waking up. What do you say? You're
                                                        
                                    37:37
                                
                        
                    
                            biting off your arm.
                                                        
                                    37:39
                                
                        
                    
                            AR. What do you think about this advice,
                                                        
                                    37:40
                                
                        
                    
                            Vinnie?
                                                        
                                    37:42
                                
                        
                    
                            I Well, I first of all, I had no I
                                                        
                                    37:43
                                
                        
                    
                            thought it was a female. I don't even
                                                        
                                    37:46
                                
                        
                    
                            know where this was going. But my
                                                        
                                    37:48
                                
                        
                    
                            question is, so is that was that guy
                                                        
                                    37:50
                                
                        
                    
                            robbing people or was he actually having
                                                        
                                    37:52
                                
                        
                    
                            sex with the the guy?
                                                        
                                    37:54
                                
                        
                    
                            Sounds like he was pretending to be a
                                                        
                                    37:56
                                
                        
                    
                            girl.
                                                        
                                    37:57
                                
                        
                    
                            He's pretending to be a girl and then
                                                        
                                    37:58
                                
                        
                    
                            what was he like is he hooking up with
                                                        
                                    37:59
                                
                        
                    
                            gay men? I'm so confused.
                                                        
                                    38:01
                                
                        
                    
                            He was hanging out. The fact that you're
                                                        
                                    38:03
                                
                        
                    
                            interested
                                                        
                                    38:05
                                
                        
                    
                            what the hell is going on?
                                                        
                                    38:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Tells me why you have such a creative
                                                        
                                    38:08
                                
                        
                    
                            wonderful comedic mind.
                                                        
                                    38:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Are you ready for this? Cuz my brain is
                                                        
                                    38:12
                                
                        
                    
                            is my brain is going this he's having a
                                                        
                                    38:13
                                
                        
                    
                            press conference. Were people
                                                        
                                    38:15
                                
                        
                    
                            complaining like did they want their
                                                        
                                    38:16
                                
                        
                    
                            money back? Was it buyer's remorse?
                                                        
                                    38:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Because it looks like first of all, if
                                                        
                                    38:20
                                
                        
                    
                            that shows up and that's what you're
                                                        
                                    38:22
                                
                        
                    
                            actually into, to each his own. But
                                                        
                                    38:23
                                
                        
                    
                            then, how do you not tell that it's a
                                                        
                                    38:25
                                
                        
                    
                            it's a dude? Like, how? I'm so confused
                                                        
                                    38:27
                                
                        
                    
                            right now.
                                                        
                                    38:30
                                
                        
                    
                            It's midnight. You've had
                                                        
                                    38:31
                                
                        
                    
                            You saw the crying game.
                                                        
                                    38:32
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. No,
                                                        
                                    38:34
                                
                        
                    
                            surprise.
                                                        
                                    38:34
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. I But like is like what's he
                                                        
                                    38:35
                                
                        
                    
                            trying to say? Don't like know what
                                                        
                                    38:38
                                
                        
                    
                            you're buying? Cuz I The prostitution
                                                        
                                    38:40
                                
                        
                    
                            part doesn't even look like it's the
                                                        
                                    38:42
                                
                        
                    
                            problem. It's the fact that the guy is
                                                        
                                    38:43
                                
                        
                    
                            acting like he's a girl. That's the
                                                        
                                    38:45
                                
                        
                    
                            problem.
                                                        
                                    38:47
                                
                        
                    
                            Brandon, what do you think about this?
                                                        
                                    38:48
                                
                        
                    
                            Give us your expertise here.
                                                        
                                    38:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Uh,
                                                        
                                    38:51
                                
                        
                    
                            I gota admit I'm an amateur in that
                                                        
                                    38:53
                                
                        
                    
                            field, so I can't give any expertise,
                                                        
                                    38:55
                                
                        
                    
                            but um, yeah. No, it's scary. It's a
                                                        
                                    38:56
                                
                        
                    
                            it's a cautionary tale I guess he's
                                                        
                                    38:58
                                
                        
                    
                            using there. But I don't know. Should
                                                        
                                    39:00
                                
                        
                    
                            should prostitution be legalized? Like
                                                        
                                    39:02
                                
                        
                    
                            it, you know, so we don't get up so
                                                        
                                    39:04
                                
                        
                    
                            people know what they're getting at
                                                        
                                    39:06
                                
                        
                    
                            least. I don't know. That's a a question
                                                        
                                    39:07
                                
                        
                    
                            as old as time. I mean is the oldest
                                                        
                                    39:08
                                
                        
                    
                            profession but I I'm not
                                                        
                                    39:10
                                
                        
                    
                            it's like alcohol you know creates a
                                                        
                                    39:11
                                
                        
                    
                            whole big criminal industry because of
                                                        
                                    39:12
                                
                        
                    
                            the fact that it's illegal but also it's
                                                        
                                    39:14
                                
                        
                    
                            kind of debaucherous for society if it
                                                        
                                    39:16
                                
                        
                    
                            is legal. So you know that's a kind of a
                                                        
                                    39:17
                                
                        
                    
                            deeper question.
                                                        
                                    39:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah it's Listen one of my friends his
                                                        
                                    39:20
                                
                        
                    
                            dream was to go to Brazil to go to uh
                                                        
                                    39:22
                                
                        
                    
                            what is it called?
                                                        
                                    39:25
                                
                        
                    
                            Not the festival. What did they carnival
                                                        
                                    39:26
                                
                        
                    
                            carnival in Rio?
                                                        
                                    39:28
                                
                        
                    
                            So he went to carnival. He saved up all
                                                        
                                    39:28
                                
                        
                    
                            this money for two years to go to the
                                                        
                                    39:30
                                
                        
                    
                            carnival
                                                        
                                    39:32
                                
                        
                    
                            and he goes comes back has the time of
                                                        
                                    39:33
                                
                        
                    
                            his life except for one night. Uh-uh.
                                                        
                                    39:36
                                
                        
                    
                            Uh-uh.
                                                        
                                    39:38
                                
                        
                    
                            He meets this girl, dropped that
                                                        
                                    39:39
                                
                        
                    
                            gorgeous,
                                                        
                                    39:42
                                
                        
                    
                            and he can't believe how hot she is.
                                                        
                                    39:43
                                
                        
                    
                            They're dancing. They're doing his their
                                                        
                                    39:46
                                
                        
                    
                            thing and all this other stuff. And he's
                                                        
                                    39:48
                                
                        
                    
                            grinding all this. And grind, baby.
                                                        
                                    39:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Grind with me. Relaxing like all that
                                                        
                                    39:51
                                
                        
                    
                            stuff, right?
                                                        
                                    39:54
                                
                        
                    
                            And then she returns the favor.
                                                        
                                    39:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Uhoh.
                                                        
                                    39:58
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh boy.
                                                        
                                    39:59
                                
                        
                    
                            To him.
                                                        
                                    39:59
                                
                        
                    
                            [Music]
                                                        
                                    40:01
                                
                        
                    
                            Like, first of all, why are you letting
                                                        
                                    40:02
                                
                        
                    
                            her cry?
                                                        
                                    40:04
                                
                        
                    
                            It's like I had one too many drinks. He
                                                        
                                    40:06
                                
                        
                    
                            says, "When she did, I learned very
                                                        
                                    40:09
                                
                        
                    
                            quickly I had to run."
                                                        
                                    40:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh my god.
                                                        
                                    40:13
                                
                        
                    
                            It's like It's like when when Charles
                                                        
                                    40:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Barkley, have you ever heard Charles
                                                        
                                    40:16
                                
                        
                    
                            Barkley say, "Listen, man. When you when
                                                        
                                    40:17
                                
                        
                    
                            you're playing too much defense, I can
                                                        
                                    40:20
                                
                        
                    
                            feel your you know, when I can feel your
                                                        
                                    40:22
                                
                        
                    
                            thing. It's a little too much defense."
                                                        
                                    40:23
                                
                        
                    
                            So, I don't know. You just better got to
                                                        
                                    40:27
                                
                        
                    
                            be careful, folks. You know, the
                                                        
                                    40:29
                                
                        
                    
                            Barkclay's Wisdom versus Poke County.
                                                        
                                    40:30
                                
                        
                    
                            Let me get it correctly for you so
                                                        
                                    40:33
                                
                        
                    
                            you're happy about it.
                                                        
                                    40:35
                                
                        
                    
                            So anyways, this is just funny man.
                                                        
                                    40:36
                                
                        
                    
                            Sometime when this guy speaks, imagine
                                                        
                                    40:38
                                
                        
                    
                            him being your father or your
                                                        
                                    40:41
                                
                        
                    
                            grandfather and he's telling you a story
                                                        
                                    40:42
                                
                        
                    
                            trying to teach you a lesson. Imagine
                                                        
                                    40:43
                                
                        
                    
                            you can write a book.
                                                        
                                    40:45
                                
                        
                    
                            So how what lessons did your dad teach
                                                        
                                    40:46
                                
                        
                    
                            you? Let me tell one time I got caught
                                                        
                                    40:48
                                
                        
                    
                            smoking this. Here's what he did to
                                                        
                                    40:50
                                
                        
                    
                            boom.
                                                        
                                    40:52
                                
                        
                    
                            Took me home. He did this. He did that.
                                                        
                                    40:52
                                
                        
                    
                            Just seems like the type of guy I like.
                                                        
                                    40:54
                                
                        
                    
                            He's got a sense of you.
                                                        
                                    40:56
                                
                        
                    
                            He's like Kennedy in Congress with his
                                                        
                                    40:56
                                
                        
                    
                            funniness.
                                                        
                                    40:58
                                
                        
                    
                            He's got a sense of you.
                                                        
                                    40:58
                                
                        
                    
                            Back at the peak, Dr. Phil used to do
                                                        
                                    40:59
                                
                        
                    
                            this at the peak of his show. Yeah.
                                                        
                                    41:01
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. So, you did this, then this, then
                                                        
                                    41:03
                                
                        
                    
                            this, and you thought that was a good
                                                        
                                    41:06
                                
                        
                    
                            idea.
                                                        
                                    41:08
                                
                        
                    
                            Remember those guys? Oh, yeah.
                                                        
                                    41:09
                                
                        
                    
                            I I I don't know on what planet that's a
                                                        
                                    41:12
                                
                        
                    
                            good idea or even half a good idea. I
                                                        
                                    41:15
                                
                        
                    
                            used to love seeing Dr. Phil people up
                                                        
                                    41:17
                                
                        
                    
                            for that.
                                                        
                                    41:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Still doing that.
                                                        
                                    41:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Yeah. So, let's go to the next one
                                                        
                                    41:21
                                
                        
                    
                            here. I'm gonna get to the next story. A
                                                        
                                    41:23
                                
                        
                    
                            couple more stories before we wrap up.
                                                        
                                    41:24
                                
                        
                    
                            Don Lemon is talking to Ilhan Omar.
                                                        
                                    41:26
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. uh uh person whom Trump is wanting
                                                        
                                    41:30
                                
                        
                    
                            to deport back to her country. He even
                                                        
                                    41:34
                                
                        
                    
                            asked the leader of Somalia if they
                                                        
                                    41:36
                                
                        
                    
                            would take her back like a refund and
                                                        
                                    41:38
                                
                        
                    
                            having that kind of a conversation. But
                                                        
                                    41:41
                                
                        
                    
                            she had some things to say. Was she not
                                                        
                                    41:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Rob being interviewed by Don Lemon
                                                        
                                    41:46
                                
                        
                    
                            Ilhan?
                                                        
                                    41:48
                                
                        
                    
                            Yep.
                                                        
                                    41:48
                                
                        
                    
                            And right here
                                                        
                                    41:49
                                
                        
                    
                            he somehow bumps into her and and is
                                                        
                                    41:50
                                
                        
                    
                            interviewing her.
                                                        
                                    41:53
                                
                        
                    
                            But go ahead Rob. Let's see what this
                                                        
                                    41:55
                                
                        
                    
                            happens here. Go ahead.
                                                        
                                    41:56
                                
                        
                    
                            I have I have nothing to apologize for.
                                                        
                                    41:58
                                
                        
                    
                            Um, you know, it is it is a tragedy that
                                                        
                                    42:01
                                
                        
                    
                            Charlie Kirk was killed in that way. Um,
                                                        
                                    42:04
                                
                        
                    
                            I feel for his widow and his children.
                                                        
                                    42:07
                                
                        
                    
                            They will have to live with that for the
                                                        
                                    42:10
                                
                        
                    
                            rest of their lives. But there is no
                                                        
                                    42:12
                                
                        
                    
                            legacy to honor. It was a legacy filled
                                                        
                                    42:15
                                
                        
                    
                            with bigotry, hatred, and white
                                                        
                                    42:17
                                
                        
                    
                            supremacy. And as a black woman and as a
                                                        
                                    42:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Muslim in this country, I refuse for I
                                                        
                                    42:22
                                
                        
                    
                            refuse to join the chorus that changes
                                                        
                                    42:27
                                
                        
                    
                            the history of what is on the record
                                                        
                                    42:30
                                
                        
                    
                            from this man. And so, you know, Nancy
                                                        
                                    42:33
                                
                        
                    
                            Mace, the president, like whatever these
                                                        
                                    42:36
                                
                        
                    
                            crazy people can do whatever they want
                                                        
                                    42:40
                                
                        
                    
                            to do.
                                                        
                                    42:41
                                
                        
                    
                            Um, but I am not going to be bullied uh
                                                        
                                    42:42
                                
                        
                    
                            into complacency.
                                                        
                                    42:46
                                
                        
                    
                            um into, you know, dishonoring who I am
                                                        
                                    42:49
                                
                        
                    
                            and what I stand for just to
                                                        
                                    42:52
                                
                        
                    
                            How long can you listen to her? Oh, but
                                                        
                                    42:55
                                
                        
                    
                            but you know, but do you notice this
                                                        
                                    42:57
                                
                        
                    
                            guys? Do you notice the left? No
                                                        
                                    42:59
                                
                        
                    
                            security, nobody's they are just they
                                                        
                                    43:01
                                
                        
                    
                            know that nobody wants to do anything to
                                                        
                                    43:04
                                
                        
                    
                            them because we're we're the the normal
                                                        
                                    43:05
                                
                        
                    
                            side, but they're out there spitting
                                                        
                                    43:07
                                
                        
                    
                            this freaking poison. And the fact that
                                                        
                                    43:08
                                
                        
                    
                            she's saying white supremist and all
                                                        
                                    43:11
                                
                        
                    
                            this stuff, not one, she cannot point
                                                        
                                    43:12
                                
                        
                    
                            one thing that Charlie said that was
                                                        
                                    43:15
                                
                        
                    
                            about racism or white supremacy or
                                                        
                                    43:17
                                
                        
                    
                            another. These are just BS talking
                                                        
                                    43:19
                                
                        
                    
                            points and she's like disgracing his
                                                        
                                    43:21
                                
                        
                    
                            freaking legacy and it's disgusting.
                                                        
                                    43:23
                                
                        
                    
                            I wonder what that would have been like
                                                        
                                    43:25
                                
                        
                    
                            if she was walking with Van Jones.
                                                        
                                    43:26
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh. Oh, it would have been it would have
                                                        
                                    43:28
                                
                        
                    
                            been a whole different conversation.
                                                        
                                    43:30
                                
                        
                    
                            You think he would have shut it down and
                                                        
                                    43:30
                                
                        
                    
                            corrected it?
                                                        
                                    43:31
                                
                        
                    
                            You think he would have You think Van
                                                        
                                    43:32
                                
                        
                    
                            Jones would have corrected it and Don
                                                        
                                    43:34
                                
                        
                    
                            Lemon wouldn't have?
                                                        
                                    43:35
                                
                        
                    
                            Uh, maybe. I think Van Jones would have
                                                        
                                    43:36
                                
                        
                    
                            stepped further.
                                                        
                                    43:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Don't Don't forget, Tom, like the day
                                                        
                                    43:40
                                
                        
                    
                            before Trump uh uh Charlie got killed,
                                                        
                                    43:41
                                
                        
                    
                            don't forget what Van Jones said about
                                                        
                                    43:45
                                
                        
                    
                            Charlie that went viral. Do you remember
                                                        
                                    43:48
                                
                        
                    
                            that clip?
                                                        
                                    43:49
                                
                        
                    
                            He was talking crap about him.
                                                        
                                    43:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Do you remember that? Exactly. A day or
                                                        
                                    43:51
                                
                        
                    
                            two, Rob, if you got that
                                                        
                                    43:53
                                
                        
                    
                            Van, not Vance. Yeah, Van. Yeah,
                                                        
                                    43:55
                                
                        
                    
                            exactly. There you go. So,
                                                        
                                    43:57
                                
                        
                    
                            they were, as Van Jones said, we were
                                                        
                                    43:59
                                
                        
                    
                            beefing hard in the days before.
                                                        
                                    44:01
                                
                        
                    
                            He actually went on video though, Tommy.
                                                        
                                    44:03
                                
                        
                    
                            He said something about
                                                        
                                    44:04
                                
                        
                    
                            He said something very very direct.
                                                        
                                    44:05
                                
                        
                    
                            It was on on CN on CNN.
                                                        
                                    44:08
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh. Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah. He he put the
                                                        
                                    44:09
                                
                        
                    
                            onus on Charlie.
                                                        
                                    44:11
                                
                        
                    
                            He put the onus on Charlie. And this was
                                                        
                                    44:12
                                
                        
                    
                            like literally
                                                        
                                    44:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, was it about the Oh, it was about
                                                        
                                    44:16
                                
                        
                    
                            the the the the the guy stabbing on the
                                                        
                                    44:17
                                
                        
                    
                            on the train. I think he was making some
                                                        
                                    44:19
                                
                        
                    
                            comment.
                                                        
                                    44:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, this the one. Go ahead and play
                                                        
                                    44:22
                                
                        
                    
                            this clip.
                                                        
                                    44:23
                                
                        
                    
                            We don't know why that man did what he
                                                        
                                    44:23
                                
                        
                    
                            did.
                                                        
                                    44:25
                                
                        
                    
                            And for Charlie Kirk to say, "We know he
                                                        
                                    44:26
                                
                        
                    
                            did it because she's white." When
                                                        
                                    44:28
                                
                        
                    
                            there's no evidence of that. He said, "I
                                                        
                                    44:30
                                
                        
                    
                            got that white girl."
                                                        
                                    44:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Race uh race mongering, hate mongering.
                                                        
                                    44:32
                                
                        
                    
                            [Music]
                                                        
                                    44:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Got that white girl.
                                                        
                                    44:42
                                
                        
                    
                            I got that white girl. Yeah. Blood
                                                        
                                    44:43
                                
                        
                    
                            dripping everywhere.
                                                        
                                    44:46
                                
                        
                    
                            We don't know.
                                                        
                                    44:49
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Yes, we did. So the the the point
                                                        
                                    44:50
                                
                        
                    
                            is look I give everybody grace that you
                                                        
                                    44:52
                                
                        
                    
                            know you you make mistakes but the the
                                                        
                                    44:55
                                
                        
                    
                            day before that happened that's a pretty
                                                        
                                    44:58
                                
                        
                    
                            direct thing to say. So going back to
                                                        
                                    45:00
                                
                        
                    
                            Don Lemon, right? Going back to Don
                                                        
                                    45:02
                                
                        
                    
                            Lemon. Don Lemon is continuing here.
                                                        
                                    45:03
                                
                        
                    
                            Rob, if you have this clip, go ahead and
                                                        
                                    45:05
                                
                        
                    
                            play the clip. Here's Don Lemon. Folks,
                                                        
                                    45:07
                                
                        
                    
                            if you're if you're a white man,
                                                        
                                    45:09
                                
                        
                    
                            he thinks it's all your fault. Go ahead,
                                                        
                                    45:12
                                
                        
                    
                            Rob.
                                                        
                                    45:14
                                
                        
                    
                            men who look like you, men who vote like
                                                        
                                    45:16
                                
                        
                    
                            you, and men who sound like you.
                                                        
                                    45:18
                                
                        
                    
                            White men,
                                                        
                                    45:22
                                
                        
                    
                            something is broken. Something is
                                                        
                                    45:24
                                
                        
                    
                            cracked deep inside when so many of you
                                                        
                                    45:29
                                
                        
                    
                            believe the answer to fear, to loss, to
                                                        
                                    45:33
                                
                        
                    
                            change is violence.
                                                        
                                    45:37
                                
                        
                    
                            Are you listening to me? I hope I'm
                                                        
                                    45:42
                                
                        
                    
                            saying it loud enough for the people in
                                                        
                                    45:44
                                
                        
                    
                            the back.
                                                        
                                    45:46
                                
                        
                    
                            Brandon, he was talking to you. What
                                                        
                                    45:50
                                
                        
                    
                            What do you have?
                                                        
                                    45:51
                                
                        
                    
                            I just I just had an epiphany. I think
                                                        
                                    45:52
                                
                        
                    
                            he's been watching Nick Fuentes cuz he's
                                                        
                                    45:54
                                
                        
                    
                            he's kind of copying Nick Fuentes, but
                                                        
                                    45:56
                                
                        
                    
                            in the reverse way. Nick Fentes says
                                                        
                                    45:57
                                
                        
                    
                            that about black people a lot in the
                                                        
                                    45:59
                                
                        
                    
                            same tone. Tries to be the same
                                                        
                                    46:00
                                
                        
                    
                            provocative way. I think he's copying
                                                        
                                    46:02
                                
                        
                    
                            Nick Fuentes.
                                                        
                                    46:03
                                
                        
                    
                            Very interesting.
                                                        
                                    46:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, that's what I got from Very
                                                        
                                    46:05
                                
                        
                    
                            interesting observation
                                                        
                                    46:07
                                
                        
                    
                            cuz he's obviously desperately trying to
                                                        
                                    46:08
                                
                        
                    
                            get views. He's doing the man on the
                                                        
                                    46:09
                                
                        
                    
                            street. He's doing his podcast in his
                                                        
                                    46:10
                                
                        
                    
                            living room like a teenager. So, I mean,
                                                        
                                    46:12
                                
                        
                    
                            I think he's trying to try things out.
                                                        
                                    46:14
                                
                        
                    
                            He sees Fuentes picking up some momentum
                                                        
                                    46:15
                                
                        
                    
                            in X. I think he's copying Fuentes.
                                                        
                                    46:17
                                
                        
                    
                            How much do you think he watches Fontes?
                                                        
                                    46:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, I think he watches all the big
                                                        
                                    46:20
                                
                        
                    
                            people, you know, like I think if
                                                        
                                    46:22
                                
                        
                    
                            somebody's doing well on social media, I
                                                        
                                    46:24
                                
                        
                    
                            think he's studying them and obsessively
                                                        
                                    46:25
                                
                        
                    
                            trying to model them.
                                                        
                                    46:26
                                
                        
                    
                            I I uh I actually agree with you. I
                                                        
                                    46:28
                                
                        
                    
                            think that's a very very good
                                                        
                                    46:30
                                
                        
                    
                            observation. But the reality of it is to
                                                        
                                    46:31
                                
                        
                    
                            say it's the white man's fault. Tom,
                                                        
                                    46:33
                                
                        
                    
                            what what do you have to say about that?
                                                        
                                    46:35
                                
                        
                    
                            No, it they need a victim and they have
                                                        
                                    46:36
                                
                        
                    
                            to be the victim and so everyone else
                                                        
                                    46:39
                                
                        
                    
                            has to be bad to be the vi so someone
                                                        
                                    46:42
                                
                        
                    
                            else is a victim. You need a
                                                        
                                    46:44
                                
                        
                    
                            protagonist. You need an enemy. And when
                                                        
                                    46:47
                                
                        
                    
                            people are moving, and here we go again,
                                                        
                                    46:51
                                
                        
                    
                            blacks, Hispanics, and youth are moving
                                                        
                                    46:54
                                
                        
                    
                            toward the center and voting this way,
                                                        
                                    46:56
                                
                        
                    
                            the these people become apoplelectic.
                                                        
                                    47:00
                                
                        
                    
                            And when I say these people, I mean
                                                        
                                    47:03
                                
                        
                    
                            these media people. Rachel Matto. Well,
                                                        
                                    47:04
                                
                        
                    
                            regardless of their color, whether it's
                                                        
                                    47:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Van Jones and and Don Lemon or it's it's
                                                        
                                    47:08
                                
                        
                    
                            Jake Tapper, it's not about race. It's
                                                        
                                    47:12
                                
                        
                    
                            not about, you know, sexual orientation,
                                                        
                                    47:14
                                
                        
                    
                            anything. They can't handle what's
                                                        
                                    47:17
                                
                        
                    
                            happening. And so, they need there to be
                                                        
                                    47:21
                                
                        
                    
                            an enemy. And the enemy, white privilege
                                                        
                                    47:24
                                
                        
                    
                            and white people are broken, is is so
                                                        
                                    47:27
                                
                        
                    
                            easy for them, but it's cheap and it's
                                                        
                                    47:30
                                
                        
                    
                            wrong. And they know it's wrong. And
                                                        
                                    47:33
                                
                        
                    
                            that's and and deep down inside they
                                                        
                                    47:35
                                
                        
                    
                            know that it's hollow, but they've got
                                                        
                                    47:37
                                
                        
                    
                            no other there's there's no other bullet
                                                        
                                    47:39
                                
                        
                    
                            in the gun. Not to use a violent
                                                        
                                    47:41
                                
                        
                    
                            metaphor, but there's no other like like
                                                        
                                    47:43
                                
                        
                    
                            what else do you pull off the shelf?
                                                        
                                    47:46
                                
                        
                    
                            It's not working. He like first of all,
                                                        
                                    47:48
                                
                        
                    
                            what about his white husband who's
                                                        
                                    47:51
                                
                        
                    
                            probably in the other room doing dishes?
                                                        
                                    47:53
                                
                        
                    
                            Like I No, no, no. I'm dead serious. How
                                                        
                                    47:55
                                
                        
                    
                            does he feel about it? Okay. And just
                                                        
                                    47:57
                                
                        
                    
                            really fast, going back to a hunky
                                                        
                                    47:59
                                
                        
                    
                            hubby.
                                                        
                                    48:00
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, she Yeah, he does. And so does
                                                        
                                    48:01
                                
                        
                    
                            Elhan Omar. Well, all these problems are
                                                        
                                    48:02
                                
                        
                    
                            white people. She said in the past, "Our
                                                        
                                    48:04
                                
                        
                    
                            country should be more fearful."
                                                        
                                    48:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Bro, get it.
                                                        
                                    48:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. She more fearful of white men
                                                        
                                    48:08
                                
                        
                    
                            because they're actually causing most of
                                                        
                                    48:10
                                
                        
                    
                            the deaths in this country. This is her
                                                        
                                    48:12
                                
                        
                    
                            um if fear was a driving force, we
                                                        
                                    48:14
                                
                        
                    
                            should be profiling, monitoring,
                                                        
                                    48:16
                                
                        
                    
                            creating policies to fight the rad
                                                        
                                    48:17
                                
                        
                    
                            radicalization of white men. And Don
                                                        
                                    48:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Lemon, like how disgusting and lazy and
                                                        
                                    48:21
                                
                        
                    
                            dangerous it is what he's saying. And
                                                        
                                    48:23
                                
                        
                    
                            Tom, what did your mug Oh, your mug
                                                        
                                    48:25
                                
                        
                    
                            right there. Words, talk, numbers,
                                                        
                                    48:26
                                
                        
                    
                            scream. Can you imagine if a white
                                                        
                                    48:28
                                
                        
                    
                            person, any white, and look at the
                                                        
                                    48:30
                                
                        
                    
                            numbers right here. If a white person
                                                        
                                    48:32
                                
                        
                    
                            sat in front of a camera, Pat, and just
                                                        
                                    48:33
                                
                        
                    
                            said the actual facts that and and said
                                                        
                                    48:35
                                
                        
                    
                            that black men are about 6% of the US
                                                        
                                    48:37
                                
                        
                    
                            population on FBI data shows that
                                                        
                                    48:40
                                
                        
                    
                            they're responsible for nearly half, 50%
                                                        
                                    48:43
                                
                        
                    
                            of the murders in this country. What
                                                        
                                    48:46
                                
                        
                    
                            would the world say? What would the
                                                        
                                    48:48
                                
                        
                    
                            world say? Don Lemon knows exactly what
                                                        
                                    48:50
                                
                        
                    
                            the hell he's doing. He's trying to be
                                                        
                                    48:52
                                
                        
                    
                            relevant. The fact that they kicked him
                                                        
                                    48:54
                                
                        
                    
                            out of a freaking studio. Now he's a man
                                                        
                                    48:56
                                
                        
                    
                            on the street talking to other psychotic
                                                        
                                    48:57
                                
                        
                    
                            people like Elon M tells you everything
                                                        
                                    49:00
                                
                        
                    
                            that you need to know. But think about
                                                        
                                    49:02
                                
                        
                    
                            this, Pat. You showed this video a long
                                                        
                                    49:03
                                
                        
                    
                            time ago and it stuck with me. What
                                                        
                                    49:05
                                
                        
                    
                            happened to the old Don Lemon? Remember
                                                        
                                    49:06
                                
                        
                    
                            that video that we have? An old Don
                                                        
                                    49:08
                                
                        
                    
                            Lemon that was addressing the
                                                        
                                    49:10
                                
                        
                    
                            African-American community.
                                                        
                                    49:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, how about lift your pants up? How
                                                        
                                    49:12
                                
                        
                    
                            about be respectful that
                                                        
                                    49:14
                                
                        
                    
                            you want to see this? Play this, Rob.
                                                        
                                    49:15
                                
                        
                    
                            Because black people, if you really want
                                                        
                                    49:18
                                
                        
                    
                            to fix the problem, here's just five
                                                        
                                    49:20
                                
                        
                    
                            things that you should think about
                                                        
                                    49:23
                                
                        
                    
                            doing, here's number five. Pull up your
                                                        
                                    49:24
                                
                        
                    
                            pants. Number four now is the n-word. I
                                                        
                                    49:26
                                
                        
                    
                            hosted a special on the n-word,
                                                        
                                    49:30
                                
                        
                    
                            suggesting that black people stop using
                                                        
                                    49:31
                                
                        
                    
                            it and that entertainers stop deluding
                                                        
                                    49:33
                                
                        
                    
                            yourselves or themselves and others that
                                                        
                                    49:36
                                
                        
                    
                            you're somehow taking the word back.
                                                        
                                    49:38
                                
                        
                    
                            Amen.
                                                        
                                    49:40
                                
                        
                    
                            Now, number three, respect where you
                                                        
                                    49:41
                                
                        
                    
                            live. Start small by not dropping trash,
                                                        
                                    49:44
                                
                        
                    
                            littering in your own communities. I've
                                                        
                                    49:47
                                
                        
                    
                            lived in several predominantly white
                                                        
                                    49:49
                                
                        
                    
                            neighborhoods in my life. I rarely, if
                                                        
                                    49:51
                                
                        
                    
                            ever, witness people littering. I live
                                                        
                                    49:53
                                
                        
                    
                            in Harlem now. It's an historically
                                                        
                                    49:55
                                
                        
                    
                            black neighborhood. Every single day, I
                                                        
                                    49:57
                                
                        
                    
                            see adults and children dropping their
                                                        
                                    49:59
                                
                        
                    
                            trash on the ground when a garbage can
                                                        
                                    50:01
                                
                        
                    
                            is just feet away. Number two, finish
                                                        
                                    50:03
                                
                        
                    
                            school. You want to break the cycle of
                                                        
                                    50:06
                                
                        
                    
                            poverty? Stop telling kids they're
                                                        
                                    50:08
                                
                        
                    
                            acting white because they go to school
                                                        
                                    50:10
                                
                        
                    
                            or they speak proper English. Number
                                                        
                                    50:12
                                
                        
                    
                            one, and probably the most important,
                                                        
                                    50:14
                                
                        
                    
                            just because you can have a baby, it
                                                        
                                    50:17
                                
                        
                    
                            doesn't mean you should, especially
                                                        
                                    50:19
                                
                        
                    
                            without planning for one or getting
                                                        
                                    50:21
                                
                        
                    
                            married first. Weird.
                                                        
                                    50:23
                                
                        
                    
                            More than 72% of children in the Africa.
                                                        
                                    50:24
                                
                        
                    
                            So, I I'm just curious to Hey, Don, what
                                                        
                                    50:27
                                
                        
                    
                            happened to you and shame on you while
                                                        
                                    50:29
                                
                        
                    
                            your white husband is back there
                                                        
                                    50:31
                                
                        
                    
                            cleaning the house and doing whatever,
                                                        
                                    50:33
                                
                        
                    
                            you're saying that he is the problem
                                                        
                                    50:34
                                
                        
                    
                            with this country. Shame on you and
                                                        
                                    50:36
                                
                        
                    
                            shame on you, Ilhan Omar. Same thing
                                                        
                                    50:38
                                
                        
                    
                            happened to him that happened to Aaron
                                                        
                                    50:40
                                
                        
                    
                            Bernett. Aaron Bernett was on CNBC in
                                                        
                                    50:41
                                
                        
                    
                            the morning uh doing morning show
                                                        
                                    50:43
                                
                        
                    
                            talking business opening up opening bell
                                                        
                                    50:46
                                
                        
                    
                            squawk on the street. There was those
                                                        
                                    50:48
                                
                        
                    
                            programs that you see on CNBC and she by
                                                        
                                    50:49
                                
                        
                    
                            all accounts was down the middle and
                                                        
                                    50:53
                                
                        
                    
                            there was plenty of of opportunity for
                                                        
                                    50:54
                                
                        
                    
                            her there to express her opinion with
                                                        
                                    50:57
                                
                        
                    
                            the government on this law that law
                                                        
                                    50:59
                                
                        
                    
                            legislation regulation of business the
                                                        
                                    51:01
                                
                        
                    
                            Fed plenty of things she was done. She
                                                        
                                    51:03
                                
                        
                    
                            goes to CNN, t signs it and takes the
                                                        
                                    51:05
                                
                        
                    
                            contract and suddenly is a it's almost
                                                        
                                    51:08
                                
                        
                    
                            like did the contracts that Don Lemon
                                                        
                                    51:11
                                
                        
                    
                            and Aaron Bernett took when they stepped
                                                        
                                    51:14
                                
                        
                    
                            into a bigger chair at CNN, did it
                                                        
                                    51:16
                                
                        
                    
                            radicalize them? Were they radicalized
                                                        
                                    51:18
                                
                        
                    
                            by the dollars?
                                                        
                                    51:20
                                
                        
                    
                            So you put it on Zucker, you put it on
                                                        
                                    51:21
                                
                        
                    
                            the heads of CNN. Is that who you put it
                                                        
                                    51:23
                                
                        
                    
                            on?
                                                        
                                    51:24
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, somebody has to sign the contract
                                                        
                                    51:25
                                
                        
                    
                            and be interested. And then there's a
                                                        
                                    51:27
                                
                        
                    
                            lot of producers that tell you this is
                                                        
                                    51:29
                                
                        
                    
                            the way it's going to be that you may
                                                        
                                    51:32
                                
                        
                    
                            not have seen when you signed the
                                                        
                                    51:33
                                
                        
                    
                            contract.
                                                        
                                    51:35
                                
                        
                    
                            So Rob, why don't we do this? So let's
                                                        
                                    51:35
                                
                        
                    
                            go to Charlie Kirk and and new stories
                                                        
                                    51:37
                                
                        
                    
                            coming out. So last week we showed a
                                                        
                                    51:40
                                
                        
                    
                            clip maybe on Monday, the range day
                                                        
                                    51:43
                                
                        
                    
                            broke clip. Guy on the neck sends me a
                                                        
                                    51:44
                                
                        
                    
                            message saying, "Pat that range day
                                                        
                                    51:47
                                
                        
                    
                            broke clip you played was great, but a
                                                        
                                    51:49
                                
                        
                    
                            guy just sent me something showing a
                                                        
                                    51:51
                                
                        
                    
                            complete different thing." Fast forward
                                                        
                                    51:53
                                
                        
                    
                            the range though range day they uh broke
                                                        
                                    51:54
                                
                        
                    
                            clip to about four minutes. Keep going.
                                                        
                                    51:57
                                
                        
                    
                            Keep going. Keep going. Keep going. Keep
                                                        
                                    51:59
                                
                        
                    
                            going. And go a little bit more. Uh
                                                        
                                    52:00
                                
                        
                    
                            okay. Back up a little bit, Rob. Back
                                                        
                                    52:04
                                
                        
                    
                            up. Back up. Back up a little bit. Back
                                                        
                                    52:06
                                
                        
                    
                            up a little bit. Back up a little bit.
                                                        
                                    52:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Where it shows the headset on Charlie's
                                                        
                                    52:09
                                
                        
                    
                            uh ear. Uh go back. Go back. Go back. Go
                                                        
                                    52:12
                                
                        
                    
                            back. Go back. Go back. Let's see if
                                                        
                                    52:15
                                
                        
                    
                            we're going to see it or not. Go back a
                                                        
                                    52:16
                                
                        
                    
                            little bit. So he's showing this part.
                                                        
                                    52:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Ah man. I Okay. Right there. played from
                                                        
                                    52:21
                                
                        
                    
                            right there. Rob
                                                        
                                    52:23
                                
                        
                    
                            comes in.
                                                        
                                    52:25
                                
                        
                    
                            I don't see people coming in anywhere
                                                        
                                    52:25
                                
                        
                    
                            in a circle area. You have the blood go
                                                        
                                    52:26
                                
                        
                    
                            down then up and then the exit wound
                                                        
                                    52:27
                                
                        
                    
                            emerges.
                                                        
                                    52:29
                                
                        
                    
                            You're also going to want to find out
                                                        
                                    52:29
                                
                        
                    
                            this guy talks out both sides of his
                                                        
                                    52:30
                                
                        
                    
                            mouth. He'll say something like the FBI
                                                        
                                    52:30
                                
                        
                    
                            is lying. The official narrative is
                                                        
                                    52:32
                                
                        
                    
                            lying. And then he'll say, "I'm not
                                                        
                                    52:33
                                
                        
                    
                            accusing anybody of anything."
                                                        
                                    52:33
                                
                        
                    
                            What matters is that the official
                                                        
                                    52:34
                                
                        
                    
                            narrative is not true. Whether that
                                                        
                                    52:36
                                
                        
                    
                            comes out, it looks like it's bloody.
                                                        
                                    52:38
                                
                        
                    
                            They will say it's 100% conclusive or
                                                        
                                    52:40
                                
                        
                    
                            it's already been proven. You know,
                                                        
                                    52:42
                                
                        
                    
                            it looked like blood. Even we thought it
                                                        
                                    52:43
                                
                        
                    
                            was blood.
                                                        
                                    52:45
                                
                        
                    
                            Now, go fast forward at a different
                                                        
                                    52:46
                                
                        
                    
                            angle with him. Just fast forward the
                                                        
                                    52:49
                                
                        
                    
                            clip and go until he shows the angle.
                                                        
                                    52:51
                                
                        
                    
                            Keep going. Keep going. Keep going. Keep
                                                        
                                    52:54
                                
                        
                    
                            going. Keep going. Keep going. Keep
                                                        
                                    52:55
                                
                        
                    
                            going. Keep keep going. Okay. Uh right
                                                        
                                    52:56
                                
                        
                    
                            there. Right there. Go back about 20
                                                        
                                    52:59
                                
                        
                    
                            seconds. Okay. Play it from right there.
                                                        
                                    53:00
                                
                        
                    
                            Go ahead. So, we're going through here
                                                        
                                    53:02
                                
                        
                    
                            step by step, frame by frame, until we
                                                        
                                    53:04
                                
                        
                    
                            find it. So, that right there, you can
                                                        
                                    53:07
                                
                        
                    
                            see his him his reaction right here. So,
                                                        
                                    53:09
                                
                        
                    
                            this is what I believe to be the first
                                                        
                                    53:12
                                
                        
                    
                            frame capturing his reaction of of
                                                        
                                    53:13
                                
                        
                    
                            anything from the bullet. So now here
                                                        
                                    53:16
                                
                        
                    
                            when you look around his ear I believe
                                                        
                                    53:18
                                
                        
                    
                            that is one of those earpiece like you
                                                        
                                    53:20
                                
                        
                    
                            know the wire
                                                        
                                    53:22
                                
                        
                    
                            and it's often a transparent type wire.
                                                        
                                    53:22
                                
                        
                    
                            Now let's go ahead one more frame
                                                        
                                    53:25
                                
                        
                    
                            that comes up. So it looks like it's now
                                                        
                                    53:29
                                
                        
                    
                            behind him. That is certainly not blood
                                                        
                                    53:31
                                
                        
                    
                            splatter like this guy falsely claimed.
                                                        
                                    53:33
                                
                        
                    
                            And also where's the blood dripping that
                                                        
                                    53:35
                                
                        
                    
                            he was claiming was on dripping on the
                                                        
                                    53:38
                                
                        
                    
                            side of Charlie said. There is no blood
                                                        
                                    53:41
                                
                        
                    
                            there because there was no entry wound
                                                        
                                    53:42
                                
                        
                    
                            here. One more frame.
                                                        
                                    53:44
                                
                        
                    
                            You can see that it was up in the air.
                                                        
                                    53:47
                                
                        
                    
                            You can see it's still right there,
                                                        
                                    53:51
                                
                        
                    
                            still vertical.
                                                        
                                    53:53
                                
                        
                    
                            And now it's right there. It just flung
                                                        
                                    53:54
                                
                        
                    
                            behind his head and it's kind of going
                                                        
                                    53:57
                                
                        
                    
                            diagonal right there. And keep your eye
                                                        
                                    53:59
                                
                        
                    
                            right there on that spot. You're going
                                                        
                                    54:01
                                
                        
                    
                            to see it disappear on the next frame.
                                                        
                                    54:03
                                
                        
                    
                            See, it moved up and gone already
                                                        
                                    54:06
                                
                        
                    
                            because it because of the force of the
                                                        
                                    54:08
                                
                        
                    
                            impact. Now, nowhere here is there any
                                                        
                                    54:10
                                
                        
                    
                            type of entry wound. You would have seen
                                                        
                                    54:13
                                
                        
                    
                            an explosive entry wound by now, just
                                                        
                                    54:15
                                
                        
                    
                            like we did from the views from the
                                                        
                                    54:18
                                
                        
                    
                            front, which shows that there was
                                                        
                                    54:20
                                
                        
                    
                            absolutely zero shots hitting Charlie
                                                        
                                    54:22
                                
                        
                    
                            from this side. So, anybody that tries
                                                        
                                    54:25
                                
                        
                    
                            to show you a video from
                                                        
                                    54:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Pause right there. Okay. So, remember
                                                        
                                    54:29
                                
                        
                    
                            guys, this is why I love what's going on
                                                        
                                    54:30
                                
                        
                    
                            right now. Everybody is what?
                                                        
                                    54:32
                                
                        
                    
                            Reacting to whatever they have and
                                                        
                                    54:35
                                
                        
                    
                            reacting to whatever they have. Tom,
                                                        
                                    54:36
                                
                        
                    
                            when you see this, what do you think
                                                        
                                    54:38
                                
                        
                    
                            about? Well, I want to see all the
                                                        
                                    54:39
                                
                        
                    
                            perspectives and all the angles. I I I
                                                        
                                    54:41
                                
                        
                    
                            don't want to keep seeing, you know,
                                                        
                                    54:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Charlie and and the moment of of um
                                                        
                                    54:46
                                
                        
                    
                            passing there, but I want to know for
                                                        
                                    54:49
                                
                        
                    
                            sure what's up. I want to know for sure
                                                        
                                    54:52
                                
                        
                    
                            what's up. And everybody that is a
                                                        
                                    54:54
                                
                        
                    
                            forensic analyst is saying the same
                                                        
                                    54:58
                                
                        
                    
                            thing. They said that does not look like
                                                        
                                    55:02
                                
                        
                    
                            an entry wound on the front of his neck.
                                                        
                                    55:05
                                
                        
                    
                            That does not look like an entry wound.
                                                        
                                    55:08
                                
                        
                    
                            That looks like an exit wound. You have
                                                        
                                    55:10
                                
                        
                    
                            hunters that have talked about this. You
                                                        
                                    55:12
                                
                        
                    
                            have people that are coroners that have
                                                        
                                    55:14
                                
                        
                    
                            talked about this. And so the question
                                                        
                                    55:16
                                
                        
                    
                            is, okay, how did such a cataclysmic
                                                        
                                    55:18
                                
                        
                    
                            wound happen there? A and you know, the
                                                        
                                    55:21
                                
                        
                    
                            bullet man of steel was lodged in there.
                                                        
                                    55:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. Is somebody going to do
                                                        
                                    55:30
                                
                        
                    
                            ballistics? So, I'm I'm waiting for
                                                        
                                    55:31
                                
                        
                    
                            conclusive data from a real
                                                        
                                    55:35
                                
                        
                    
                            investigation other than, hey, his DNA
                                                        
                                    55:38
                                
                        
                    
                            was on this firearm. Okay. But was the
                                                        
                                    55:41
                                
                        
                    
                            had the firearm been fired? You know,
                                                        
                                    55:44
                                
                        
                    
                            did um and do we have ballistics on the
                                                        
                                    55:46
                                
                        
                    
                            the the bullet that he said was found in
                                                        
                                    55:49
                                
                        
                    
                            his neck just below the skin? I just I I
                                                        
                                    55:52
                                
                        
                    
                            want to see all these angles and I'm
                                                        
                                    55:55
                                
                        
                    
                            glad that one is keeping others in
                                                        
                                    55:57
                                
                        
                    
                            check, but man, that that's an exit
                                                        
                                    55:59
                                
                        
                    
                            wound from the front. That's that's my
                                                        
                                    56:01
                                
                        
                    
                            opinion based on the folks that I'm
                                                        
                                    56:05
                                
                        
                    
                            watching who are experts in these kind
                                                        
                                    56:09
                                
                        
                    
                            of forensics. And so the question is,
                                                        
                                    56:11
                                
                        
                    
                            how do you get that kind of a wound?
                                                        
                                    56:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Vinnie, I'm I'm with Tom 100%. They're
                                                        
                                    56:16
                                
                        
                    
                            claiming this is the FBI and everybody
                                                        
                                    56:19
                                
                        
                    
                            that it was the 300 6. It was not a
                                                        
                                    56:22
                                
                        
                    
                            3006. The official narrative is not
                                                        
                                    56:24
                                
                        
                    
                            official. And this guy is just another
                                                        
                                    56:27
                                
                        
                    
                            and I I get 100% it looks like an
                                                        
                                    56:28
                                
                        
                    
                            earpiece, but from anybody that shotguns
                                                        
                                    56:30
                                
                        
                    
                            and knows about this type of thing that
                                                        
                                    56:32
                                
                        
                    
                            that if it was a 300 6, it would have
                                                        
                                    56:34
                                
                        
                    
                            been a completely
                                                        
                                    56:36
                                
                        
                    
                            he would have been rat. It would have
                                                        
                                    56:39
                                
                        
                    
                            been disgusting. It would have been a
                                                        
                                    56:40
                                
                        
                    
                            lot worse than what you guys saw. Number
                                                        
                                    56:41
                                
                        
                    
                            one. Number two, all this footage was
                                                        
                                    56:42
                                
                        
                    
                            cameras, camera phones sucked in and
                                                        
                                    56:45
                                
                        
                    
                            it's blurry. The main footage is the HD
                                                        
                                    56:47
                                
                        
                    
                            camera that was sitting behind Charlie
                                                        
                                    56:50
                                
                        
                    
                            shooting down capturing him and the
                                                        
                                    56:52
                                
                        
                    
                            entire crowd. But somebody from Turning
                                                        
                                    56:54
                                
                        
                    
                            Point grabbed it, was all sneaky with
                                                        
                                    56:57
                                
                        
                    
                            it, put it in a hat, and gave it to
                                                        
                                    57:00
                                
                        
                    
                            another guy that ran off. And we're
                                                        
                                    57:02
                                
                        
                    
                            supposed to just take their word that
                                                        
                                    57:03
                                
                        
                    
                            this guy handed it off after he looked
                                                        
                                    57:05
                                
                        
                    
                            at it and gave it to the FBI. I'm sorry.
                                                        
                                    57:07
                                
                        
                    
                            I don't believe the official narrative.
                                                        
                                    57:10
                                
                        
                    
                            You called the school. What happened?
                                                        
                                    57:11
                                
                        
                    
                            I called yesterday. I called I called
                                                        
                                    57:13
                                
                        
                    
                            and Amanda was with me. She recorded it.
                                                        
                                    57:15
                                
                        
                    
                            I called UVU and I called and I I called
                                                        
                                    57:17
                                
                        
                    
                            to the the main the main desk and I
                                                        
                                    57:20
                                
                        
                    
                            said, "Hey, I'm I'm with such and such.
                                                        
                                    57:22
                                
                        
                    
                            I made up a thing and I said, "I'm
                                                        
                                    57:24
                                
                        
                    
                            trying to find out if you guys because
                                                        
                                    57:26
                                
                        
                    
                            the construction that's happening right
                                                        
                                    57:28
                                
                        
                    
                            now is unbelievable. It doesn't even
                                                        
                                    57:29
                                
                        
                    
                            look like what it is right now." Okay?
                                                        
                                    57:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Doesn't make sense. I said, "Who do I
                                                        
                                    57:32
                                
                        
                    
                            talk to? This we just you guys just had
                                                        
                                    57:34
                                
                        
                    
                            and I apologize. You guys had the
                                                        
                                    57:36
                                
                        
                    
                            biggest assassination since JFK on your
                                                        
                                    57:38
                                
                        
                    
                            campus. Was there scheduled construction
                                                        
                                    57:42
                                
                        
                    
                            on the exact site where this happened?
                                                        
                                    57:44
                                
                        
                    
                            Can you can you comment on that? He
                                                        
                                    57:47
                                
                        
                    
                            goes, "Let me let me direct you to the
                                                        
                                    57:49
                                
                        
                    
                            right place." You hear conversations,
                                                        
                                    57:50
                                
                        
                    
                            you're typing, da da da. Sends me to to
                                                        
                                    57:51
                                
                        
                    
                            uh like maintenance or something like
                                                        
                                    57:54
                                
                        
                    
                            that and there's a female that picks up
                                                        
                                    57:56
                                
                        
                    
                            and I go, "Hey, I'm so and so with with
                                                        
                                    57:57
                                
                        
                    
                            um media." I go, "I'm just curious. Do
                                                        
                                    57:59
                                
                        
                    
                            you guys have construction setup?"
                                                        
                                    58:02
                                
                        
                    
                            Whispering talk to I can't talk to you
                                                        
                                    58:04
                                
                        
                    
                            about that. I go, "No, no, hold on one
                                                        
                                    58:05
                                
                        
                    
                            second. I don't need information about
                                                        
                                    58:07
                                
                        
                    
                            the shooting or nothing like that. Did
                                                        
                                    58:08
                                
                        
                    
                            you guys have scheduled maintenance?"
                                                        
                                    58:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Because I would assume that if it's a if
                                                        
                                    58:11
                                
                        
                    
                            it's an assassination at this magnitude,
                                                        
                                    58:13
                                
                        
                    
                            you would leave the crime scene for
                                                        
                                    58:16
                                
                        
                    
                            potential bullets, potential, you know,
                                                        
                                    58:18
                                
                        
                    
                            fragments, other things to recreate in
                                                        
                                    58:20
                                
                        
                    
                            the scene. There's stuff in that
                                                        
                                    58:22
                                
                        
                    
                            ceiling, that overhead pat that there
                                                        
                                    58:23
                                
                        
                    
                            there's cameras, there's an opening that
                                                        
                                    58:25
                                
                        
                    
                            you could get in there. I'm like, how is
                                                        
                                    58:27
                                
                        
                    
                            this normal? Who made the decision? I
                                                        
                                    58:29
                                
                        
                    
                            can't say anything. Let me give you the
                                                        
                                    58:31
                                
                        
                    
                            information to our our um VP of
                                                        
                                    58:33
                                
                        
                    
                            strategic uh and communications
                                                        
                                    58:35
                                
                        
                    
                            management.
                                                        
                                    58:38
                                
                        
                    
                            I called her three times. I don't even
                                                        
                                    58:39
                                
                        
                    
                            want to say her name. I called three
                                                        
                                    58:40
                                
                        
                    
                            times. Nobody picked up and I left the
                                                        
                                    58:41
                                
                        
                    
                            message. I'm just trying to figure out
                                                        
                                    58:43
                                
                        
                    
                            with this type of magnitude. And you
                                                        
                                    58:45
                                
                        
                    
                            know what's insane? For how many minutes
                                                        
                                    58:47
                                
                        
                    
                            after, not one police officer, not one
                                                        
                                    58:49
                                
                        
                    
                            police officer went there and secured
                                                        
                                    58:52
                                
                        
                    
                            the crime scene. I've watched multiple
                                                        
                                    58:54
                                
                        
                    
                            videos. I've watched aftermath of
                                                        
                                    58:56
                                
                        
                    
                            videos. I saw people coming and stealing
                                                        
                                    58:57
                                
                        
                    
                            hats off a truck and throwing them. some
                                                        
                                    58:59
                                
                        
                    
                            guys like, "What the hell are you
                                                        
                                    59:01
                                
                        
                    
                            doing?" There's no way this type of
                                                        
                                    59:02
                                
                        
                    
                            cover up and the fact that when when you
                                                        
                                    59:05
                                
                        
                    
                            That's a fact that you you law
                                                        
                                    59:07
                                
                        
                    
                            enforcement should have shown up and
                                                        
                                    59:08
                                
                        
                    
                            taped this.
                                                        
                                    59:09
                                
                        
                    
                            Why didn't they?
                                                        
                                    59:10
                                
                        
                    
                            And you know what's crazy?
                                                        
                                    59:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Just like Butler.
                                                        
                                    59:12
                                
                        
                    
                            They were there though. I don't know.
                                                        
                                    59:13
                                
                        
                    
                            But you know what's crazy, Pat? I saw a
                                                        
                                    59:14
                                
                        
                    
                            cop. One cop basically had his gun drawn
                                                        
                                    59:16
                                
                        
                    
                            while they were bringing Charlie. God
                                                        
                                    59:19
                                
                        
                    
                            rested sold to the vehicle. Your job,
                                                        
                                    59:20
                                
                        
                    
                            bro, is to go this this idiot. By the
                                                        
                                    59:22
                                
                        
                    
                            way, Candace yesterday was talking about
                                                        
                                    59:25
                                
                        
                    
                            this guy pack. She knows him. She goes,
                                                        
                                    59:26
                                
                        
                    
                            "Never has this guy ever been around
                                                        
                                    59:28
                                
                        
                    
                            when we were on tour."
                                                        
                                    59:30
                                
                        
                    
                            Guess who? Back up a second and say who
                                                        
                                    59:31
                                
                        
                    
                            we're talking about.
                                                        
                                    59:32
                                
                        
                    
                            The guy with the camera that was taking
                                                        
                                    59:33
                                
                        
                    
                            the SD card out.
                                                        
                                    59:34
                                
                        
                    
                            Who stood on the chair?
                                                        
                                    59:35
                                
                        
                    
                            Who stood? Think about this, guys. It's
                                                        
                                    59:36
                                
                        
                    
                            a crime scene. You're moving the chair
                                                        
                                    59:38
                                
                        
                    
                            that he was shot. There's probably
                                                        
                                    59:39
                                
                        
                    
                            evidence in there if there was, god
                                                        
                                    59:41
                                
                        
                    
                            forbid, a bullet in there. He's climbing
                                                        
                                    59:43
                                
                        
                    
                            up there, moving everything, and
                                                        
                                    59:45
                                
                        
                    
                            nobody's saying anything. Common sense
                                                        
                                    59:46
                                
                        
                    
                            101. You're touching the crime scene.
                                                        
                                    59:49
                                
                        
                    
                            That's the main event. That camera has
                                                        
                                    59:52
                                
                        
                    
                            everything. Okay. And I'm sorry. People
                                                        
                                    59:54
                                
                        
                    
                            are like, "Who do you trust?" I'm get
                                                        
                                    59:56
                                
                        
                    
                            Israel. Get all that out of there. The
                                                        
                                    59:58
                                
                        
                    
                            way that it was handled and the fact
                                                        
                                    00:00
                                
                        
                    
                            that his friends and everybody else have
                                                        
                                    00:01
                                
                        
                    
                            just moved on and they're worrying about
                                                        
                                    00:04
                                
                        
                    
                            turning point does not sit with me.
                                                        
                                    00:05
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, Pat, I'm talking about my mom. I'm
                                                        
                                    00:07
                                
                        
                    
                            talking about people from all walks of
                                                        
                                    00:09
                                
                        
                    
                            life are like something doesn't feel
                                                        
                                    00:11
                                
                        
                    
                            right. My mom, my aunt, my cousins, my
                                                        
                                    00:14
                                
                        
                    
                            friends. I I'm having messages from
                                                        
                                    00:17
                                
                        
                    
                            people I haven't talked to in years that
                                                        
                                    00:18
                                
                        
                    
                            are like I know I watch the show and
                                                        
                                    00:20
                                
                        
                    
                            everything. They go, none of us feel
                                                        
                                    00:22
                                
                        
                    
                            like what we're being told is the truth.
                                                        
                                    00:23
                                
                        
                    
                            Not with Tyler. Not with any none of it
                                                        
                                    00:25
                                
                        
                    
                            is adding up. The boyfriends disappear.
                                                        
                                    00:28
                                
                        
                    
                            Now they're trying to say that Tyler
                                                        
                                    00:30
                                
                        
                    
                            didn't even step foot on the campus.
                                                        
                                    00:31
                                
                        
                    
                            What do you think's going to end up
                                                        
                                    00:33
                                
                        
                    
                            happening?
                                                        
                                    00:34
                                
                        
                    
                            Just like every single time PBD, they
                                                        
                                    00:36
                                
                        
                    
                            always get away with it. Evil. Evil on
                                                        
                                    00:38
                                
                        
                    
                            this sense. They get away with it cuz
                                                        
                                    00:40
                                
                        
                    
                            we're we're almost 3 weeks into it. And
                                                        
                                    00:42
                                
                        
                    
                            And I'm And I'm She's I know some of the
                                                        
                                    00:44
                                
                        
                    
                            her points are a little out there. She's
                                                        
                                    00:47
                                
                        
                    
                            the only one. Nobody from their side is
                                                        
                                    00:48
                                
                        
                    
                            asking questions like this. If you're my
                                                        
                                    00:50
                                
                        
                    
                            friend, Pat, and I died. I would want
                                                        
                                    00:52
                                
                        
                    
                            you to be like I would want you to be
                                                        
                                    00:54
                                
                        
                    
                            like, "Wait a minute. Where the who are
                                                        
                                    00:55
                                
                        
                    
                            why are you touching [ __ ] Who is who
                                                        
                                    00:57
                                
                        
                    
                            has the footage?" And it doesn't add up.
                                                        
                                    01:00
                                
                        
                    
                            Tyler doesn't even happen, Tom.
                                                        
                                    01:02
                                
                        
                    
                            So, I I I'm thinking three things
                                                        
                                    01:04
                                
                        
                    
                            actually. Actually, more like two. The
                                                        
                                    01:07
                                
                        
                    
                            first is there are
                                                        
                                    01:09
                                
                        
                    
                            hard facts that dots aren't connecting.
                                                        
                                    01:12
                                
                        
                    
                            Did he fire one shot from up on top?
                                                        
                                    01:17
                                
                        
                    
                            crowd reaction appears to be a little
                                                        
                                    01:20
                                
                        
                    
                            little different. Is and he really ran
                                                        
                                    01:23
                                
                        
                    
                            off that way with that gun of that size
                                                        
                                    01:27
                                
                        
                    
                            in that in that jacket or blanket,
                                                        
                                    01:30
                                
                        
                    
                            whatever he had there. He was walking
                                                        
                                    01:33
                                
                        
                    
                            peg leg down the street with the the gun
                                                        
                                    01:36
                                
                        
                    
                            down the leg of his pants. You know,
                                                        
                                    01:38
                                
                        
                    
                            there's there's things on the the Tyler
                                                        
                                    01:40
                                
                        
                    
                            angle that don't add up.
                                                        
                                    01:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Why is this this older gentleman
                                                        
                                    01:45
                                
                        
                    
                            standing up when everybody would be
                                                        
                                    01:48
                                
                        
                    
                            ducking down? You know, uh I I was in a
                                                        
                                    01:50
                                
                        
                    
                            restaurant when uh a gunshot went off in
                                                        
                                    01:53
                                
                        
                    
                            a in a bar. One one gunshot. Everybody
                                                        
                                    01:55
                                
                        
                    
                            was on the ground. We were all under the
                                                        
                                    01:58
                                
                        
                    
                            tables until until a server said, you
                                                        
                                    02:00
                                
                        
                    
                            know, um our security guy took the guy
                                                        
                                    02:03
                                
                        
                    
                            outside. Nobody got shot. And but I I'
                                                        
                                    02:05
                                
                        
                    
                            I've seen that. So that's one point in
                                                        
                                    02:09
                                
                        
                    
                            my life when I was in college. I heard a
                                                        
                                    02:12
                                
                        
                    
                            gunshot indoors. You're all down. Why is
                                                        
                                    02:14
                                
                        
                    
                            this whole guy standing up waving a hat?
                                                        
                                    02:17
                                
                        
                    
                            So, I see little facts like this that
                                                        
                                    02:19
                                
                        
                    
                            just don't seem to add up. Why wasn't
                                                        
                                    02:21
                                
                        
                    
                            there police there taping up the the
                                                        
                                    02:24
                                
                        
                    
                            scene? Why are people taking cameras
                                                        
                                    02:26
                                
                        
                    
                            that would be holding footage that would
                                                        
                                    02:29
                                
                        
                    
                            be of great interest to the FBI? Why is
                                                        
                                    02:32
                                
                        
                    
                            the Utah governor coming to the
                                                        
                                    02:36
                                
                        
                    
                            microphone? We got him and we got the
                                                        
                                    02:38
                                
                        
                    
                            gun. It's it it reminds me if you read
                                                        
                                    02:40
                                
                        
                    
                            Oswald, they did the same thing. They
                                                        
                                    02:43
                                
                        
                    
                            held up the the Italian gun and then
                                                        
                                    02:45
                                
                        
                    
                            they talked about Oswald and the day
                                                        
                                    02:48
                                
                        
                    
                            later they killed Oswald.
                                                        
                                    02:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Weird.
                                                        
                                    02:52
                                
                        
                    
                            Brandon, what do you think happened?
                                                        
                                    02:53
                                
                        
                    
                            What do you think's going on?
                                                        
                                    02:54
                                
                        
                    
                            So, I just these facts bother me.
                                                        
                                    02:54
                                
                        
                    
                            There's my headline. Pat, the facts that
                                                        
                                    02:56
                                
                        
                    
                            we can, what are you thinking?
                                                        
                                    02:58
                                
                        
                    
                            So, the only thing I could say for
                                                        
                                    02:59
                                
                        
                    
                            certain is that um we're clearly not
                                                        
                                    03:00
                                
                        
                    
                            being told everything that the FBI
                                                        
                                    03:02
                                
                        
                    
                            knows. We're not being told everything
                                                        
                                    03:04
                                
                        
                    
                            the hospital knows. We're not being told
                                                        
                                    03:05
                                
                        
                    
                            everything Turning Point knows. That was
                                                        
                                    03:06
                                
                        
                    
                            one of the things I was most excited
                                                        
                                    03:08
                                
                        
                    
                            about for this administration was the
                                                        
                                    03:09
                                
                        
                    
                            notion of h having a transparent FBI for
                                                        
                                    03:11
                                
                        
                    
                            the first time where you know we know
                                                        
                                    03:13
                                
                        
                    
                            the games they play for like with the
                                                        
                                    03:15
                                
                        
                    
                            JFK stuff with the Butler Pennsylvania
                                                        
                                    03:17
                                
                        
                    
                            stuff and um even the Epste stuff but
                                                        
                                    03:19
                                
                        
                    
                            you know we're not getting that and you
                                                        
                                    03:21
                                
                        
                    
                            would think that somebody like Kirk who
                                                        
                                    03:23
                                
                        
                    
                            was the almost the most responsible
                                                        
                                    03:24
                                
                        
                    
                            person for getting Trump elected like
                                                        
                                    03:26
                                
                        
                    
                            Trump could be in jail if it wasn't for
                                                        
                                    03:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Charlie Kirk with what the Democrats
                                                        
                                    03:29
                                
                        
                    
                            wanted to do for him. you would think
                                                        
                                    03:30
                                
                        
                    
                            that he would have come down with more
                                                        
                                    03:31
                                
                        
                    
                            vengeance and more curiosity about what
                                                        
                                    03:32
                                
                        
                    
                            happened to Kirk and t spoke about that
                                                        
                                    03:35
                                
                        
                    
                            more. So I'm surprised to see that from
                                                        
                                    03:36
                                
                        
                    
                            Trump's end that he's not more curious
                                                        
                                    03:38
                                
                        
                    
                            about what happened to Kirk. I'm
                                                        
                                    03:39
                                
                        
                    
                            surprised that Cash Patel is not being
                                                        
                                    03:40
                                
                        
                    
                            more transparent and forceful to find
                                                        
                                    03:42
                                
                        
                    
                            out what happened. And then not only
                                                        
                                    03:44
                                
                        
                    
                            that, they're not they're not they're
                                                        
                                    03:45
                                
                        
                    
                            withholding stuff from us in addition
                                                        
                                    03:47
                                
                        
                    
                            not being transparent about. So I don't
                                                        
                                    03:48
                                
                        
                    
                            think there's enough to say for certain
                                                        
                                    03:51
                                
                        
                    
                            who might have done it, but I can say
                                                        
                                    03:52
                                
                        
                    
                            for certain that we don't know
                                                        
                                    03:54
                                
                        
                    
                            everything they know and they're like
                                                        
                                    03:56
                                
                        
                    
                            making it they're forcing us to come up
                                                        
                                    03:57
                                
                        
                    
                            with these uh theories and alternate
                                                        
                                    03:59
                                
                        
                    
                            opinions because they're being they're
                                                        
                                    04:01
                                
                        
                    
                            deceptive.
                                                        
                                    04:03
                                
                        
                    
                            How long how long are you willing to be
                                                        
                                    04:04
                                
                        
                    
                            patient? Like actually Hanland's razor.
                                                        
                                    04:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay.
                                                        
                                    04:09
                                
                        
                    
                            Aman Hanland's razor.
                                                        
                                    04:10
                                
                        
                    
                            What's that one?
                                                        
                                    04:12
                                
                        
                    
                            Hanland's razor. If you pull it up, Rob,
                                                        
                                    04:12
                                
                        
                    
                            I'll read it. Helen's razor is
                                                        
                                    04:14
                                
                        
                    
                            never attribute to malice.
                                                        
                                    04:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Never attribute to malice. That which is
                                                        
                                    04:19
                                
                        
                    
                            adequately explained by stupidity, Tom,
                                                        
                                    04:22
                                
                        
                    
                            or
                                                        
                                    04:25
                                
                        
                    
                            a mistake
                                                        
                                    04:25
                                
                        
                    
                            or a mistake. So it suggests that
                                                        
                                    04:26
                                
                        
                    
                            negative events or poor actions are more
                                                        
                                    04:28
                                
                        
                    
                            often the result of ignorance,
                                                        
                                    04:30
                                
                        
                    
                            incompetence, carelessness, or other
                                                        
                                    04:32
                                
                        
                    
                            non-malicious factors that intentional
                                                        
                                    04:34
                                
                        
                    
                            evil than than intentional evil or
                                                        
                                    04:36
                                
                        
                    
                            malice. Let's take this as innocent
                                                        
                                    04:39
                                
                        
                    
                            until proven guilty perspective real
                                                        
                                    04:42
                                
                        
                    
                            quick.
                                                        
                                    04:44
                                
                        
                    
                            Mhm.
                                                        
                                    04:44
                                
                        
                    
                            None of this stuff makes sense. Bullet
                                                        
                                    04:45
                                
                        
                    
                            goes in here. Shouldn't be an explosion.
                                                        
                                    04:47
                                
                        
                    
                            Bullet goes in here. It comes out
                                                        
                                    04:50
                                
                        
                    
                            because it it it should the damage
                                                        
                                    04:51
                                
                        
                    
                            doesn't go in like that. The damage
                                                        
                                    04:55
                                
                        
                    
                            comes out. So, I'm with you. I'm on the
                                                        
                                    04:57
                                
                        
                    
                            same page.
                                                        
                                    04:58
                                
                        
                    
                            That coming out looks like it didn't
                                                        
                                    04:59
                                
                        
                    
                            come this way cuz at first I we thought
                                                        
                                    05:01
                                
                        
                    
                            it was blood squirting. It's not blood
                                                        
                                    05:03
                                
                        
                    
                            squirting. It was actually things. So,
                                                        
                                    05:04
                                
                        
                    
                            that's good that we're seeing that. the
                                                        
                                    05:06
                                
                        
                    
                            guy standing up automatically and starts
                                                        
                                    05:07
                                
                        
                    
                            walking towards the area being shot is
                                                        
                                    05:09
                                
                        
                    
                            the same guy that was there on 911. And
                                                        
                                    05:11
                                
                        
                    
                            then the guy putting the chip in the hat
                                                        
                                    05:13
                                
                        
                    
                            and walking all this stuff. I'm with it.
                                                        
                                    05:14
                                
                        
                    
                            And but but to me to me I guess the
                                                        
                                    05:16
                                
                        
                    
                            question I'm asking is how long imagine
                                                        
                                    05:19
                                
                        
                    
                            you're them. You are cash. You're doing
                                                        
                                    05:22
                                
                        
                    
                            the investigation.
                                                        
                                    05:25
                                
                        
                    
                            How long should you have to get to the
                                                        
                                    05:27
                                
                        
                    
                            bottom of this? I guess that's the part
                                                        
                                    05:30
                                
                        
                    
                            that we don't know. And what is the
                                                        
                                    05:32
                                
                        
                    
                            protocol? What are you supposed to go
                                                        
                                    05:34
                                
                        
                    
                            through? What's supposed to be the
                                                        
                                    05:36
                                
                        
                    
                            process? How many people are you
                                                        
                                    05:38
                                
                        
                    
                            interviewing? How many people are you
                                                        
                                    05:40
                                
                        
                    
                            supposed to be talking to? You know, the
                                                        
                                    05:41
                                
                        
                    
                            the the fact that you're seeing the
                                                        
                                    05:44
                                
                        
                    
                            place being fixed up and that's where
                                                        
                                    05:45
                                
                        
                    
                            the shooting was and you get it fixed.
                                                        
                                    05:48
                                
                        
                    
                            Have they made an announcement why they
                                                        
                                    05:50
                                
                        
                    
                            did the construction? Absolutely not.
                                                        
                                    05:52
                                
                        
                    
                            Has the school made changed?
                                                        
                                    05:53
                                
                        
                    
                            I totally get it. Is there any Is there
                                                        
                                    05:55
                                
                        
                    
                            any announcement by the university why
                                                        
                                    05:58
                                
                        
                    
                            they've done that?
                                                        
                                    06:01
                                
                        
                    
                            No. I I took a look this morning. I
                                                        
                                    06:02
                                
                        
                    
                            could not find a single news article.
                                                        
                                    06:03
                                
                        
                    
                            Nothing about any type of construction
                                                        
                                    06:05
                                
                        
                    
                            that was being planned either.
                                                        
                                    06:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Can you send me Is that clip on Twitter?
                                                        
                                    06:08
                                
                        
                    
                            I have her number.
                                                        
                                    06:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Is that Is that Is that
                                                        
                                    06:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Yes, Pat. Should I call her again?
                                                        
                                    06:13
                                
                        
                    
                            There's no autopsy, right?
                                                        
                                    06:14
                                
                        
                    
                            What What is the
                                                        
                                    06:15
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm going to call her Her name is Ellen.
                                                        
                                    06:16
                                
                        
                    
                            I could call them right now. The
                                                        
                                    06:18
                                
                        
                    
                            call them right now.
                                                        
                                    06:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. I love this.
                                                        
                                    06:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Call them right now. This is what this
                                                        
                                    06:22
                                
                        
                    
                            is the university.
                                                        
                                    06:23
                                
                        
                    
                            Rob, can we call and you just
                                                        
                                    06:24
                                
                        
                    
                            Hang on one second. Hey, and
                                                        
                                    06:26
                                
                        
                    
                            what what I'm trying to find out is
                                                        
                                    06:30
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm doing it.
                                                        
                                    06:33
                                
                        
                    
                            All we want to know is one thing. Have
                                                        
                                    06:34
                                
                        
                    
                            you made the announcement
                                                        
                                    06:36
                                
                        
                    
                            of
                                                        
                                    06:38
                                
                        
                    
                            uh Utah is a one party consent state, so
                                                        
                                    06:39
                                
                        
                    
                            you're good?
                                                        
                                    06:41
                                
                        
                    
                            Young thought, so I could do this.
                                                        
                                    06:42
                                
                        
                    
                            Uh but Florida is two party.
                                                        
                                    06:44
                                
                        
                    
                            So you can't do that. You can't do that.
                                                        
                                    06:47
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, but by this all I've been getting.
                                                        
                                    06:48
                                
                        
                    
                            Nobody picks up.
                                                        
                                    06:50
                                
                        
                    
                            I know. You can't do that. So, what what
                                                        
                                    06:50
                                
                        
                    
                            what I want to do is I'm going to ask
                                                        
                                    06:52
                                
                        
                    
                            the question to see if they've made the
                                                        
                                    06:55
                                
                        
                    
                            announcement. You don't just fix up the
                                                        
                                    06:57
                                
                        
                    
                            place that got shot up and not make an
                                                        
                                    06:59
                                
                        
                    
                            announcement about it. So, play as if
                                                        
                                    07:01
                                
                        
                    
                            you're on the inside. What's your
                                                        
                                    07:05
                                
                        
                    
                            argument? Don't play the devil's
                                                        
                                    07:08
                                
                        
                    
                            advocate. Play the opposite of devil's
                                                        
                                    07:09
                                
                        
                    
                            advocate, which is what do you call the
                                                        
                                    07:11
                                
                        
                    
                            opposite of devil's advocate? What what
                                                        
                                    07:13
                                
                        
                    
                            what is the antonym of devil's advocate?
                                                        
                                    07:16
                                
                        
                    
                            How do how do you
                                                        
                                    07:18
                                
                        
                    
                            God's advocate?
                                                        
                                    07:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Yeah. I mean, one like like one
                                                        
                                    07:20
                                
                        
                    
                            being the opposite the opposite like
                                                        
                                    07:22
                                
                        
                    
                            they're doing everything truthfully.
                                                        
                                    07:24
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay.
                                                        
                                    07:26
                                
                        
                    
                            What's your argument? You're on Cash's
                                                        
                                    07:26
                                
                        
                    
                            team. Give that argument
                                                        
                                    07:27
                                
                        
                    
                            on Cash's team. It's like you Well, I
                                                        
                                    07:29
                                
                        
                    
                            mean
                                                        
                                    07:31
                                
                        
                    
                            the shooter
                                                        
                                    07:32
                                
                        
                    
                            you would say that it would be because
                                                        
                                    07:33
                                
                        
                    
                            they don't want to um give evidence away
                                                        
                                    07:34
                                
                        
                    
                            to that would be um pertinent to know on
                                                        
                                    07:36
                                
                        
                    
                            the FBI side. But Cash is the one that
                                                        
                                    07:38
                                
                        
                    
                            came out and said, "Hey, we got him
                                                        
                                    07:40
                                
                        
                    
                            before they even had him." So he that
                                                        
                                    07:41
                                
                        
                    
                            contradicts the notion of them trying to
                                                        
                                    07:43
                                
                        
                    
                            withhold things from the public.
                                                        
                                    07:45
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Saying saying that you have a
                                                        
                                    07:46
                                
                        
                    
                            shooter that fast before you actually
                                                        
                                    07:48
                                
                        
                    
                            had the shooter doesn't give you any
                                                        
                                    07:49
                                
                        
                    
                            doesn't add any credibility to you which
                                                        
                                    07:52
                                
                        
                    
                            you've already lost the credibility.
                                                        
                                    07:54
                                
                        
                    
                            Remember you're not doing it. Just do it
                                                        
                                    07:56
                                
                        
                    
                            for a second.
                                                        
                                    07:57
                                
                        
                    
                            Hand you're the spokesperson for them
                                                        
                                    07:58
                                
                        
                    
                            and you truly know everything they know.
                                                        
                                    08:01
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. Speak on their behalf. What do you
                                                        
                                    08:04
                                
                        
                    
                            say?
                                                        
                                    08:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Hey, I respect the public's curiosity
                                                        
                                    08:06
                                
                        
                    
                            here. It's a horrible thing that
                                                        
                                    08:08
                                
                        
                    
                            happened to a very public figure. This
                                                        
                                    08:10
                                
                        
                    
                            is an active investigation. There are
                                                        
                                    08:12
                                
                        
                    
                            multiple angles that are being pursued
                                                        
                                    08:14
                                
                        
                    
                            here and we have to pursue those and
                                                        
                                    08:16
                                
                        
                    
                            complete the investigation without
                                                        
                                    08:18
                                
                        
                    
                            tipping off people or without framing it
                                                        
                                    08:21
                                
                        
                    
                            through the media and we can't lose our
                                                        
                                    08:23
                                
                        
                    
                            opportunity to prosecute because certain
                                                        
                                    08:26
                                
                        
                    
                            things are misrepresented in the media.
                                                        
                                    08:28
                                
                        
                    
                            So you need to let us do our work. We're
                                                        
                                    08:30
                                
                        
                    
                            interviewing a lot of people and
                                                        
                                    08:33
                                
                        
                    
                            following a lot of leads. Now I'm stuck.
                                                        
                                    08:35
                                
                        
                    
                            So let's say I'm the um I'm the you know
                                                        
                                    08:38
                                
                        
                    
                            press secretary for the FBI.
                                                        
                                    08:41
                                
                        
                    
                            says, "Well, so the why did you say you
                                                        
                                    08:43
                                
                        
                    
                            have your you you got him? If there's a
                                                        
                                    08:45
                                
                        
                    
                            second shooter, don't you have to come
                                                        
                                    08:48
                                
                        
                    
                            forward and say you don't got him?" So,
                                                        
                                    08:49
                                
                        
                    
                            in that case, Pat, it would be hard for
                                                        
                                    08:51
                                
                        
                    
                            me. Now, how do I spin from the inside?
                                                        
                                    08:53
                                
                        
                    
                            So, you're saying maybe you don't got
                                                        
                                    08:55
                                
                        
                    
                            him. You're saying you're still
                                                        
                                    08:57
                                
                        
                    
                            investigating him. Either you got him in
                                                        
                                    08:58
                                
                        
                    
                            your FBI or you're pursuing other leads,
                                                        
                                    09:00
                                
                        
                    
                            still looking into it. Which which is
                                                        
                                    09:04
                                
                        
                    
                            it, sir? And you're kind of stuck. But
                                                        
                                    09:05
                                
                        
                    
                            from the inside, that's what I would be
                                                        
                                    09:08
                                
                        
                    
                            saying.
                                                        
                                    09:09
                                
                        
                    
                            What's up, Rob?
                                                        
                                    09:09
                                
                        
                    
                            It's interesting. There's some
                                                        
                                    09:10
                                
                        
                    
                            construction um information that's been
                                                        
                                    09:12
                                
                        
                    
                            released by the Utah Valley University,
                                                        
                                    09:15
                                
                        
                    
                            but none of it has to do with the
                                                        
                                    09:17
                                
                        
                    
                            building that you guys are mentioning or
                                                        
                                    09:18
                                
                        
                    
                            where Charlie was shot. So, they uh
                                                        
                                    09:20
                                
                        
                    
                            released a a student center remodel.
                                                        
                                    09:22
                                
                        
                    
                            There's an article about that. There's
                                                        
                                    09:24
                                
                        
                    
                            also the Scott M. Smith building that
                                                        
                                    09:26
                                
                        
                    
                            they were constructing. There's also the
                                                        
                                    09:28
                                
                        
                    
                            uh stadium that they're going to be
                                                        
                                    09:30
                                
                        
                    
                            using. So, they do issue announcements
                                                        
                                    09:31
                                
                        
                    
                            regarding construction ongoing at the
                                                        
                                    09:33
                                
                        
                    
                            campus. There is nothing written about
                                                        
                                    09:35
                                
                        
                    
                            where Charlie was shot and construction
                                                        
                                    09:38
                                
                        
                    
                            being done there.
                                                        
                                    09:41
                                
                        
                    
                            Weird. It's so weird. The the Here's the
                                                        
                                    09:41
                                
                        
                    
                            problem. The problem is it's hard to
                                                        
                                    09:44
                                
                        
                    
                            make a case for them.
                                                        
                                    09:48
                                
                        
                    
                            That's the problem.
                                                        
                                    09:50
                                
                        
                    
                            Mhm.
                                                        
                                    09:51
                                
                        
                    
                            It's hard to make a case why it's
                                                        
                                    09:52
                                
                        
                    
                            I if if let's just say the school does
                                                        
                                    09:58
                                
                        
                    
                            have that construction uh uh
                                                        
                                    10:00
                                
                        
                    
                            scheduled
                                                        
                                    10:02
                                
                        
                    
                            scheduled. You're the FBI. You're the
                                                        
                                    10:03
                                
                        
                    
                            local PD. You're guys, you're not
                                                        
                                    10:05
                                
                        
                    
                            touching this for three weeks.
                                                        
                                    10:07
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    10:08
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. A week.
                                                        
                                    10:09
                                
                        
                    
                            Can you look up, Rob?
                                                        
                                    10:10
                                
                        
                    
                            What is the longest a crime scene stayed
                                                        
                                    10:12
                                
                        
                    
                            intact?
                                                        
                                    10:17
                                
                        
                    
                            Good question.
                                                        
                                    10:18
                                
                        
                    
                            What is the longest a crime scene stayed
                                                        
                                    10:18
                                
                        
                    
                            intact just to get all evidence
                                                        
                                    10:22
                                
                        
                    
                            or the average amount of time even?
                                                        
                                    10:24
                                
                        
                    
                            I want to know the longest.
                                                        
                                    10:25
                                
                        
                    
                            I want to know the longest, not the
                                                        
                                    10:28
                                
                        
                    
                            average time. I want to know because
                                                        
                                    10:29
                                
                        
                    
                            shortly you average going to be probably
                                                        
                                    10:30
                                
                        
                    
                            eight hours, 12 hours, 14 hours. Well,
                                                        
                                    10:32
                                
                        
                    
                            what is the longest a crime crime scene
                                                        
                                    10:35
                                
                        
                    
                            stayed intact? Uh, and maybe that's not
                                                        
                                    10:37
                                
                        
                    
                            the question, Rob. Tom, what's the
                                                        
                                    10:40
                                
                        
                    
                            question? Are we asking a question the
                                                        
                                    10:42
                                
                        
                    
                            right way? Do you know what I'm trying
                                                        
                                    10:44
                                
                        
                    
                            to ask practice? Maybe.
                                                        
                                    10:45
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. What is Yeah. What is
                                                        
                                    10:47
                                
                        
                    
                            modern?
                                                        
                                    10:49
                                
                        
                    
                            No, that's not what I'm talking about.
                                                        
                                    10:51
                                
                        
                    
                            You're saying the murder scene like
                                                        
                                    10:52
                                
                        
                    
                            what's the longest
                                                        
                                    10:54
                                
                        
                    
                            40 plus days later in homes containers?
                                                        
                                    10:55
                                
                        
                    
                            40 years later. No, but that's not
                                                        
                                    10:59
                                
                        
                    
                            that's not real. What I'm asking is what
                                                        
                                    11:00
                                
                        
                    
                            is the longest in America after a murder
                                                        
                                    11:02
                                
                        
                    
                            took place that the FBI asked to keep
                                                        
                                    11:06
                                
                        
                    
                            the murder scene uh untouched for them
                                                        
                                    11:10
                                
                        
                    
                            to investigate
                                                        
                                    11:14
                                
                        
                    
                            the entire
                                                        
                                    11:16
                                
                        
                    
                            you know homicide. Okay. I I want to
                                                        
                                    11:19
                                
                        
                    
                            know this question because I want to
                                                        
                                    11:22
                                
                        
                    
                            make comps. I want to make comparisons.
                                                        
                                    11:24
                                
                        
                    
                            Let's look at this here. in George M
                                                        
                                    11:26
                                
                        
                    
                            1969 the FBI exumed the body this
                                                        
                                    11:28
                                
                        
                    
                            decades later and get the DNA on Donald
                                                        
                                    11:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Jones if you liked it the guy can no I
                                                        
                                    11:32
                                
                        
                    
                            want to know how because let's just say
                                                        
                                    11:35
                                
                        
                    
                            let's just say we look this up shouldn't
                                                        
                                    11:38
                                
                        
                    
                            be hard to find this Rob I I just don't
                                                        
                                    11:40
                                
                        
                    
                            know if we're asking the question the
                                                        
                                    11:42
                                
                        
                    
                            right way I let's just say if there's
                                                        
                                    11:43
                                
                        
                    
                            cases where it was 40 days it better be
                                                        
                                    11:46
                                
                        
                    
                            bigger than this assassination let's say
                                                        
                                    11:49
                                
                        
                    
                            there's cases that's two and a half
                                                        
                                    11:51
                                
                        
                    
                            months I'm sure there are why did you
                                                        
                                    11:53
                                
                        
                    
                            move so quickly on this one I I I don't
                                                        
                                    11:56
                                
                        
                    
                            I don't understand that. Leave the scene
                                                        
                                    11:59
                                
                        
                    
                            the way it is until we get everything
                                                        
                                    12:02
                                
                        
                    
                            figured out.
                                                        
                                    12:04
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. World Trade Center eight months.
                                                        
                                    12:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. John Morsey house boulder
                                                        
                                    12:09
                                
                        
                    
                            six-year-old murderer family home remain
                                                        
                                    12:11
                                
                        
                    
                            under investigation
                                                        
                                    12:12
                                
                        
                    
                            for months.
                                                        
                                    12:13
                                
                        
                    
                            For months
                                                        
                                    12:14
                                
                        
                    
                            evidence was collected over a long span
                                                        
                                    12:15
                                
                        
                    
                            but the house was eventually released
                                                        
                                    12:17
                                
                        
                    
                            and later sold.
                                                        
                                    12:18
                                
                        
                    
                            The house remained sealed and under
                                                        
                                    12:20
                                
                        
                    
                            investigation for months. Okay. Yeah.
                                                        
                                    12:22
                                
                        
                    
                            So, so John Banet Ramsay six-year-old
                                                        
                                    12:24
                                
                        
                    
                            murder Oklahoma City bombing. Okay.
                                                        
                                    12:27
                                
                        
                    
                            Manson family murder crime scene for
                                                        
                                    12:30
                                
                        
                    
                            weeks were okay. The Tate Labanka houses
                                                        
                                    12:32
                                
                        
                    
                            were crime scenes for weeks but
                                                        
                                    12:35
                                
                        
                    
                            eventually returned to owners for weeks.
                                                        
                                    12:37
                                
                        
                    
                            That's weeks, bro.
                                                        
                                    12:39
                                
                        
                    
                            Yep. Weeks.
                                                        
                                    12:40
                                
                        
                    
                            Typical duration as well. Most homicide
                                                        
                                    12:41
                                
                        
                    
                            scenes in the US are held for days to
                                                        
                                    12:43
                                
                        
                    
                            weeks, sometimes months if the site is
                                                        
                                    12:45
                                
                        
                    
                            large or high profile. Is this not a
                                                        
                                    12:48
                                
                        
                    
                            high profile? So, so do me a favor, Rob.
                                                        
                                    12:50
                                
                        
                    
                            go with the question and ask how long
                                                        
                                    12:52
                                
                        
                    
                            was Charlie Kirk scene
                                                        
                                    12:54
                                
                        
                    
                            kept uh uh uh what do you call it? Um
                                                        
                                    12:58
                                
                        
                    
                            intact.
                                                        
                                    13:01
                                
                        
                    
                            How long did it say?
                                                        
                                    13:02
                                
                        
                    
                            No, like how long how long did they say
                                                        
                                    13:03
                                
                        
                    
                            you know uh um uh uh yeah, I guess
                                                        
                                    13:06
                                
                        
                    
                            intact. How long was Charlie Kirk's
                                                        
                                    13:09
                                
                        
                    
                            crime scene kept intact in order to
                                                        
                                    13:11
                                
                        
                    
                            fulfill the in order to finish the
                                                        
                                    13:13
                                
                        
                    
                            investigation? Okay.
                                                        
                                    13:15
                                
                        
                    
                            In order to finish
                                                        
                                    13:17
                                
                        
                    
                            the investigation.
                                                        
                                    13:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay, let's see what it says here.
                                                        
                                    13:21
                                
                        
                    
                            I
                                                        
                                    13:25
                                
                        
                    
                            mean, it reminds me of them hosing off
                                                        
                                    13:26
                                
                        
                    
                            the roof at Butler, Pennsylvania after
                                                        
                                    13:27
                                
                        
                    
                            that happened. You think, Rob, how long
                                                        
                                    13:29
                                
                        
                    
                            was it? What does it say?
                                                        
                                    13:30
                                
                        
                    
                            There is no there isn't any record
                                                        
                                    13:32
                                
                        
                    
                            credible evidence, court filings, or
                                                        
                                    13:34
                                
                        
                    
                            FBI.
                                                        
                                    13:36
                                
                        
                    
                            This guys,
                                                        
                                    13:36
                                
                        
                    
                            no, no, no. I don't understand this
                                                        
                                    13:38
                                
                        
                    
                            because to me,
                                                        
                                    13:40
                                
                        
                    
                            what
                                                        
                                    13:43
                                
                        
                    
                            what was that guy's the the something
                                                        
                                    13:46
                                
                        
                    
                            collector, bone collector? What was that
                                                        
                                    13:48
                                
                        
                    
                            movie? Denzel Washington and uh I don't
                                                        
                                    13:49
                                
                        
                    
                            know what it was.
                                                        
                                    13:52
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, there's there's a simple question
                                                        
                                    13:53
                                
                        
                    
                            I have. Why didn't the police secure the
                                                        
                                    13:55
                                
                        
                    
                            area and take all the photographs? They
                                                        
                                    13:58
                                
                        
                    
                            have these um these little uh number
                                                        
                                    14:01
                                
                        
                    
                            tents. Have you seen them? They say 1 2
                                                        
                                    14:03
                                
                        
                    
                            3 4 5 6 7 8 They put them on the ground.
                                                        
                                    14:05
                                
                        
                    
                            They take and they take they take
                                                        
                                    14:08
                                
                        
                    
                            photographs. I did anybody see any of
                                                        
                                    14:10
                                
                        
                    
                            that here?
                                                        
                                    14:13
                                
                        
                    
                            No. And there was police.
                                                        
                                    14:14
                                
                        
                    
                            So there's a simple without going
                                                        
                                    14:15
                                
                        
                    
                            conspiracy go simple fact-based
                                                        
                                    14:17
                                
                        
                    
                            question. Why didn't a law enforcement,
                                                        
                                    14:19
                                
                        
                    
                            campus police, local police, FBI
                                                        
                                    14:22
                                
                        
                    
                            sequester and photograph everything the
                                                        
                                    14:25
                                
                        
                    
                            way we see?
                                                        
                                    14:28
                                
                        
                    
                            Let me ask you a question. If if this
                                                        
                                    14:29
                                
                        
                    
                            happens to me and my wife tells the FBI,
                                                        
                                    14:31
                                
                        
                    
                            I don't want you to investigate it. Does
                                                        
                                    14:33
                                
                        
                    
                            the FBI still has a duty to go out there
                                                        
                                    14:35
                                
                        
                    
                            and investigate it?
                                                        
                                    14:37
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, she just made herself the first
                                                        
                                    14:38
                                
                        
                    
                            suspect.
                                                        
                                    14:39
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. That increases the odds of the
                                                        
                                    14:39
                                
                        
                    
                            investigation.
                                                        
                                    14:41
                                
                        
                    
                            I mean,
                                                        
                                    14:41
                                
                        
                    
                            what but but if but a family says,
                                                        
                                    14:42
                                
                        
                    
                            "We're good. We're moved." I'm trying to
                                                        
                                    14:44
                                
                        
                    
                            find out like who has the authority to
                                                        
                                    14:45
                                
                        
                    
                            say, you know how sometimes somebody
                                                        
                                    14:47
                                
                        
                    
                            commits a crime against you like we're
                                                        
                                    14:50
                                
                        
                    
                            not filing any charges.
                                                        
                                    14:51
                                
                        
                    
                            Can that immediately stop an
                                                        
                                    14:53
                                
                        
                    
                            investigation?
                                                        
                                    14:55
                                
                        
                    
                            Shouldn't the FDI and the police
                                                        
                                    14:56
                                
                        
                    
                            department still even if
                                                        
                                    14:58
                                
                        
                    
                            in the case of simple battery or things
                                                        
                                    15:00
                                
                        
                    
                            like this I can decide. So if there's So
                                                        
                                    15:02
                                
                        
                    
                            you punch me
                                                        
                                    15:05
                                
                        
                    
                            too many questions.
                                                        
                                    15:06
                                
                        
                    
                            You punch me in a restaurant. There are
                                                        
                                    15:07
                                
                        
                    
                            no cameras in the restaurant. Nothing
                                                        
                                    15:09
                                
                        
                    
                            anywhere.
                                                        
                                    15:10
                                
                        
                    
                            And you know where I'm at. Obviously,
                                                        
                                    15:11
                                
                        
                    
                            private conversation, but
                                                        
                                    15:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Oh, and I and guess what? The more and
                                                        
                                    15:14
                                
                        
                    
                            more I think about that, the more and
                                                        
                                    15:16
                                
                        
                    
                            more yours is making sense. And so, Pat,
                                                        
                                    15:17
                                
                        
                    
                            my cousin Mike's wife, Nina, just
                                                        
                                    15:19
                                
                        
                    
                            messaged me. Uh, her kids were at uh the
                                                        
                                    15:21
                                
                        
                    
                            SUS school shooting. They closed the
                                                        
                                    15:23
                                
                        
                    
                            whole school down for 5 days. 5 days.
                                                        
                                    15:26
                                
                        
                    
                            Nobody went to
                                                        
                                    15:28
                                
                        
                    
                            You closed. And was anybody killed?
                                                        
                                    15:29
                                
                        
                    
                            Sus. Yeah. He started shooting. I don't
                                                        
                                    15:30
                                
                        
                    
                            remember how many people, but my
                                                        
                                    15:32
                                
                        
                    
                            5 days.
                                                        
                                    15:34
                                
                        
                    
                            5 days. The school was shut down. and
                                                        
                                    15:35
                                
                        
                    
                            and and for Charlie Kirk to be
                                                        
                                    15:37
                                
                        
                    
                            assassinated
                                                        
                                    15:38
                                
                        
                    
                            days after it was construction days
                                                        
                                    15:39
                                
                        
                    
                            after they were already digging up the
                                                        
                                    15:41
                                
                        
                    
                            floor.
                                                        
                                    15:43
                                
                        
                    
                            So, by the way, by the way, by the way,
                                                        
                                    15:43
                                
                        
                    
                            if if anybody is sitting here and you're
                                                        
                                    15:45
                                
                        
                    
                            like, "You guys are going down the
                                                        
                                    15:48
                                
                        
                    
                            rabbit hole. I can't believe you're
                                                        
                                    15:50
                                
                        
                    
                            doing this." Do you know what you're
                                                        
                                    15:52
                                
                        
                    
                            doing? You're giving credibility to
                                                        
                                    15:54
                                
                        
                    
                            everybody that's going down the rabbit
                                                        
                                    15:56
                                
                        
                    
                            hole by simply doing what you just did.
                                                        
                                    15:58
                                
                        
                    
                            So you got other instances you want to
                                                        
                                    16:02
                                
                        
                    
                            stay there for four or five weeks,
                                                        
                                    16:04
                                
                        
                    
                            sometimes two months. At one case house,
                                                        
                                    16:05
                                
                        
                    
                            no one goes in there for nearly eight
                                                        
                                    16:08
                                
                        
                    
                            months. And you're telling me for this
                                                        
                                    16:09
                                
                        
                    
                            one, nobody wants to come and
                                                        
                                    16:10
                                
                        
                    
                            investigate to see what happened there.
                                                        
                                    16:11
                                
                        
                    
                            You're you're doing this to yourself?
                                                        
                                    16:13
                                
                        
                    
                            Yep.
                                                        
                                    16:15
                                
                        
                    
                            Quite by the way.
                                                        
                                    16:15
                                
                        
                    
                            Hey Rob, pull this. Do a just search for
                                                        
                                    16:17
                                
                        
                    
                            murder scene investigation.
                                                        
                                    16:19
                                
                        
                    
                            Three kills. Let's look at the yellow
                                                        
                                    16:22
                                
                        
                    
                            tape.
                                                        
                                    16:24
                                
                        
                    
                            Kill three people.
                                                        
                                    16:24
                                
                        
                    
                            Go images.
                                                        
                                    16:25
                                
                        
                    
                            Quick question, though. So the
                                                        
                                    16:26
                                
                        
                    
                            take a look right here. You see this?
                                                        
                                    16:27
                                
                        
                    
                            That's it. This is FBI taping it off.
                                                        
                                    16:29
                                
                        
                    
                            Everything would get tagged, Pat. And
                                                        
                                    16:32
                                
                        
                    
                            look at all the pictures they would take
                                                        
                                    16:34
                                
                        
                    
                            here. How many items they have there?
                                                        
                                    16:35
                                
                        
                    
                            They have in this, this isn't Charlie
                                                        
                                    16:37
                                
                        
                    
                            Kirk, but in this FBI investigation.
                                                        
                                    16:39
                                
                        
                    
                            Look, there's a phone.
                                                        
                                    16:41
                                
                        
                    
                            75 points that are being photographed.
                                                        
                                    16:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Just we see just from what we see and
                                                        
                                    16:45
                                
                        
                    
                            they just walked away from it. That's
                                                        
                                    16:48
                                
                        
                    
                            that sounds that's I gross negligence or
                                                        
                                    16:50
                                
                        
                    
                            incompetence. Like what? You guys are
                                                        
                                    16:52
                                
                        
                    
                            being
                                                        
                                    16:54
                                
                        
                    
                            ne about to say that I think Hamlin's
                                                        
                                    16:54
                                
                        
                    
                            razor I mean who made that the universal
                                                        
                                    16:56
                                
                        
                    
                            principle? Like I almost think it could
                                                        
                                    16:58
                                
                        
                    
                            be the opposite of that sometimes. Don't
                                                        
                                    16:59
                                
                        
                    
                            attribute to stupidity what could be
                                                        
                                    17:01
                                
                        
                    
                            attributed to malice. I mean
                                                        
                                    17:02
                                
                        
                    
                            no no I think Hanland's razor is
                                                        
                                    17:04
                                
                        
                    
                            necessary. It's what makes America so
                                                        
                                    17:06
                                
                        
                    
                            great. Justice, right? Innocent till
                                                        
                                    17:08
                                
                        
                    
                            proven guilty.
                                                        
                                    17:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. Yes. Trust but verify. So this is
                                                        
                                    17:13
                                
                        
                    
                            the part where I I I I want to I have
                                                        
                                    17:17
                                
                        
                    
                            questions. What I'm By the way, we're
                                                        
                                    17:20
                                
                        
                    
                            not even professionals. We don't do this
                                                        
                                    17:22
                                
                        
                    
                            for a living. We're just asking basic
                                                        
                                    17:24
                                
                        
                    
                            questions that you don't have the
                                                        
                                    17:26
                                
                        
                    
                            answers for. And in in any case, if you
                                                        
                                    17:27
                                
                        
                    
                            come to me and you say, "Dad, I want
                                                        
                                    17:30
                                
                        
                    
                            this." No. Well, you did it for uh my
                                                        
                                    17:32
                                
                        
                    
                            brother. And you're like, "Ah, shit."
                                                        
                                    17:35
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. So, guess what? The natural
                                                        
                                    17:38
                                
                        
                    
                            reaction is to do what? To get a comp. I
                                                        
                                    17:40
                                
                        
                    
                            want to My offer is $800,000. This is a
                                                        
                                    17:43
                                
                        
                    
                            $1.1 million house. No, it's an $800,000
                                                        
                                    17:45
                                
                        
                    
                            house. Why? Because a house that was
                                                        
                                    17:47
                                
                        
                    
                            built after yours in better condition
                                                        
                                    17:49
                                
                        
                    
                            with recent upgrades with one additional
                                                        
                                    17:52
                                
                        
                    
                            bedroom and a swimming pool and.1 acre
                                                        
                                    17:54
                                
                        
                    
                            bigger than yours sold for $798 and I'm
                                                        
                                    17:57
                                
                        
                    
                            giving you $800,000
                                                        
                                    18:00
                                
                        
                    
                            and that happened 3 months ago. I'm
                                                        
                                    18:02
                                
                        
                    
                            using the comp.
                                                        
                                    18:03
                                
                        
                    
                            Yes.
                                                        
                                    18:04
                                
                        
                    
                            So to me the comp on this is if you
                                                        
                                    18:05
                                
                        
                    
                            spend weeks at a different place and
                                                        
                                    18:08
                                
                        
                    
                            this is the biggest story, the biggest
                                                        
                                    18:10
                                
                        
                    
                            assassination we've had in America the
                                                        
                                    18:12
                                
                        
                    
                            last six years and you move this
                                                        
                                    18:14
                                
                        
                    
                            quickly. I I I uh I don't know. I don't
                                                        
                                    18:15
                                
                        
                    
                            to me the biggest thing is this, by the
                                                        
                                    18:19
                                
                        
                    
                            way. Okay. To me, the biggest thing is
                                                        
                                    18:21
                                
                        
                    
                            when the conversations comes about,
                                                        
                                    18:23
                                
                        
                    
                            well, it's Israel. Nope. I'm not putting
                                                        
                                    18:26
                                
                        
                    
                            it there. To me, the conversation, well,
                                                        
                                    18:29
                                
                        
                    
                            they had a meeting because of this.
                                                        
                                    18:30
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. Belman shows a text. To me, the
                                                        
                                    18:32
                                
                        
                    
                            conversation is, you know, okay, you
                                                        
                                    18:34
                                
                        
                    
                            want to debunk those or whatever. Fine.
                                                        
                                    18:36
                                
                        
                    
                            to me to but then if you're hearing
                                                        
                                    18:39
                                
                        
                    
                            conversations about no man, why aren't
                                                        
                                    18:42
                                
                        
                    
                            you guys want to ask more questions to
                                                        
                                    18:45
                                
                        
                    
                            see what happened? Guess what? You give
                                                        
                                    18:47
                                
                        
                    
                            credibility. That's the That's the area
                                                        
                                    18:50
                                
                        
                    
                            where you're like, there's a point
                                                        
                                    18:52
                                
                        
                    
                            there. You know, there's a point of
                                                        
                                    18:54
                                
                        
                    
                            what's going on here. You want me to sit
                                                        
                                    18:56
                                
                        
                    
                            on the sidelines and think that's it?
                                                        
                                    18:58
                                
                        
                    
                            No. Your your comp sucks. You're losing.
                                                        
                                    19:00
                                
                        
                    
                            By the way, again, this this goes back
                                                        
                                    19:04
                                
                        
                    
                            to um
                                                        
                                    19:06
                                
                        
                    
                            this goes back to the Epstein situation.
                                                        
                                    19:09
                                
                        
                    
                            Mhm.
                                                        
                                    19:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Where you ask again too suspicious
                                                        
                                    19:11
                                
                        
                    
                            that all of these things are going on.
                                                        
                                    19:17
                                
                        
                    
                            Who are you protecting? Who are you
                                                        
                                    19:19
                                
                        
                    
                            hiding? Who are you defending? Who are
                                                        
                                    19:20
                                
                        
                    
                            you worried about? Of course, we heard
                                                        
                                    19:23
                                
                        
                    
                            the one story that the guy comes out and
                                                        
                                    19:25
                                
                        
                    
                            says, "Bill Clinton, yes, but Trump,
                                                        
                                    19:27
                                
                        
                    
                            no." Right. What was that one? Uh
                                                        
                                    19:29
                                
                        
                    
                            yeah, the DOJ for James O'Keefe for
                                                        
                                    19:31
                                
                        
                    
                            Project Veritas. Yeah. And so, okay. No,
                                                        
                                    19:33
                                
                        
                    
                            no, no. He didn't do anything for us.
                                                        
                                    19:35
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah, he actually did for you, right?
                                                        
                                    19:36
                                
                        
                    
                            So, we learned. But you make people be
                                                        
                                    19:38
                                
                        
                    
                            skeptical. So, to me,
                                                        
                                    19:41
                                
                        
                    
                            yeah, the construction of Utah Valley
                                                        
                                    19:43
                                
                        
                    
                            University campus site where Charlie
                                                        
                                    19:44
                                
                        
                    
                            Kirk was assassined involves removing
                                                        
                                    19:45
                                
                        
                    
                            the blood stains, grass, and replacing
                                                        
                                    19:47
                                
                        
                    
                            it with bricks. What
                                                        
                                    19:49
                                
                        
                    
                            creating a makeshift memorial area where
                                                        
                                    19:50
                                
                        
                    
                            people can leave momento momentos?
                                                        
                                    19:53
                                
                        
                    
                            There are no confirmed detail on
                                                        
                                    19:56
                                
                        
                    
                            additional permanent structures beyond
                                                        
                                    19:58
                                
                        
                    
                            this modification.
                                                        
                                    19:59
                                
                        
                    
                            What type of construction is being done
                                                        
                                    20:01
                                
                        
                    
                            at the campus? Bro,
                                                        
                                    20:02
                                
                        
                    
                            and you do it that quickly.
                                                        
                                    20:03
                                
                        
                    
                            No. No.
                                                        
                                    20:04
                                
                        
                    
                            This Yeah. They say uh the scene was
                                                        
                                    20:06
                                
                        
                    
                            held for 8 to 14 days before releasing
                                                        
                                    20:08
                                
                        
                    
                            it.
                                                        
                                    20:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    20:11
                                
                        
                    
                            That's according to Grock.
                                                        
                                    20:11
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah. Well, guess what? I That's not
                                                        
                                    20:12
                                
                        
                    
                            what I saw where where students were
                                                        
                                    20:14
                                
                        
                    
                            recording going, "Look, they're already
                                                        
                                    20:16
                                
                        
                    
                            digging it up." I'm just curious, too,
                                                        
                                    20:18
                                
                        
                    
                            from our audience that poll that you
                                                        
                                    20:19
                                
                        
                    
                            ran. What's the percentage of them not
                                                        
                                    20:21
                                
                        
                    
                            being convinced about the official
                                                        
                                    20:23
                                
                        
                    
                            story? Do we have the I'm curious where
                                                        
                                    20:24
                                
                        
                    
                            82 to 18 last time I saw
                                                        
                                    20:26
                                
                        
                    
                            82 82% are like, "No,
                                                        
                                    20:31
                                
                        
                    
                            that's nearly 8,000 votes."
                                                        
                                    20:34
                                
                        
                    
                            That's Yeah. Not believing it. And good
                                                        
                                    20:35
                                
                        
                    
                            for you guys. You have to question for
                                                        
                                    20:37
                                
                        
                    
                            just this guy's just for his his for
                                                        
                                    20:39
                                
                        
                    
                            Charlie, bro. For his soul. Like cuz
                                                        
                                    20:41
                                
                        
                    
                            nobody his friends aren't doing it.
                                                        
                                    20:43
                                
                        
                    
                            Yeah.
                                                        
                                    20:45
                                
                        
                    
                            Like where where is the whole
                                                        
                                    20:46
                                
                        
                    
                            Everybody's moved on. They're on podcast
                                                        
                                    20:47
                                
                        
                    
                            smiling and yo, your boy, your husband,
                                                        
                                    20:49
                                
                        
                    
                            your freaking your guy that was running
                                                        
                                    20:53
                                
                        
                    
                            a $500 million company is gone. And
                                                        
                                    20:55
                                
                        
                    
                            y'all are just like, "Yeah, we're going
                                                        
                                    20:57
                                
                        
                    
                            to just release old footage of him. We
                                                        
                                    20:59
                                
                        
                    
                            have we have tons. were so they used the
                                                        
                                    21:01
                                
                        
                    
                            word excited and smiled. I know
                                                        
                                    21:03
                                
                        
                    
                            everybody grieves in their own way, but
                                                        
                                    21:05
                                
                        
                    
                            guys, for his sake, take a time out with
                                                        
                                    21:07
                                
                        
                    
                            the future of TPUSA and find out what
                                                        
                                    21:10
                                
                        
                    
                            the hell's going on. Ask about that.
                                                        
                                    21:13
                                
                        
                    
                            George Zinn, I don't know where he is. I
                                                        
                                    21:16
                                
                        
                    
                            don't know where the porn child
                                                        
                                    21:18
                                
                        
                    
                            pedophilia on his phone is. There needs
                                                        
                                    21:20
                                
                        
                    
                            to be I hope they're doing it, guys,
                                                        
                                    21:22
                                
                        
                    
                            because you know what's happen.
                                                        
                                    21:24
                                
                        
                    
                            What is Tucker questioning?
                                                        
                                    21:25
                                
                        
                    
                            I don't even Have you even guys even
                                                        
                                    21:26
                                
                        
                    
                            heard what Tucker had to say? No, but
                                                        
                                    21:28
                                
                        
                    
                            we've seen cases like this where, you
                                                        
                                    21:30
                                
                        
                    
                            know, the district attorney is downtown
                                                        
                                    21:32
                                
                        
                    
                            and all these people show up and they're
                                                        
                                    21:34
                                
                        
                    
                            holding little pieces of paper and
                                                        
                                    21:36
                                
                        
                    
                            they're usually quiet like a vigil and
                                                        
                                    21:38
                                
                        
                    
                            they say answers for Ashley, right? Yes.
                                                        
                                    21:39
                                
                        
                    
                            And they have a picture of her and
                                                        
                                    21:42
                                
                        
                    
                            they're saying,
                                                        
                                    21:43
                                
                        
                    
                            you know, holding it up like this.
                                                        
                                    21:44
                                
                        
                    
                            You've seen it, Pat, where they're all
                                                        
                                    21:46
                                
                        
                    
                            sitting there,
                                                        
                                    21:47
                                
                        
                    
                            you know, um, and and then they like
                                                        
                                    21:48
                                
                        
                    
                            they'll ambush the district attorney
                                                        
                                    21:50
                                
                        
                    
                            when he's walking out one day. We need
                                                        
                                    21:52
                                
                        
                    
                            answers for Ashley. What other
                                                        
                                    21:54
                                
                        
                    
                            investigation are you? We need answers.
                                                        
                                    21:56
                                
                        
                    
                            Where where is everybody looking? You
                                                        
                                    21:58
                                
                        
                    
                            know what I mean?
                                                        
                                    22:01
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm I'm so disappointed them. And the
                                                        
                                    22:02
                                
                        
                    
                            only thing Tucker did because I haven't
                                                        
                                    22:04
                                
                        
                    
                            seen anything cuz Tucker's been doing
                                                        
                                    22:06
                                
                        
                    
                            segments and guests and the 911 stuff
                                                        
                                    22:07
                                
                        
                    
                            which was which was fantastic. The only
                                                        
                                    22:09
                                
                        
                    
                            thing that he did was was the memorial
                                                        
                                    22:12
                                
                        
                    
                            which another question. Why weren't
                                                        
                                    22:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Charlie's parents at the memorial? I'm
                                                        
                                    22:17
                                
                        
                    
                            very curious if anybody knows. I get it.
                                                        
                                    22:20
                                
                        
                    
                            It's a it's a it's a tragic. Your son
                                                        
                                    22:22
                                
                        
                    
                            was assassinated. This is a big event.
                                                        
                                    22:24
                                
                        
                    
                            the president of the United States is
                                                        
                                    22:26
                                
                        
                    
                            there. Why weren't the parents there?
                                                        
                                    22:27
                                
                        
                    
                            I'm very very curious um as to that. I'm
                                                        
                                    22:31
                                
                        
                    
                            very very curious because you would
                                                        
                                    22:34
                                
                        
                    
                            think the parents would be at something
                                                        
                                    22:36
                                
                        
                    
                            like that monumental that's something
                                                        
                                    22:37
                                
                        
                    
                            that they
                                                        
                                    22:40
                                
                        
                    
                            have they have they spoken out
                                                        
                                    22:41
                                
                        
                    
                            have they said anything Rob have they
                                                        
                                    22:43
                                
                        
                    
                            come out and said anything tried to
                                                        
                                    22:44
                                
                        
                    
                            parent seen anything
                                                        
                                    22:46
                                
                        
                    
                            the only thing and I'm sorry going back
                                                        
                                    22:47
                                
                        
                    
                            to my point Tucker the only thing Tucker
                                                        
                                    22:48
                                
                        
                    
                            did was speak at the memorial and he and
                                                        
                                    22:49
                                
                        
                    
                            he said Jesus was speaking the truth and
                                                        
                                    22:52
                                
                        
                    
                            he was murdered same thing that happened
                                                        
                                    22:54
                                
                        
                    
                            that was a quick speech to the point and
                                                        
                                    22:56
                                
                        
                    
                            and he left and that was it. But is he
                                                        
                                    22:59
                                
                        
                    
                            is he speculating and asking any
                                                        
                                    23:02
                                
                        
                    
                            questions? I haven't heard anything. He
                                                        
                                    23:03
                                
                        
                    
                            is heavily supportive of what's going on
                                                        
                                    23:04
                                
                        
                    
                            with Turning Point USA.
                                                        
                                    23:06
                                
                        
                    
                            Heavily.
                                                        
                                    23:07
                                
                        
                    
                            He's asking whatever you guys need from
                                                        
                                    23:09
                                
                        
                    
                            me, I'm here for you.
                                                        
                                    23:10
                                
                        
                    
                            Yes.
                                                        
                                    23:11
                                
                        
                    
                            So, what does that mean? Do you trust
                                                        
                                    23:12
                                
                        
                    
                            Tucker?
                                                        
                                    23:13
                                
                        
                    
                            I trust Tucker.
                                                        
                                    23:14
                                
                        
                    
                            So, why is Tucker so supportive of
                                                        
                                    23:14
                                
                        
                    
                            Turning Point USA? You think he would?
                                                        
                                    23:16
                                
                        
                    
                            I think
                                                        
                                    23:18
                                
                        
                    
                            if he had some questions.
                                                        
                                    23:18
                                
                        
                    
                            Well, I think immediately when it
                                                        
                                    23:20
                                
                        
                    
                            happened, he donated
                                                        
                                    23:21
                                
                        
                    
                            a million dollar.
                                                        
                                    23:22
                                
                        
                    
                            A million dollar. That's That's
                                                        
                                    23:22
                                
                        
                    
                            But no, Tucker just a couple days ago on
                                                        
                                    23:23
                                
                        
                    
                            the Turning Point USA podcast says,
                                                        
                                    23:25
                                
                        
                    
                            "Whatever you guys need from me, I'm
                                                        
                                    23:27
                                
                        
                    
                            here for you guys." That's what he said
                                                        
                                    23:28
                                
                        
                    
                            immediately. And he he is he is a guy
                                                        
                                    23:30
                                
                        
                    
                            that you would have seen in a situation
                                                        
                                    23:34
                                
                        
                    
                            like this questioning if he felt
                                                        
                                    23:36
                                
                        
                    
                            something he didn't trust.
                                                        
                                    23:37
                                
                        
                    
                            And he's not
                                                        
                                    23:39
                                
                        
                    
                            he's not he's just saying, "Hey, this is
                                                        
                                    23:40
                                
                        
                    
                            what's going on. I lost a friend and
                                                        
                                    23:42
                                
                        
                    
                            he's moving with it." So this is this is
                                                        
                                    23:44
                                
                        
                    
                            what I'm about. I want to see what
                                                        
                                    23:46
                                
                        
                    
                            everybody else is saying because I want
                                                        
                                    23:48
                                
                        
                    
                            to see what's going on here.
                                                        
                                    23:50
                                
                        
                    
                            I want to see everything. I if you can
                                                        
                                    23:52
                                
                        
                    
                            go through this season and just kind of
                                                        
                                    23:55
                                
                        
                    
                            hear some of the stuff out and not be
                                                        
                                    23:57
                                
                        
                    
                            controlled by the mob and jump to
                                                        
                                    24:00
                                
                        
                    
                            conclusion, you'll be ahead of the game.
                                                        
                                    24:01
                                
                        
                    
                            Naturally, you're going to want to
                                                        
                                    24:03
                                
                        
                    
                            gravitate towards somebody. Naturally,
                                                        
                                    24:04
                                
                        
                    
                            you want to you're going to want to
                                                        
                                    24:06
                                
                        
                    
                            gravitate towards what you're thinking
                                                        
                                    24:08
                                
                        
                    
                            happened. But reason is being willing to
                                                        
                                    24:09
                                
                        
                    
                            hear opposing arguments that contradicts
                                                        
                                    24:14
                                
                        
                    
                            your own argument if your ego will
                                                        
                                    24:17
                                
                        
                    
                            permit to do that. And we're willing to
                                                        
                                    24:19
                                
                        
                    
                            do that. And uh we're willing to do
                                                        
                                    24:22
                                
                        
                    
                            that. This was a
                                                        
                                    24:24
                                
                        
                    
                            this was a very special guy. Charlie is
                                                        
                                    24:27
                                
                        
                    
                            a very very special guy and u he will be
                                                        
                                    24:29
                                
                        
                    
                            he will not be replaced. There's not
                                                        
                                    24:32
                                
                        
                    
                            going to be a guy that's going to come
                                                        
                                    24:34
                                
                        
                    
                            and replace Charlie Kirk tomorrow.
                                                        
                                    24:35
                                
                        
                    
                            There's a bunch of guys that are going
                                                        
                                    24:36
                                
                        
                    
                            out there saying we're continue what
                                                        
                                    24:37
                                
                        
                    
                            Charlie did. Yeah.
                                                        
                                    24:39
                                
                        
                    
                            Glad you're inspired. He's a good guy to
                                                        
                                    24:42
                                
                        
                    
                            replicate and duplicate. But he was a
                                                        
                                    24:44
                                
                        
                    
                            one of one. And uh may his soul rest in
                                                        
                                    24:46
                                
                        
                    
                            peace as I'm certain it will. Gang, I
                                                        
                                    24:50
                                
                        
                    
                            got a flight to catch. We enjoyed the
                                                        
                                    24:53
                                
                        
                    
                            podcast. Brandon, good job. If you have
                                                        
                                    24:55
                                
                        
                    
                            any mans you want to send to Brandon,
                                                        
                                    24:58
                                
                        
                    
                            that is Brandon's QR code right there
                                                        
                                    25:00
                                
                        
                    
                            with a beautiful red tie. If you have
                                                        
                                    25:03
                                
                        
                    
                            anything you want to share with them,
                                                        
                                    25:05
                                
                        
                    
                            send them a man.
                                                        
                                    25:06
                                
                        
                    
                            What about the four-woman for Tom if
                                                        
                                    25:07
                                
                        
                    
                            she's out there?
                                                        
                                    25:09
                                
                        
                    
                            Wow. No, she's she's already she's
                                                        
                                    25:10
                                
                        
                    
                            already manacted.
                                                        
                                    25:12
                                
                        
                    
                            She manacted.
                                                        
                                    25:13
                                
                        
                    
                            She's already manacted. She's like, you
                                                        
                                    25:14
                                
                        
                    
                            know,
                                                        
                                    25:15
                                
                        
                    
                            four women. What am I Mormon?
                                                        
                                    25:15
                                
                        
                    
                            The forman form.
                                                        
                                    25:18
                                
                        
                    
                            All right, gang. Do your thing. Are we
                                                        
                                    25:19
                                
                        
                    
                            back on Friday?
                                                        
                                    25:20
                                
                        
                    
                            Friday? Yes, sir.
                                                        
                                    25:21
                                
                        
                    
                            Okay. We'll be back on Friday. God bless
                                                        
                                    25:22
                                
                        
                    
                            everybody. Take care. Bye-bye. Bye-bye.
                                                        
                                    25:23
                                
                        
                    Letras y Traducción
                    [Español]
                                            
                
                            30 segundos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            [aplausos]
                        
                        
                                            
                            Adam, ¿cuál es tu punto? El futuro
                        
                        
                                            
                            se ve brillante.
                        
                        
                                            
                            mi apretón de manos es mejor que cualquier cosa
                        
                        
                                            
                            alguna vez firma. Está justo aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eres un Oneonone.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No creo haber dicho esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            antes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            [música]
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien, suena bien. Entonces, vamos a vivir
                        
                        
                                            
                            oficialmente. Uh, ahora ha sido qué, nueve
                        
                        
                                            
                            horas, amigos, desde el gobierno
                        
                        
                                            
                            apagado. Nueve horas. Si no lo hiciste
                        
                        
                                            
                            Saber, ahora sabes que el gobierno ha sido
                        
                        
                                            
                            apagado. La gente está perdiendo su
                        
                        
                                            
                            mentes. Publicación de Trump uh memes, sonriendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            en Uh Hakeim Jeff y Chuck Schumer
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo lo suyo que hace. Y luego
                        
                        
                                            
                            ayer, hubo un momento en el que el
                        
                        
                                            
                            El presidente estaba muy preocupado. Había
                        
                        
                                            
                            un momento en el que, ya sabes, Bobby Kennedy
                        
                        
                                            
                            estornudó detrás de él e inmediatamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            debido a la extremadamente uh uh consciente uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            prestando atención a los detalles, dijo: "Yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Espero que no obtenga CO de ti, Bobby. Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los hombres pudieron ver esto. Este hombre es un
                        
                        
                                            
                            comediante. "Vinnie tiene razón. Él es un
                        
                        
                                            
                            comediante.
                        
                        
                                            
                            divertido.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y uh hay un montón de otras cosas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso está sucediendo. Entonces, tenemos que hablar
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre el cierre del gobierno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh uh netanyahu aceptó un plan de 20 puntos
                        
                        
                                            
                            para terminar la guerra en Gaza. Trump indica al ex
                        
                        
                                            
                            FBI Christopher Ray está siendo investigado por
                        
                        
                                            
                            doJ después de la acusación de Comey. Pete Hexit
                        
                        
                                            
                            comienza a decirle que sabe que está esperando
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas para estar en forma física y tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            obtuve quién es el nombre de la niña de uh uh the
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vista? Sunonny Rosen es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Host Sunonny. ¿Por qué es tan importante?
                        
                        
                                            
                            para que tu gente esté en forma? Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            debe ver este clip para ver si
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene sentido para usted. Y luego aparte
                        
                        
                                            
                            De eso, Tik Tok Bite Dance para mantener
                        
                        
                                            
                            50% de ganancia y Trump dice que Tik Tok debería
                        
                        
                                            
                            se debe ajustar para convertirse en 100% MAGA. Este
                        
                        
                                            
                            cosas que no se supone que debas decir. Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sigue diciendo que Tik Tok nos vale solo 14
                        
                        
                                            
                            mil millones. Creo que fue un gran
                        
                        
                                            
                            descuento. En cualquier otra parte de la
                        
                        
                                            
                            mundo, Tik Tok sería cien
                        
                        
                                            
                            mil millones de empresas de dólar más.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo una teoría.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Alguien obtuvo un descuento de $ 86 mil millones.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es un buen descuento. Y Tom tiene un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Teoría, muchachos. Así que quédate por el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Teoría.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Elhan Omar duplica el ataque y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Charlie Kirk. No hay legado para
                        
                        
                                            
                            Honor. Creo que esa es la conversación
                        
                        
                                            
                            con Don Lemon si no me equivoco.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Sí. Caminando por las calles, hombre en
                        
                        
                                            
                            la calle.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso es solo fenomenal. Esos dos
                        
                        
                                            
                            juntos es Israel está perdiendo información
                        
                        
                                            
                            guerra. Carta de Charlie Kirk a Netanyahu.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tom tiene algunas ideas al respecto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay una encuesta que muestra mujeres liberales
                        
                        
                                            
                            está en un curso de bloqueo con el infierno de citas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            El infierno de citas que crearon. Lo que yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            significa esta gente de datos, tienes que leer
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto en lo que es. El liberal mayor
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las mujeres obtienen, más abiertas están
                        
                        
                                            
                            hombres conservadores.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero los hombres conservadores mayores obtienen, el
                        
                        
                                            
                            menos abiertos son para mujeres liberales. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay ciencia detrás de esto, amigos. Este
                        
                        
                                            
                            es una encuesta basada en la ciencia que estamos hablando
                        
                        
                                            
                            de Daily Caller. Uh, y luego nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene tribunales de noticias grandes petróleo como gas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los precios amenazan las ambiciones políticas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Rahm Emanuel sopesando la oferta presidencial
                        
                        
                                            
                            navega por un partido demócrata que se mueve
                        
                        
                                            
                            izquierda. Votantes en la mayoría de la ciudad principal de EE. UU.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ver capitalismo solo un poco más
                        
                        
                                            
                            favorablemente que el socialismo y eso se enoja
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tom Off. Tom está muy enojado por eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh uh muy enojado por eso pero ligeramente
                        
                        
                                            
                            no tan enojado porque el show golpeó un buen
                        
                        
                                            
                            jonrón y los Dodgers ganaron y el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Yankees perdió ayer. Entonces Tom entró
                        
                        
                                            
                            Aquí haciendo flips de atrás celebrando. El es
                        
                        
                                            
                            he estado aquí desde las 6:00 colocando señales de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dodger banderas en todas partes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hubo béisbol ayer. Pensé
                        
                        
                                            
                            La temporada terminó el domingo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            El partido demócrata llega a la mínima histórica de
                        
                        
                                            
                            favorabilidad en la nueva encuesta nacional. Tom's
                        
                        
                                            
                            consiguió pensamientos. Uh Vinnie tiene pensamientos
                        
                        
                                            
                            en Kim Jeff y Trump. Uh Charlie
                        
                        
                                            
                            Javis tiene siete años para defraudar a JP
                        
                        
                                            
                            Morgan. Sin embargo, Tom, muéstrame esto. Soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            no te voy a decir lo que el abogado
                        
                        
                                            
                            dijo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            dijo que el abogado le dijo al juez, usted
                        
                        
                                            
                            debe ver qué esta ley este abogado
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene cierta audacia para decir lo que tenía que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Diga al juez.
                        
                        
                                            
                            latón. Uh, como AI amenaza el cuello blanco
                        
                        
                                            
                            trabajo, más estadounidenses jóvenes persiguen azul
                        
                        
                                            
                            carreras de collar. Tenemos un joven uh uh uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            American aquí para decirnos qué es
                        
                        
                                            
                            persecución. Veremos lo que va a
                        
                        
                                            
                            ocurre con ellos. Ahora, La está muriendo como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las empresas de Hollywood dicen que el turismo en efectivo
                        
                        
                                            
                            se ha reducido hasta un 50% después de Las Vegas
                        
                        
                                            
                            presione las parodias. Y luego Don Lemon Sparks
                        
                        
                                            
                            Furia con una perorata salvaje sobre hombres blancos
                        
                        
                                            
                            roto. Amigos, si eres blanco,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Según Don Lemon, estás roto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Él está tratando de arreglarte. El esta tratando de
                        
                        
                                            
                            arreglarlo. Y eh no lo sé.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Es su esposa una blanca? Oh, no importa.
                        
                        
                                            
                            a pesar de estar casado con uno es cómo el
                        
                        
                                            
                            La historia termina. A pesar de estar casado con
                        
                        
                                            
                            uno, y Tom, escucha, los he guardado
                        
                        
                                            
                            historias solo para Tom. Buttlfts en Miami,
                        
                        
                                            
                            implantes mamarios en Beverly Hills,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cirugía plástica por región. Tom quiere
                        
                        
                                            
                            llegar al fondo porque hay un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Modelo de negocio detrás de esto. Y luego
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eventualmente, si Dios quiere, golpearemos eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            Historia de coplay. Necesitan algo de atención.
                        
                        
                                            
                            necesitan algo de atención. Y luego un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Secretario de Defensa Novato da conferencias al
                        
                        
                                            
                            latón en lo que se necesita para ganar. Pete dijo
                        
                        
                                            
                            HUD muestra Banner culpando a los radicales a la izquierda
                        
                        
                                            
                            demócratas para el cierre del gobierno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los líderes militares absorben altamente partidistas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Presentación de la salida de Trump. Y luego
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tenemos un par de otras cosas para conseguir
                        
                        
                                            
                            en. Amigos, hay un memorando importante. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piensa que ustedes tienen que verlo. Creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es muy muy importante. Que cambia la vida
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiempo. Sabes como de vez en cuando
                        
                        
                                            
                            conoces a un hombre que te da
                        
                        
                                            
                            consejo que cambia la vida y tienes a ti
                        
                        
                                            
                            debe tomar nota de él y usted solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            como tomar una nota de ello. Sheriff Grady
                        
                        
                                            
                            Del condado de Pole, vamos a mostrar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este video para usted. El es él y es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Enseñando a las personas por qué no contratar
                        
                        
                                            
                            prostitutas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y lo hace en tal que tienes que yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene el clip rob. Quiero decir que es una leyenda.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si no sabes quién es, este hombre
                        
                        
                                            
                            un filósofo. Podría haber sido un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pastor en una vida anterior. El podría tener
                        
                        
                                            
                            ha sido un comediante. El podría haber sido
                        
                        
                                            
                            Jugando béisbol con el estilo Lou Gary
                        
                        
                                            
                            Comedia que tiene. Es uno de uno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tiene algún consejo que quiere compartir
                        
                        
                                            
                            con ustedes. Creo que es importante.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tenemos que pasar por él. A todos los
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hombres jóvenes que están viendo esto. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, aparte de eso, tengo una pareja
                        
                        
                                            
                            Otras cosas sobre las que quiero leer
                        
                        
                                            
                            Máxine Water, la forma en que reacciona. Nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            encontró un tipo que dice que el rango se rompió
                        
                        
                                            
                            Clip que mostramos la semana pasada. Él dice
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo desacreditó. Y vamos a tener
                        
                        
                                            
                            para mostrarle este clip. Y el es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo algunas cosas que decir al respecto. De nuevo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            la idea con todo lo que está sucediendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            con Charlie Kirk, Vinnie llamó al
                        
                        
                                            
                            escuela ayer. Llamó al Utah
                        
                        
                                            
                            Universidad ayer, habló con cinco
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas, finalmente obtuvieron el control del
                        
                        
                                            
                            Director de comunicación. El va a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Probablemente dé el nombre. Llamó a eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            persona cinco veces.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sin recogida.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. No hay recogida para ver lo que está pasando
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y así, ya sabes, ya sabes, así
                        
                        
                                            
                            le da esa perspectiva. Y luego yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo una historia aquí que vi esta mañana
                        
                        
                                            
                            que me encantó que dice: "Una mala manzana
                        
                        
                                            
                            destruye un gran equipo. "Sí, el momento
                        
                        
                                            
                            El momento de esta historia es malo porque pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto esto no tiene nada que ver con eso,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ya sabes, Apple. Es más como un
                        
                        
                                            
                            plátano. Pero esta es esta manzana aquí que
                        
                        
                                            
                            de la que estamos hablando es una historia diferente
                        
                        
                                            
                            de los que estamos hablando, de lo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            entrar en. Y uh uh uh par otros
                        
                        
                                            
                            clips. Pero por cierto, ¿te imaginas?
                        
                        
                                            
                            te despiertas una mañana y sabes
                        
                        
                                            
                            por ellos tratando de censurarte
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cuando se postuló para presidente,
                        
                        
                                            
                            algo que tienes derecho a hacer,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Google, YouTube, Twitter, todos
                        
                        
                                            
                            intenté censurarte y luego 60 minutos
                        
                        
                                            
                            acepta pagar a Trump $ 16 millones por
                        
                        
                                            
                            Edición de la entrevista de Kala Harris. abecedario
                        
                        
                                            
                            acepta pagar a Trump $ 15 millones en un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Asentamiento de una demanda de difamación.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Twitter acepta pagar a Trump $ 10 millones
                        
                        
                                            
                            por suspenderlo. Y Facebook está de acuerdo
                        
                        
                                            
                            para pagar a Trump $ 25 millones por suspender
                        
                        
                                            
                            él. Y luego YouTube acordó pagar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Presidente Trump $ 24 y medio millón
                        
                        
                                            
                            dólares por suspender su cuenta en
                        
                        
                                            
                            2021. Este es el tweet es de quién rap.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Podemos leer Danielle Doza Gil? Espero
                        
                        
                                            
                            dijo el apellido apellido correctamente. Como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Benji Gil Gil. Entonces él hizo este tipo
                        
                        
                                            
                            casi hund00 millones por ser solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            censurado y suspendido. Y el chico
                        
                        
                                            
                            sigue ganando ganando. Y Jimmy Fallon
                        
                        
                                            
                            sale diciendo: "Mira, siempre somos
                        
                        
                                            
                            que contó chistes en ambos lados, Fallon.
                        
                        
                                            
                            siempre. Somos justos ". Y Coar, creo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            se fue a Keml anoche para intentar decir
                        
                        
                                            
                            algunas cosas. Y Keml regresó y hizo
                        
                        
                                            
                            diversión de JD Vans Hardcore. Entonces tal vez tenemos
                        
                        
                                            
                            para mostrar algunas de estas cosas a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vea lo que está pasando allí con el
                        
                        
                                            
                            audiencia, que haremos. Lo haremos. Pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            antes de que nos metamos en él, quiero decir
                        
                        
                                            
                            ustedes si quieren obtener todo el
                        
                        
                                            
                            señala que obtenemos gratis, todos los
                        
                        
                                            
                            notas que cubrimos, por lo que tiene acceso
                        
                        
                                            
                            a todo lo que vamos a ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            a través, todo lo que tienes que hacer es descargar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Manac, vaya al círculo de podcast PBD,
                        
                        
                                            
                            si tienes un Android o Apple, Go
                        
                        
                                            
                            a nuestro círculo, descargarlo y obtener el
                        
                        
                                            
                            notas y siga la pista. Y cada vez
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay actualizaciones, diferentes cosas y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si desea comunicarse y establecer contactos
                        
                        
                                            
                            entre sí, pagan 10 dólares a
                        
                        
                                            
                            mes y 20 50 al mes le permite hacer
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo el asunto, todos los beneficios que
                        
                        
                                            
                            viene con él. Pero de forma gratuita, puedes obtener
                        
                        
                                            
                            las notas uh de lo que vamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            por aquí en nuestro podcast. Y luego
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo siguiente antes de entrar en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            podcast, chicos, esta camisa que llevo puesto, yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            usa el blanco, me pongo el azul, me pongo
                        
                        
                                            
                            el negro. Cuando usas esta camisa,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Sabes cómo se siente? Alguna vez has tenido
                        
                        
                                            
                            Alguien que amas te abraza y te dice
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué tan increíble eres?
                        
                        
                                            
                            manos de algodón.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Déjame decirte que no estoy bromeando con
                        
                        
                                            
                            usted. Siente el material muy rápido. Sentir
                        
                        
                                            
                            el material muy rápido. No lo hagas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Siente el amor.
                        
                        
                                            
                            se sintió como Don Lemon por un segundo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso no es bueno, amigo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nadie va a comprar.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No, sentí que era suave.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No, pero déjame decirte.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, te sentiste oh, te sentiste suave.
                        
                        
                                            
                            La calidad de la calidad de esta cosa I
                        
                        
                                            
                            desgaste como Timmy muestra aquí. Robar,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Puede acercarse para mostrar diferentes
                        
                        
                                            
                            características de la camisa? V LOGO DEL TIM RETIRO
                        
                        
                                            
                            aquí. Gold Future se ve brillante en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            lado. VT al lado. Y cualquiera y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos los que han comprado esto, esto es
                        
                        
                                            
                            LowKey tal vez nuestro mejor elemento en el que tenemos
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí lowkey de calidad. Si eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            Alguien que usa camisas de vestir, consigue
                        
                        
                                            
                            el blanco, el negro y el azul. Tener puesto
                        
                        
                                            
                            durante un mes tres veces. Si no lo haces
                        
                        
                                            
                            Me gusta, quiero llamar y hablar contigo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Literalmente te pondré a FaceTime y te diré,
                        
                        
                                            
                            "¿Cómo no te pueden gustar estas camisas que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Los usas? "Pero tienes que ordenar todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tres de ellos. Ve a ponerlos en el deporte y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Deja ese botón abierto para que la gente veas
                        
                        
                                            
                            ese logotipo de valor de valor justo allí para
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vea a quién estás representando. Especialmente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si admite esta marca, si amas
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo que hacemos aquí, ve a buscar un polo
                        
                        
                                            
                            camisa. Rob, si puedes poner el enlace
                        
                        
                                            
                            a continuación a la sección de negocios, que
                        
                        
                                            
                            sería genial para que la gente se ubique
                        
                        
                                            
                            el orden aquí. Vt, por cierto, el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Negro está enfermo porque es dorado en negro.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mira eso allí mismo. Zoom en un
                        
                        
                                            
                            poco, rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Maldita sea, eso está enfermo. Y entonces que hace
                        
                        
                                            
                            El blanco se ve? Rob, podemos ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ver cómo se ve el blanco?
                        
                        
                                            
                            White One parece que obtuviste el oro.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ooh, eso se ve tan bien. Mira eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            chicos, usan esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            y su dama te ve con esto. Soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Decirle en este momento, los estudios tienen
                        
                        
                                            
                            mostrado 40 semanas después, algo podría
                        
                        
                                            
                            ocurre. podría costarle $ 350,000 si
                        
                        
                                            
                            no estaba seguro. Esa es la calidad
                        
                        
                                            
                            es. La calidad tiene mucho uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            cosas especiales que están sucediendo. De nuevo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vaya a vturch.com.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es bastante caro para el todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Coloque su pedido. Y con ese ser
                        
                        
                                            
                            dijo: ¿Puedo comenzar con solo un
                        
                        
                                            
                            cosa comercial que leí antes de entrar en
                        
                        
                                            
                            cerrando al gobierno? Rob, puede
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Suciendo la historia que acabo de leer? I I
                        
                        
                                            
                            simplemente me gusta esto. Creo que cada
                        
                        
                                            
                            De vez en cuando, tuvimos que leer historias
                        
                        
                                            
                            así sobre manzanas malas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Así que esta es una historia que era solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lectura.
                        
                        
                                            
                            La ciencia muestra cómo una persona tóxica puede
                        
                        
                                            
                            arrastre un equipo completo. Bueno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vaya a la siguiente diapositiva, Rob, si pudiera.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, investigación de la Universidad de Washington
                        
                        
                                            
                            El estudio muestra que solo uno persistentemente
                        
                        
                                            
                            El compañero de equipo negativo puede descarrilar el grupo
                        
                        
                                            
                            éxito.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los principales equipos de caída con una mala manzana
                        
                        
                                            
                            funciona mucho peor que otros. Probado
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los experimentos de impacto muestran que la negatividad duele
                        
                        
                                            
                            confianza, esfuerzo y resultados. Contagioso
                        
                        
                                            
                            El comportamiento tóxico se extiende rápidamente por dentro
                        
                        
                                            
                            Grupos y peor miembro. El mas débil
El enlace
                        
                        
                                            
                            a menudo proporciona un equipo general
                        
                        
                                            
                            predice el éxito general del equipo. Entonces uno
                        
                        
                                            
                            El mal compañero de equipo puede envenenar a todo el grupo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vaya al siguiente. Hay tres
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tipos de Apple mala. Zoom en un poco
                        
                        
                                            
                            bit. Rob en 46, por favor.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vamos, amigo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            cómo arruinan todo. El idiota,
                        
                        
                                            
                            crítico, irrespetuoso, pone a otros
                        
                        
                                            
                            abajo. El flojo, perezoso, retener
                        
                        
                                            
                            esfuerzo, comportamiento muerto. Maldita sea, eso es
                        
                        
                                            
                            muy duro. La caída, pesimista y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nada sucederá aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Queja, difunde la negatividad. El
                        
                        
                                            
                            resultado, los equipos argumentan, deja de compartir,
                        
                        
                                            
                            comunicarse menos. ¿Bien? Negativo
                        
                        
                                            
                            El comportamiento golpea más duro que positivo y
                        
                        
                                            
                            se extiende rápidamente. Ir al siguiente. Entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ahora, vamos a la cima un poco.
                        
                        
                                            
                            su estrategia de defensa número uno,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Reconocer los signos. Jerks spot,
                        
                        
                                            
                            holgueros, y downers temprano. Dos, establecer
                        
                        
                                            
                            límites. Limitar la exposición a negativo
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas. Tres, no intentes arreglarlos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No puedes despojar una apple mala, amigos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No puedes solucionarlos. Solo Dios puede.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Elija su equipo. Rodéate con
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas positivas. Abordarlo rápidamente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No dejes que la negatividad se extienda y tome
                        
                        
                                            
                            raíz. Por último, pero no menos importante, protege tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            Energía. Tu éxito depende de quién
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estás cerca. Por cierto, hace 23 años,
                        
                        
                                            
                            mi papá. Tenía este tipo que amaba. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            estaba en primer grado juntos en Irán,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Junior High School, High School,
                        
                        
                                            
                            militar juntos, bies juntos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            seguro juntos. Oh dios mio, este chico
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue negativo. divertido como el infierno, pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            negativo. Bueno. Siempre fue negativo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            negativo, negativo. Siempre culparía.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es culpa de esta persona. Es tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            falla. Es esa persona. Siempre fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            en negativo. Y realmente quería correr
                        
                        
                                            
                            con este tipo por el resto de mi vida
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque amo a este chico.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Un día, mi papá y yo entramos en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            lucha más grande. Y él dice: "No
                        
                        
                                            
                            se da cuenta de que no va a trabajar tan duro
                        
                        
                                            
                            como tú? Déjalo ir. Este tipo no va
                        
                        
                                            
                            para poner el esfuerzo de la forma en que estás poniendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            it. "Dije:" No crees en la gente
                        
                        
                                            
                            puede cambiar. Creo que la gente puede cambiar
                        
                        
                                            
                            por su cuenta, pero no te creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            puede cambiar. "Entonces, estamos teniendo esta disputa
                        
                        
                                            
                            juntos. Vamos de ida y vuelta.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y te diré a largo plazo, ganas
                        
                        
                                            
                            para creer que las personas pueden elegir
                        
                        
                                            
                            cambio. Hay más positivo en ti
                        
                        
                                            
                            creyendo que las personas pueden mejorar que
                        
                        
                                            
                            no. Sin embargo, la afirmación de que
                        
                        
                                            
                            cambió mi vida en uno de los más grandes
                        
                        
                                            
                            formas que quitan tanto peso a mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            de vuelta fue cuando finalmente leí esto y yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            agregado a mi lista. Deja de intentar ser Dios.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ese trabajo ya está tomado.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No puedes arreglar a todos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Solo que pueden arreglarlos con un nivel de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Compromiso con él. Si no lo hacen,
                        
                        
                                            
                            A veces surgen oportunidades y ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            atornillarlo y piensan que son
                        
                        
                                            
                            más grande que toda la tripulación y luego ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            recibe un golpe masivo. Sucede en los deportes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Organización y familias e iglesias
                        
                        
                                            
                            y amistades en todas partes. Y todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las tomas son una vez para que seas un poco
                        
                        
                                            
                            bit casual para ser como "Ah, va
                        
                        
                                            
                            para estar bien. "Boom. Oh [__] Perdí eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            oportunidad. Eras casual y
                        
                        
                                            
                            te enfrentas a alguien que no quiere ninguno
                        
                        
                                            
                            de este tipo de cosas para tomar
                        
                        
                                            
                            lugar. Y es desafortunado, pero eso es
                        
                        
                                            
                            tipo de cómo funciona la vida. Entonces, si eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            observando como usted mismo, si está mirando
                        
                        
                                            
                            PBD Podcast,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Probablemente no seas parte del
                        
                        
                                            
                            comunidad. Ese es uno de estos. Que era
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Vuelve? El imbécil, lo que sea. Puedes ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            de regreso al idiota? Probablemente no seas
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque el idiota, el Slacker, el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Downer.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, probablemente no seas Debbie Downer.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Seríamos molestos al ver esto. Pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si estás viendo esto ahora mismo
                        
                        
                                            
                            diciendo: "Mierda, creo que soy un poco
                        
                        
                                            
                            del Jerk o el Slacker, el Downer ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, escucha. Ponerse de rodillas y
                        
                        
                                            
                            reza, ¿de acuerdo? O encontrar una manera de cambiar. Porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si no lo hace, puede perder parte del
                        
                        
                                            
                            mayores oportunidades en su vida. Porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            muchas veces cuando estamos dentro del
                        
                        
                                            
                            oportunidad, no la sabemos hasta que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Péralo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y luego, cuando lo pierdes, estás como,
                        
                        
                                            
                            "Oh [__] ¿Qué [__] por qué 'hago eso?"
                        
                        
                                            
                            No hagas eso. Bien. Muy simple. Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            De todos modos, vamos a entrar en ello, amigos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sé que has estado nervioso porque el
                        
                        
                                            
                            El gobierno ha sido cerrado ahora por 9
                        
                        
                                            
                            horas y 15 minutos. No te preocupes, es
                        
                        
                                            
                            va a estar bien. Pero el gobierno
                        
                        
                                            
                            se cerró. Nadie está trabajando. Por el
                        
                        
                                            
                            , aparentemente 100,000 personas son
                        
                        
                                            
                            decidir dejar de fumar. No sé si tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            vi esto o no, Rob, si quieres poner
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto. Estas son noticias catastróficas,
                        
                        
                                            
                            gente. 100,000 empleados del DMV son
                        
                        
                                            
                            renunciando. No DMV, sino solo gobierno
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los empleados renuncian. Rob, si quieres
                        
                        
                                            
                            para poner esa historia. Están ahí fuera.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Están enojados. Más de 100,000 federales
                        
                        
                                            
                            trabajadores para renunciar el martes en medio de la inminente
                        
                        
                                            
                            apagado del gobierno. Y mira el
                        
                        
                                            
                            teléfonos. Míralos corriendo con
                        
                        
                                            
                            los teléfonos grabando con esa hermosa
                        
                        
                                            
                            paraguas rosadas mientras no es ni siquiera
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lluvia. ¿No es increíble? Pensar en
                        
                        
                                            
                            qué rico debe ser para tener un rosa
                        
                        
                                            
                            paraguas mientras el cielo es azul y un
                        
                        
                                            
                            cámara caminando y estás caminando
                        
                        
                                            
                            lejos de su trabajo. Qué increíble es.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ese tipo probablemente ni siquiera funcione
                        
                        
                                            
                            el gobierno. Es solo una foto que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tomaron, pero un gran ángulo. Lindo
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas caminando allí. Entonces, esto es lo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            en curso. Hablemos de esto. Vamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hable sobre esto. Hablemos de esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Trump se burla de Chuck Schumer y Hakee Jeff
                        
                        
                                            
                            en un video generado por AI después
                        
                        
                                            
                            Reunión de cierre del gobierno. Tú te digas
                        
                        
                                            
                            me. Ay dios mío.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuándo hemos tenido un gobierno que
                        
                        
                                            
                            publicaría un meme como este? Que, por
                        
                        
                                            
                            El camino, debes ser honesto. Hakee
                        
                        
                                            
                            en realidad se ve bien con ese bigote.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mire de cerca. Y ese tipo, ¿verdad? Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            puede lograrlo. ¿Qué presidente haces?
                        
                        
                                            
                            saber,
                        
                        
                                            
                            hombre?
                        
                        
                                            
                            que le preocupa entretenerte y
                        
                        
                                            
                            burlarse de sus enemigos y ser tan directo
                        
                        
                                            
                            como este tipo aquí. Adelante, Rob. Jugar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este clip.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No hay forma de azúcarlo. Nadie
                        
                        
                                            
                            le gustan los demócratas. No tenemos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los votantes se fueron debido a todos nuestros casados
                        
                        
                                            
                            trans [__] Ni siquiera personas negras
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quiere votar más por nosotros. Incluso
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los latinos nos odian. Entonces, necesitamos nuevos votantes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y si damos a todos estos extranjeros ilegales
                        
                        
                                            
                            Salud gratuita, podríamos obtener
                        
                        
                                            
                            de nuestro lado para que puedan votar por
                        
                        
                                            
                            US. Ni siquiera pueden hablar inglés. Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            no se darán cuenta de que solo somos un montón de
                        
                        
                                            
                            despertó piezas de [__] ya sabes, al menos
                        
                        
                                            
                            por un tiempo hasta que aprenden
                        
                        
                                            
                            inglés y se dan cuenta de que nos odian,
                        
                        
                                            
                            también.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Va. Oh hombre.
                        
                        
                                            
                            por cierto, este no es un youtuber que
                        
                        
                                            
                            publicó esto. No un podcaster, ni un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Influencer. Este es el presidente del
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estados Unidos publicó ese video
                        
                        
                                            
                            y la gente perdió la cabeza.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Publicó el que con el mariachi
                        
                        
                                            
                            banda?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay otro. Esperar. No.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Ves ese? Él no se detuvo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay otro. ¿Viste el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Te envié el segundo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No hay forma en el mundo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué tal esto? Te vas a reír
                        
                        
                                            
                            aún más duro porque es Hakee Jeff.
                        
                        
                                            
                            enojado diciendo: "¿Cómo se atreve?"
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dígalo a mi cara. Creo que yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo hiciste. Obtuve
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, Pat, este es mejor. No, creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            alguien los hace y envíelos a
                        
                        
                                            
                            ellos. Este es aún mejor. Este
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo esto es porque el gobierno cerró
                        
                        
                                            
                            abajo
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque están jugando eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            juego. Mirar. ¿Listo? ¿Listo para esto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            reloj.
                        
                        
                                            
                            asqueroso
                        
                        
                                            
                            video. Y vamos a seguir
                        
                        
                                            
                            deja claro que la intolerancia no te llevará a ninguna parte.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estamos luchando para proteger la salud
                        
                        
                                            
                            frente a un
                        
                        
                                            
                            [risas]
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es un troll. Él es el último troll.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No saben qué hacer con él.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso es todo. Ellos no saben que hacer
                        
                        
                                            
                            con eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            esa es la parte de ser
                        
                        
                                            
                            impredecible. Entonces Rob, ¿podemos dar el
                        
                        
                                            
                            historia sobre el cierre del gobierno?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vamos a pasarlo bien
                        
                        
                                            
                            ahora. ¿Qué está sucediendo? Entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay una razón para este ángulo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Entonces JD Vance predijo que el
                        
                        
                                            
                            El gobierno va a cerrar después
                        
                        
                                            
                            demanda demócrata mortal seria
                        
                        
                                            
                            concesiones. Uh nos dirigimos hacia un
                        
                        
                                            
                            apagado. Van dice después de la reunión de Trump
                        
                        
                                            
                            Con los líderes, ¿es este el clip? Adelante
                        
                        
                                            
                            y reproduce este clip.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quiero hacer un punto final aquí. Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            escuchará mucho de los demócratas del Senado,
                        
                        
                                            
                            de los demócratas de la Cámara sobre el hecho de que
                        
                        
                                            
                            La política de atención médica estadounidense está rota.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, sabemos que American Healthcare
                        
                        
                                            
                            La política está rota. Hemos estado tratando de
                        
                        
                                            
                            corríelo durante los 8 meses que hemos estado
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la oficina. Pero cada cosa que
                        
                        
                                            
                            acusan de ser roto sobre
                        
                        
                                            
                            American Healthcare es política la
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los demócratas han apoyado para el pasado
                        
                        
                                            
                            década. Entonces, si quieren hablar de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cómo arreglar la política de atención médica estadounidense,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hagámoslo. Al altavoz le encantaría
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hazlo. El líder de la mayoría del Senado
                        
                        
                                            
                            me encanta hacerlo. Trabajemos en ello
                        
                        
                                            
                            juntos, pero hagámoslo en el contexto
                        
                        
                                            
                            de un gobierno abierto que proporciona
                        
                        
                                            
                            Servicios esenciales para el estadounidense
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas. Eso es todo lo que estamos proponiendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            para hacer. Y el hecho de que se niegan a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Do eso muestra cuán irrazonable es
La posición
                        
                        
                                            
                            es. Creo que nos dirigimos a un
                        
                        
                                            
                            apagado porque los demócratas no harán
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo correcto. Espero que cambien
                        
                        
                                            
                            su mente, pero vamos a ver. Enfermo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Que el hablante diga algunas palabras.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien, así que aquí no estamos dirigidos a un
                        
                        
                                            
                            apagado. Estamos cerrados durante 9 horas
                        
                        
                                            
                            y 19 minutos y 42 segundos. Vinnie,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Tus pensamientos? Bueno, vamos a este tipo de
                        
                        
                                            
                            me trae de vuelta a cuando recuerda el
                        
                        
                                            
                            La factura estaba llegando y uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos estaban perdiendo la cabeza porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            El borde estaba abierto. Entonces ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            propuso la factura y son como, "Todos
                        
                        
                                            
                            correcto, escucha. Finalmente vamos a
                        
                        
                                            
                            cerraremos el borde hacia abajo. Admitiremos
                        
                        
                                            
                            que el borde es caótico y es
                        
                        
                                            
                            insostenible. "Pero en la factura, hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            decenas de miles de millones de dólares que tienen que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ir a Ucrania. Hay miles de millones de
                        
                        
                                            
                            dólares que tienen que ir a Israel. Allá
                        
                        
                                            
                            miles de millones de dólares que tienen que ir a
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh um taiwan. Y es como, "No, no,
                        
                        
                                            
                            no. Se acabó el tiempo. Se acabó el tiempo. la frontera, el
                        
                        
                                            
                            El proyecto de ley para el borde debe ir al TO
                        
                        
                                            
                            el borde. Bueno. Y esto es lo mismo
                        
                        
                                            
                            situación, Pat, porque el uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los demócratas quieren Medicaid, quieren dinero
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ir a ilegales y al proyecto de ley, es
                        
                        
                                            
                            en 1 punto algunos billones de dólares. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto simplemente te muestra que son
                        
                        
                                            
                            dispuesto a apagar y dejar de ir a
                        
                        
                                            
                            trabajo porque ponen ilegales ilegales
                        
                        
                                            
                            salud sobre los estadounidenses, ¿de acuerdo? Son
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ilegales gratificantes. Y es que soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            realmente feliz de que vaya a esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque hablan todas estas tonterías.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Van a culpar a Trump. Son
                        
                        
                                            
                            culpará esto y aquello. Es todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ellos. Quieren dinero para ilegales. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Adivina qué? Se enfrentan a un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Presidente que es América primero y él es
                        
                        
                                            
                            no tenerlo. Simple y llanamente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tom, hubo un montón de cosas
                        
                        
                                            
                            que salió. Um uh Mark Mitchell era
                        
                        
                                            
                            Publicarlos toda la noche. Hay un montón
                        
                        
                                            
                            de encuestas muy interesantes. 67% de
                        
                        
                                            
                            estadounidenses, si les das una lista, haz
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿culpa a Schumer? ¿Culpe a Trump?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿culpa al Congreso? ¿Adivina qué? 67%
                        
                        
                                            
                            culpar al Congreso. Entonces, en otras palabras, Pat,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si despegas si solo pones nombres
                        
                        
                                            
                            en él, eso va en un sentido. Pero si dices
                        
                        
                                            
                            Congreso y agregas el Congreso como nombre,
                        
                        
                                            
                            67% culpa al Congreso por ello. Y gente
                        
                        
                                            
                            dijo que el último cierre no
                        
                        
                                            
                            Siente que lastimó sus vidas. Ellos sintieron
                        
                        
                                            
                            que era de interés periodístico y mucho
                        
                        
                                            
                            cosas que suceden, pero como el 80% de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los estadounidenses dijeron que mi vida no era personalmente
                        
                        
                                            
                            herido por el apagado. Ahora no somos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hablando sobre empleados del gobierno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estamos hablando de votantes en todas partes
                        
                        
                                            
                            más, no del gobierno. 80% dijo: "Bueno,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, hubo un apagado, pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            realmente no me afectó, por lo que puedo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tell. "
                        
                        
                                            
                            dice: "Siguiente". Entonces, culpan al Congreso
                        
                        
                                            
                            Siguiente. Y ahora más personas dicen que ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Comprender el gasto no controlado y nuestro
                        
                        
                                            
                            La deuda nacional es mala y no es solo una
                        
                        
                                            
                            año electoral. Es malo. Ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            No sé qué hacer al respecto, pero ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Comprender que es malo y duele
                        
                        
                                            
                            La economía a largo plazo. ¿No es eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            interesante? Entonces, la gente directamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            culpa a Trump. Ellos culparán directamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Schumer. Pero cuando retrocedes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estados Unidos en realidad dijo: "Si el cerrado
                        
                        
                                            
                            Aquí está la línea de perforación. Si el cierre
                        
                        
                                            
                            obtiene un cambio en el gasto, estoy a favor
                        
                        
                                            
                            de la misma. "Ese es un votante estadounidense central.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto es lo que Trump dijo. Y Adam,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Voy a venir a ti aquí mismo. Ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            adelante. Uh uh uh robin,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Podríamos subir y a través de esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            entero, ya sabes, porque no lo sé,
                        
                        
                                            
                            probablemente tendremos un apagado porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una de las cosas que quieren hacer es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quieren darle a uh increíble
                        
                        
                                            
                            Medicare, Cadillac, el Cadillac
                        
                        
                                            
                            Medicare a inmigrantes ilegales. Y que
                        
                        
                                            
                            que lo hace es que los mantiene entrando
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nuestro país.
                        
                        
                                            
                            sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y como lo hacen en California. Y no
                        
                        
                                            
                            El país puede permitirse eso. No hay país. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tenemos el borde detenido. Tenemos
                        
                        
                                            
                            se cerró. No tenemos a nadie por cuatro
                        
                        
                                            
                            meses. Cero. Entró cero gente. Que
                        
                        
                                            
                            no era yo. Eso es de las autoridades
                        
                        
                                            
                            que está orientado generosamente. Pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero solo piense en eso. Tenemos
                        
                        
                                            
                            me encanta
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas que ofrecen atención médica a las personas
                        
                        
                                            
                            en todo el mundo que no pueden
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pensar en pagar.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ahora mira esto. Puedes hacer una pausa bien
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí. Los demócratas dicen que eso no es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Verdadero. Eso no es lo que pasó. A
                        
                        
                                            
                            Podcaster y un host A sale
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo una pregunta de Maxine Water que
                        
                        
                                            
                            parece muy feliz. Ella le pregunta a Maxine una
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pregunta aquí. Y mira a Maxine's Uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            Respuesta. Adelante.
                        
                        
                                            
                            son demócratas que exigen atención médica
                        
                        
                                            
                            Aliens ilegales?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso es correcto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los demócratas están exigiendo atención médica
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh dios.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Queremos salvar vidas. Queremos hacer
                        
                        
                                            
                            seguro que la atención médica está disponible para
                        
                        
                                            
                            aquellos que morirían pero tenían la ayuda
                        
                        
                                            
                            de su gobierno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces eres bueno con un gobierno
                        
                        
                                            
                            apagado incluso si eso significa dar
                        
                        
                                            
                            atención médica para personas que no son estadounidenses
                        
                        
                                            
                            ciudadanos?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, mantienes eso es lo que eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            presionando. Lo que estás tratando de hacer es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estás parado aquí y estás intentando
                        
                        
                                            
                            para hacerme decir que de alguna manera vamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            para poner a los no ciudadanos sobre los estadounidenses. Abandonar
                        
                        
                                            
                            it. Basta. Este es el tipo de
                        
                        
                                            
                            periodismo que no necesitamos. Eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            divisivo. No, no lo eres. Estás siendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            divisivo. No. Por favor, no lo hagas. No
                        
                        
                                            
                            Debe hacer esa pregunta. Solo eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            tratando de obtener controversia aquí. Estás
                        
                        
                                            
                            no voy a obtenerlo de mí. Queremos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Guardar la atención médica para todas las personas. Agradecer
                        
                        
                                            
                            usted. Gracias, congresista.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Apreciarlo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Buen trabajo, niña. Ella lo hizo muy bien. Justo
                        
                        
                                            
                            simple. Entonces, Brandon, ¿qué crees?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Está pasando aquí?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No, es sorprendente. Como, gastamos 2.4
                        
                        
                                            
                            billones ya en salud. Como,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿A qué quieren traerlo? Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            Saber, el 67% del presupuesto va a
                        
                        
                                            
                            derecho. Entonces, como, ¿cuál es el número?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Realmente piensan que es realista? Como,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Están realmente tratando de quiebrir
                        
                        
                                            
                            el país? Y, ya sabes, cuando ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Diga que el cierre del gobierno es sobre
                        
                        
                                            
                            atención médica, como nadie en política
                        
                        
                                            
                            Comprende la atención médica. Podría asegurar
                        
                        
                                            
                            de eso de eso. Uno de los mejores libros sobre
                        
                        
                                            
                            Healthcare que he leído fue sobre por
                        
                        
                                            
                            Marty McCur, el jefe actual del
                        
                        
                                            
                            FDA. Y él solo continúa diciendo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            incluso genios genuinos que tienen profundamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            estudió los problemas con la atención médica. Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            no puedo explicarlo bien y no
                        
                        
                                            
                            Comprender eso bien. Entonces si esto es
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre realmente sobre la atención médica, no es
                        
                        
                                            
                            se resolverá pronto. Pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            El cierre del gobierno es una tontería
                        
                        
                                            
                            y creo que se resolverá bastante
                        
                        
                                            
                            rápidamente sin un impacto grave. Como
                        
                        
                                            
                            La última vez que lo aprecié cuando lo hizo
                        
                        
                                            
                            en realidad para hacer la pared del borde.
                        
                        
                                            
                            que fue uno de sus épicos de todos los tiempos
                        
                        
                                            
                            momentos en su primera administración.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, ¿cuál fue su éxito? Entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            Digamos que el gobierno cerró
                        
                        
                                            
                            para sacar algo de él. Que sería
                        
                        
                                            
                            Considera este cierre del gobierno
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿conduciendo a un éxito? Tom, voy a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ven a ti también. Brandon, primero.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, ese es el problema, supongo, supongo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            es que no parece que Trump sea
                        
                        
                                            
                            pidiendo cualquier cosa. Parece el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los demócratas piden aumentar el 2.4
                        
                        
                                            
                            billones en gastos de atención médica para
                        
                        
                                            
                            algo más, que no me gusta
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piense que debe caer por mucho, si
                        
                        
                                            
                            cualquier cosa. Entonces, yo no creo que puedan poder
                        
                        
                                            
                            Desglose en eso. Um, no lo he hecho
                        
                        
                                            
                            escuché a Trump pedir algo, así que yo yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            No sé si va a llegar a un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Resolución.
                        
                        
                                            
                            muy interesante. Tom, ¿qué harías?
                        
                        
                                            
                            decir?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, aquí hay lo que está pasando,
                        
                        
                                            
                            America. Y Brandon, de vuelta a mí aquí arriba. METRO
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay una cosa llamada
                        
                        
                                            
                            Resolución.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y verá CR. Verás Wall
                        
                        
                                            
                            Street Journal, ya sabes, tu local
                        
                        
                                            
                            Donde sea que reciba noticias, verá
                        
                        
                                            
                            cr esta semana, ya sabes, um senadores,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Congresista discutiendo sobre un CR. Tienes
                        
                        
                                            
                            AOC diciendo al Senado que dice: "Soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            listo y puedes negociar conmigo
                        
                        
                                            
                            directamente. "Hasta que tres senadores dijeron,
                        
                        
                                            
                            "Hola, verifique que esté en la casa de
                        
                        
                                            
                            representantes. Somos el Senado ". Entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            subvención,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dijeron eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, no así. Dije eso, pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eran como, "Disculpe, el Senado
                        
                        
                                            
                            negociará consigo mismo. "Pero ella es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Extraña grandiosa. Entonces, todos los
                        
                        
                                            
                            Grandestal sobre CR. ¿Qué es un CR?
                        
                        
                                            
                            La resolución continua es un proyecto de ley que
                        
                        
                                            
                            dice cómo mantener una resolución para mantener
                        
                        
                                            
                            El gobierno continúa. Pero va
                        
                        
                                            
                            Volver a exactamente lo que Vinnie estaba hablando
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre. Recuerda cuando cubrimos el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ley de reducción de inflación en este podcast
                        
                        
                                            
                            y nos sumamos adentro y dijimos: "Espera un
                        
                        
                                            
                            minuto, circuncisiones para Túnez ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Recuerdas esa cosa? Y hubo
                        
                        
                                            
                            cosas allí, pero va así.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué significa eso?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hey, Patision
                        
                        
                                            
                            para Túnez.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estamos dando dinero.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hola, Pat, sé que eres orador del
                        
                        
                                            
                            casa, y te respeto, señor, pero um yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Puedes tener mi voto, pero tengo que tener
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las circuncisiones en Túnez. Necesito 5 a
                        
                        
                                            
                            medio millón. Va a un extranjero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Organización de ayuda.
                        
                        
                                            
                            es eso realmente una epidemia que está sucediendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No, pero ese es un ejemplo. Y luego ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            ir a Vinnie y Vinnie dice: "Hola, um,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estamos construyendo una presa en Minnesota. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            Necesita otros 40 millones para la presa. tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo que ocultarlo aquí. Y luego eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            y luego de repente el continuo
                        
                        
                                            
                            resolución es is is es hinchada con todos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estas cosas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero pero Tom, usted envió un clip a Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto es algo importante para
                        
                        
                                            
                            ellos, ¿verdad? El debate de 2019 que fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            que está teniendo lugar. Mira este clip, amigos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            que Uh Tom envió a Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto va a Maxine Waters diciendo que eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            tratando de hacerme decir esto. Ellos hablan
                        
                        
                                            
                            para sí mismos aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mira esto, amigos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Levanta la mano si su plan gubernamental
                        
                        
                                            
                            proporcionaría cobertura para indocumentado
                        
                        
                                            
                            inmigrantes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Aquí vamos. Levanta la mano, amigos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mira eso. Todos. Oh, todos
                        
                        
                                            
                            it. Es unánime.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y entonces, así que aquí está lo mío, porque ahora
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque, como ustedes son todos, todos hablan y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Brandon, usted también, usted hizo un buen punto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Por qué los demócratas son tan fuertes y
                        
                        
                                            
                            muy orgulloso y dispuesto a cerrar el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Gobierno de los Estados Unidos para ilegales?
                        
                        
                                            
                            y pensé en Brandon, tengo razón o
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Me estoy equivocado? Es para los votos y es
                        
                        
                                            
                            para el poder porque si les promete
                        
                        
                                            
                            atención médica, entonces estás creando como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esta dependencia a largo plazo. Entonces estos
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas que vienen por el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Base de votación futura porque piensa en
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es Tom Hman dijo que hay casi
                        
                        
                                            
                            20 millones de ellos aquí. Creo que Trump
                        
                        
                                            
                            y Trump dijeron que deportaron 2
                        
                        
                                            
                            millones. Está bien, bien por ti. Pero eso es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todavía 18 millones de personas que están aquí
                        
                        
                                            
                            e incentives para que se queden aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Y luego adivina qué? Vamos a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Somos la fiesta que te va a dar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Salud gratuita. Vota por nosotros porque yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            significa ¿por qué más le importa a los demócratas?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No les importa. Si tu si tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los chicos piensan que los demócratas se preocupan por su
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tu bienestar, estás equivocado. Y mirar
                        
                        
                                            
                            en lo que este borde abierto tiene
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos estos ilegales aquí que quieren
                        
                        
                                            
                            para pagar. Cuántos cuantos trabajos tienen
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Los estadounidenses han perdido? Cuantos crímenes
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿se han comprometido con los estadounidenses?
                        
                        
                                            
                            cuántas agresiones sexuales no quiero
                        
                        
                                            
                            para decir la palabra r, pero cuánto cosas
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene que suceder para demostrarle a los demócratas
                        
                        
                                            
                            votantes que no les importa. Ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            se preocupan por los votos y les importa
                        
                        
                                            
                            su poder y eso es todo. Entonces entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            No les importa.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Danny, llegaste a un gran punto. Voy por
                        
                        
                                            
                            it. Punto lateral. Si Kamla gana el
                        
                        
                                            
                            elección, ¿están presionando esto duro para
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿La atención médica en este momento?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Por supuesto que no.
                        
                        
                                            
                            derecho. Pero perdieron las elecciones, entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            Están buscando más votos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, exactamente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien, así que mira esto, amigos. Como estamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Al pasar por esto, hay una historia que
                        
                        
                                            
                            sale lo que dice ¿Dónde está la historia?
                        
                        
                                            
                            aquí? El partido demócrata llega a la ley histórica
                        
                        
                                            
                            favorabilidad en una nueva encuesta nacional.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Aquí hay otro. Tenían uno al mes
                        
                        
                                            
                            y hace la mitad. Hay otro que
                        
                        
                                            
                            sale si ustedes quieren ir a esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la página 15. Uh Uh uh uhh. Déjame ir a
                        
                        
                                            
                            aquí. Pensé que lo tenía. Página uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene 16, pero déjame ver dónde está 15.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿lo tienes? Si me lo das,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo leeré.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, lo tengo aquí. 15. Solo estaba
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mirando la fecha que se dice a las 10: 1.
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh, está bien. Aquí vamos. Entonces, democrático
                        
                        
                                            
                            Party golpea las leyes. Suena en lo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            suena como un registro roto. El
                        
                        
                                            
                            El Partido Demócrata llega a otro histórico
                        
                        
                                            
                            Encuesta nacional baja esta semana. 30% de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Votantes de la pregunta en todo el país en Quinn
                        
                        
                                            
                            La encuesta de la Universidad de Quinnipac dijo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tienen una opinión favorable de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Partido demócrata. Déjame decir ese
                        
                        
                                            
                            Más tiempo para ustedes. 30%.
                        
                        
                                            
                            30
                        
                        
                                            
                            30%.
                        
                        
                                            
                            30%. Y el 54% dijo que poseen un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Opinión desfavorable. Este es el más bajo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Calificación de favorabilidad para el Partido Demócrata
                        
                        
                                            
                            desde que la encuesta de Quinnipac comenzó a preguntar
                        
                        
                                            
                            votantes esta pregunta en '08, lo que significa
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nunca ha sido más bajo. La encuesta
                        
                        
                                            
                            lanzado uh uh señaló el quinnipac
La encuesta
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue la última encuesta de este año
                        
                        
                                            
                            que muestra esto y obviamente hay un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lot de estas cosas sucediendo. Entonces Tom, como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mientras están pasando por esto, ¿no?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piense, y tal vez Brandon, llegaré a
                        
                        
                                            
                            usted. No pienses a medida que van
                        
                        
                                            
                            a través de esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            que tienen que sentarse allí y darse cuenta
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Estos son números reales? No puedes simplemente ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            allá arriba y sigue jugando este juego.
                        
                        
                                            
                            a las personas no les gusta. La gente no es
                        
                        
                                            
                            feliz por esto. La gente quiere volver
                        
                        
                                            
                            al sentido común. Y cuanto mas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los conservadores y los republicanos van a
                        
                        
                                            
                            sentido común, cuanto más sienten
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene que hacer completo opuesto y están
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pensar como este es nuestra forma de ganar
                        
                        
                                            
                            el voto porque tenemos que ir en contra
                        
                        
                                            
                            el grano.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. y la favorabilidad baja y
                        
                        
                                            
                            inferior y inferior. ¿Qué crees?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Está sucediendo aquí?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Um quiero decir que es triste cuando tienes
                        
                        
                                            
                            para encontrar una nueva base de votación
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque tu país te desconfía de
                        
                        
                                            
                            mucho. Como um si simplemente, ya sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            como si simplemente actuaran como lo normal
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas, entonces estarían bien. Quiero decir,
                        
                        
                                            
                            La mayoría de las personas que son republicanas
                        
                        
                                            
                            ahora solía ser demócratas en un momento de
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiempo. Como mucha gente en mi familia,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Muchos de mis amigos solían ser demócratas
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque los demócratas solían ser lo normal
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas. Pero no dejarán una normalidad
                        
                        
                                            
                            La persona atraviesa los guardianes en
                        
                        
                                            
                            su fiesta. Como si hubieran destruido
                        
                        
                                            
                            cualquiera que haya sido una amenaza para el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Establecimiento. Gente como Bernie
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sanders e incluso um sabes cuándo Steve
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nay Smith comienza a actuar como podría
                        
                        
                                            
                            se postula para presidente en un par de años,
                        
                        
                                            
                            se pusieron en modo de ataque contra él
                        
                        
                                            
                            de inmediato. Entonces lo están haciendo para
                        
                        
                                            
                            ellos mismos y sabes decir gratis
                        
                        
                                            
                            Healthcare es como decir la guerra
                        
                        
                                            
                            terror o la guerra contra las drogas. Es como
                        
                        
                                            
                            esta cosa imposible de abierta
                        
                        
                                            
                            suena bien pero no es factible. Como
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué tal reformar el sistema de atención médica
                        
                        
                                            
                            en lugar de simplemente decir sin ser gratis
                        
                        
                                            
                            Healthcare. Entonces, um, sí, creo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Deben dejar que una persona normal se obtenga
                        
                        
                                            
                            a través de los guardianes para empezar
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien, así que déjame hacer una pregunta. Oh,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Brandon, ¿cuántos años tienes?
                        
                        
                                            
                            30.
                        
                        
                                            
                            acaba de cumplir 30. Está bien.
                        
                        
                                            
                            30. 30. Entonces 30 años.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Fue una gran fiesta, por cierto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            SO 30 años. Entonces la pregunta es, uh,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Dónde ves si estás si estás si
                        
                        
                                            
                            te contratan como consultor, eres un
                        
                        
                                            
                            chico más joven, lees todo y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cualquier cosa que esté en la política, tú, tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            saber, revise el material que está fuera
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí. ¿Cuáles son las dos o tres áreas que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Crees que los demócratas podrían atacar?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piense en la estrategia del océano azul para decir
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si fueron aquí, pueden obtener algunos
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas de sentido común para unirse a ellos. Dónde
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Sería?
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien, fácil. Yo ambas fiestas deberían hacer
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto. El costo de vida número uno. Entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            La inmigración también afecta esto. El
                        
                        
                                            
                            El costo de una casa se produjo de creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            $ 350,000 en promedio a $ 475 sobre el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Últimos seis años como postco después
                        
                        
                                            
                            Impresión de todo el dinero. Entonces sabes que
                        
                        
                                            
                            solía construir 500,000 casas al año en
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los 70s. esto ahora es como 50,000
                        
                        
                                            
                            casas al año. Tan masivo
                        
                        
                                            
                            de 500,000 en los años 70 a 50,000 hoy.
                        
                        
                                            
                            para que no lo hagan propicio o fácil
                        
                        
                                            
                            en absoluto para que los constructores de viviendas construyan casas
                        
                        
                                            
                            de manera rentable. Sabes como mi abuelo
                        
                        
                                            
                            era un constructor de casas. Dijo que era muy
                        
                        
                                            
                            rentable en el día pero hoy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ni siquiera vale la pena intentar construir
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una casa de inicio. Para que piense
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ese es el número uno
                        
                        
                                            
                            para las personas. Y luego simplemente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Reforma del sistema de atención médica como
                        
                        
                                            
                            tal vez dar subvenciones del gobierno a um
                        
                        
                                            
                            Proporcionar más médicos porque es
                        
                        
                                            
                            en realidad muy difícil convertirse en médico o
                        
                        
                                            
                            un PA como tienen una cantidad limitada de
                        
                        
                                            
                            um Doctores que toman en sus programas
                        
                        
                                            
                            como las personas realmente calificadas no obtienen
                        
                        
                                            
                            en los programas la mayor parte del tiempo. Entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            invirtiendo en cosas que hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            escasez en escasez como escasez en
                        
                        
                                            
                            Doctores allí escasez y casas. Entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            como dirigir los puntos de dolor del lado del mercado
                        
                        
                                            
                            en lugar de simplemente decir como oh, vamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lanzar dinero.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien, tercero. Así que tengo el primero que yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            obtuvo el segundo. ¿Cuál es el tercero?
                        
                        
                                            
                            uno?
                        
                        
                                            
                            um, ¿qué tal no estar tan inclinado a
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿ir a una guerra? Ya sabes, porque ambos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las partes parecen que parecen ser realmente
                        
                        
                                            
                            La cosa bipartidista es, ya sabes, solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            entrar en el negocio de otras personas y,
                        
                        
                                            
                            um, ayuda en guerras de todo el país o
                        
                        
                                            
                            en todo el mundo que no tenemos nada para
                        
                        
                                            
                            do con.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, ¿cómo haces eso? Cómo estás
                        
                        
                                            
                            el último?
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh, el último que diría, uh, detente
                        
                        
                                            
                            dando dinero a Ucrania. Digamos, Ucrania,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hola, lo siento, ya sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            desafortunado que haya perdido algo de tierra, pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            vamos a tener que dar alguna tierra a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Rusia porque esa es la única forma
                        
                        
                                            
                            alrededor de esto. ¿Qué pasa si si puedes conseguir?
                        
                        
                                            
                            algunos minerales a cambio de que nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            protegido a largo plazo porque tienen un
                        
                        
                                            
                            muchas cosas buenas que están ofreciendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            que nos gusta algo de lo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Deal que acaba de hacer en el acuerdo de litio
                        
                        
                                            
                            que el presidente entró y ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo compró lo que 10% para decir oye
                        
                        
                                            
                            vamos a tener este problema en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Futuro también podemos protegernos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creo que era una empresa canadiense si soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            no equivocado correcto
                        
                        
                                            
                            canadiense está ahí y General Motors
                        
                        
                                            
                            sí. Entonces, entonces, ya sabes, alguien puede decir
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ti, bueno, ya sabes, necesitamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            ese acuerdo porque Ucrania tiene parte de
                        
                        
                                            
                            los mejores recursos del mundo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero no necesitábamos ese trato antes de esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            La guerra estaba sucediendo. Y no creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ucrania es el único lugar del mundo
                        
                        
                                            
                            donde podríamos obtener esos minerales y
                        
                        
                                            
                            para obtener ese trato y terminar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esta guerra. Como, así que no veo un
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la que podrían obtener eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            Territorio de regreso sin perder mucho más
                        
                        
                                            
                            de lo que ganamos con el acuerdo mineral. Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            Saber, Rusia tiene esos minerales. Creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            muchos países en esa área, incluso
                        
                        
                                            
                            Canadá tiene muchos de los minerales. Canadá
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene como todos los minerales que pudimos
                        
                        
                                            
                            imagina que necesitaríamos, la mayoría de
                        
                        
                                            
                            que tiene Ucrania. Entonces, creo que el
                        
                        
                                            
                            La cosa de los minerales es algo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            suena bien,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿verdad? Entonces, solo lo tienes. Tom, que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Dirías?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, estoy de acuerdo con él porque uh donde
                        
                        
                                            
                            en esa encuesta que estábamos hablando
                        
                        
                                            
                            Acerca de la encuesta de Quinnipac que condujo a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tu pregunta, los republicanos tienen
                        
                        
                                            
                            obtuvo ganancias entre negros, hispanos y
                        
                        
                                            
                            votantes más jóvenes. Y eso es todo. No fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            Más personas de clase media. No fue mas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Old People. Esos bloques estaban allí. Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue cambios entre negros, hispanos y
                        
                        
                                            
                            votantes más jóvenes que llevaron a la
                        
                        
                                            
                            republicanos bajo Donald Trump ganando un
                        
                        
                                            
                            un poco más de cada condado y nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            vio el mapa rojo. Por eso el más joven
                        
                        
                                            
                            votantes, ¿qué hicieron? Se fueron
                        
                        
                                            
                            después de las redes sociales. Ellos nos quieren, ¿podemos
                        
                        
                                            
                            censurar a los republicanos en las redes sociales
                        
                        
                                            
                            donde están los votantes más jóvenes y luego nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Pueden convencer a los votantes más jóvenes de esto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            y ahora van al otro lado. Votación
                        
                        
                                            
                            bloque. ¿Dónde está el próximo bloque de votación?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos los indocumentados. No me importa donde
                        
                        
                                            
                            de la que vienes. Vamos a darles
                        
                        
                                            
                            algo. Seremos el generoso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hola, acabas de llegar aquí. Estás en
                        
                        
                                            
                            problema. Estás enfermo. ¿Sabes que? Nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            será el generoso. Se trata de
                        
                        
                                            
                            manipulando el bloque de votación. Y yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piensa en las dos primeras cosas que dijiste
                        
                        
                                            
                            los votantes más jóvenes, el costo de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Living and Healthcare. Estoy de acuerdo
                        
                        
                                            
                            con eso. Cuando eches un vistazo um si
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vas a conseguir un trabajo, realmente necesitas
                        
                        
                                            
                            para obtener cobertura de atención médica. Y joven
                        
                        
                                            
                            La gente le dirá que buscan
                        
                        
                                            
                            los trabajos donde el beneficio es como para
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una atención médica. Muchas veces lo tienes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una persona cubierta, solo usted. O tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            solo tiene que pagar una pequeña cantidad y ahora
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tiene buena atención médica. Te rompes
                        
                        
                                            
                            tu pierna, no tienes que ir a esperar
                        
                        
                                            
                            en línea a algún HMO o bajo HMO o
                        
                        
                                            
                            tratar con Medicaid. Realmente puedes ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            y obtener un buen médico y obtener una buena atención.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Así que la atención médica es grande. Y luego costo de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vivir. Necesitamos más construcción y nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            Necesita más casas de inicio. Y necesitamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            casas de inicio. Y por cierto, necesitamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            trabajos en ciudades. Necesitamos trabajos para regresar
                        
                        
                                            
                            a las ciudades y necesitamos condominios y
                        
                        
                                            
                            casas de la ciudad, casas que jóvenes
                        
                        
                                            
                            podría permitirse en ciudades seguras donde hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            son trabajos. Todo funcionaría si
                        
                        
                                            
                            obtienes un lavado de manos en eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero él dio un clavo en la cabeza en el costo
                        
                        
                                            
                            de vida.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y Becca, solo hago una pregunta como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Solo estoy dando un paso atrás y tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los chicos hacen grandes puntos allí. Es
                        
                        
                                            
                            claramente es obvio con los números
                        
                        
                                            
                            y los números están gritando
                        
                        
                                            
                            a través del techo. Los demócratas son
                        
                        
                                            
                            se ha ido. El apoyo se ha ido.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo se ha ido. Uh no los veo
                        
                        
                                            
                            cambio. ¿Alguien los ve?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cambiar de marcha, Pat, ¿en el corto plazo? Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            y todos sabemos que podrían jugar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dirty, piense en ello en ese sentido. Qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿van a hacer? ¿Qué pueden hacer?
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque saben que este barco está más allá
                        
                        
                                            
                            hundimiento, pat. Se han hecho.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos, hispanos, todos son
                        
                        
                                            
                            salto de salto. ¿Qué es lo que es su
                        
                        
                                            
                            Otra opción, Brandon? ¿Qué otra cosa?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si simplemente lo toman. Si simplemente dieron
                        
                        
                                            
                            arriba, tómalo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            i Pero Tom, no solo lo toman. Mirar
                        
                        
                                            
                            al mirar la historia de lo que estamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Solo viendo y las historias van a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ven. 6 de enero, Rusia, estas personas
                        
                        
                                            
                            No juegues. No son no son
                        
                        
                                            
                            terminado. Votar no funciona, manipular el
                        
                        
                                            
                            votación y simplemente tómalo y luego cambia
                        
                        
                                            
                            a un marxista socialista. Ese es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esa es la agenda globalista.
                        
                        
                                            
                            se ajustarán. Ahora, voy a un
                        
                        
                                            
                            lugar diferente. Déjame decirte que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vinnie, esto se remonta a
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh uh esto se remonta a hace tres años
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cuando Trump perdió. Fueron cuatro años
                        
                        
                                            
                            }, pero hace tres años cuando estamos en
                        
                        
                                            
                            it,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo el mundo dice: "Dios mío, es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            fin del mundo. "Sabes, cuando estamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            en Covid y estamos recibiendo ataques y
                        
                        
                                            
                            todo esto está sucediendo y mis muchachos
                        
                        
                                            
                            son como "Pat, ¿qué hacemos?
                        
                        
                                            
                            estar creando. Y estoy hablando con un grupo
                        
                        
                                            
                            de los chicos como estoy de vuelta en los días
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hubo un tipo llamado Brian Rose que lo hizo
                        
                        
                                            
                            un podcast una vez y tenía 65,000
                        
                        
                                            
                            en vivo viéndolo concurrente y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo el mundo dice: "Oh, Dios mío, mira cómo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mucha gente que este tipo está mirando ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos estos tipos que estaban haciendo así
                        
                        
                                            
                            es en 2000. Ya sabes, verías reunir
                        
                        
                                            
                            Kevin haciendo grandes cosas con podcast
                        
                        
                                            
                            y él estaba haciendo un gran trabajo todos los días
                        
                        
                                            
                            hablando de la
                        
                        
                                            
                            El siguiente paquete de estímulo, el siguiente
                        
                        
                                            
                            paquete de estímulo y él fue uno de los
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los mejores chicos lo hacen. Graham Stefen estaba en
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos estos tipos que estaban haciendo cosas y
                        
                        
                                            
                            y dando su mensaje y estás
                        
                        
                                            
                            como, "Oye, ¿qué va a pasar?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Quién se quedará despierto? Cuanto tiempo es
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Van a poder hacer esto? "Y yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            seguía diciendo: "Déjame decirte una cosa
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre el sentido común, hombre. A veces
                        
                        
                                            
                            El sentido común toma un minuto,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero está invicto ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vinnie. El sentido común es verdaderamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            invicto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es. Y eventualmente cualquiera que sea
                        
                        
                                            
                            manipulador, engañoso, oscuro,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eres eventualmente conseguir
                        
                        
                                            
                            expuesto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            expuesto. Y por cierto, probablemente tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            podría haberse salido con la suya un 100
                        
                        
                                            
                            hace años.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tal vez podrías haberse salido con la suya
                        
                        
                                            
                            hace 60 años. Un intento de asesinato
                        
                        
                                            
                            sucede. Podrías salirse con la suya
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque solo había una cámara.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este es el peor momento.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Este es el peor momento porque un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Podcaster puede decir algo y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo siguiente que sabes es que cinco personas pueden enviar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Un correo electrónico anónimo para que le dé
                        
                        
                                            
                            Intel sobre lo que sucedió con el FBI,
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo que pasó con la CIA, lo que pasó
                        
                        
                                            
                            con ciertas cosas, soplando el silbato
                        
                        
                                            
                            de manera indirecta con un anónimo
                        
                        
                                            
                            correo electrónico, dándote todo el Intel y no
                        
                        
                                            
                            Uno va a saber que eso sucede hoy.
                        
                        
                                            
                            no sucedió hace 50 años. No
                        
                        
                                            
                            ocurre hace 60 años. Este es un momento que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creo que los demócratas se ajustarán. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            Simplemente no sé a quién va esa persona
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ser que vendrá y tenga
                        
                        
                                            
                            esa conversación con ellos. Por supuesto,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estás viendo un éxodo masivo de personas
                        
                        
                                            
                            que están saliendo. Sus argumentos apestan
                        
                        
                                            
                            en este momento. Verdaderamente, sus argumentos y
                        
                        
                                            
                            sus ideas apestan. Déjame leer esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            artículo para usted que no tiene nada que hacer
                        
                        
                                            
                            con política, pero tiene que ver con mal
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ideas. Entonces, este artículo aquí dice: "Encuesta
                        
                        
                                            
                            muestra mujeres liberales
                        
                        
                                            
                            están en curso de bloqueo con las citas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Infierno que crearon. "¿Qué quieres decir
                        
                        
                                            
                            Curso de bloqueo? Rob, si quieres tirar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Up la historia aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, ¿hay un rayo de esperanza para
                        
                        
                                            
                            mujeres liberales solteras amargas? Un nuevo estudio
                        
                        
                                            
                            muestra del Instituto de Gobernadores
                        
                        
                                            
                            y cívica en la Florida State University,
                        
                        
                                            
                            que sabe mucho sobre esto porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            Se divierten hardcore. Si tú si sabes
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas de la Universidad Estatal de Florida,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Por lo general, se atascan en el tráfico A
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lote mostró que sí, podría haber
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esperanza. Sin embargo, para los liberales solteros que odian
                        
                        
                                            
                            conservadores tanto que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nunca esté dispuesto a salir con uno. Déjame
                        
                        
                                            
                            lea esto nuevamente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Puede haber esperanza todavía para
                        
                        
                                            
                            liberales que odian tanto a los conservadores
                        
                        
                                            
                            que nunca estarían dispuestos a salir
                        
                        
                                            
                            uno. Pero este estudio descubrió que
                        
                        
                                            
                            generalmente a medida que las mujeres liberales envejecen y
                        
                        
                                            
                            La gravedad se hace cargo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Se convierten más en el artículo
                        
                        
                                            
                            no dice eso. Solo soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Se convierten en que se vuelven más abiertos
                        
                        
                                            
                            para salir con un hombre conservador.
                        
                        
                                            
                            raro.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sin embargo, su apertura con la edad podría
                        
                        
                                            
                            ser para que todos podrían ser para nada.
                        
                        
                                            
                            según el estudio, como conservador
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los hombres envejecen, en realidad se vuelven menos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Abierto para salir con un liberal. El resultado de
                        
                        
                                            
                            El estudio no es definitivo por ningún
                        
                        
                                            
                            estiramiento de la imaginación. Aunque ahí
                        
                        
                                            
                            es un cierto núcleo de verdad.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay muchos hombres jóvenes en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            mundo que podría no ser fullon mega muere
                        
                        
                                            
                            difícil pero sostiene las creencias conservadoras. Ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            no están tan bien como para no estar dispuestos
                        
                        
                                            
                            hasta la fecha en un liberal. Bien. Te acabas de ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            en algún lugar.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quédate conmigo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            . Pueden tener una pregunta ya para
                        
                        
                                            
                            usted. Ahí es a donde voy con esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            pueden haber votado por Trump, pero ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            son bastante abiertos. Joven liberal
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las mujeres, por otro lado, serían directamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            rechazar a esta persona como potencial romántico
                        
                        
                                            
                            o socio de la vida. No importa si él
                        
                        
                                            
                            votó por Trump, pero no está de acuerdo con el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Aranceles o deportación del presidente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Política. No hay matices para un liberal
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mujer. Son completamente intolerantes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y es esta intolerancia lo que lleva a
                        
                        
                                            
                            hombres conservadores que se cerran más
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la edad avanzada. De nuevo, este es un diario
                        
                        
                                            
                            Historia de la persona que llama. Cuantos hombres conservadores
                        
                        
                                            
                            he visto
                        
                        
                                            
                            sus relaciones explotan debido a
                        
                        
                                            
                            política? Cuantos han sido rechazados
                        
                        
                                            
                            solo porque piensan que el aborto debería
                        
                        
                                            
                            estar reservado para casos extremos como
                        
                        
                                            
                            incesto o emergencia médica grave? Identificación
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mejor participación justa. Entonces Vinnie, tengo un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pregunta para usted. Eres tú y yo somos
                        
                        
                                            
                            la misma edad. Bueno. Pero vamos al
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vinnie de 28 años.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿consideraría el Vinnie de 28 años?
                        
                        
                                            
                            casarse con un li casándose con un niño de 24 años
                        
                        
                                            
                            Socialista de votación liberal AOC? 28. 28. Si
                        
                        
                                            
                            no estaba en la política.
                        
                        
                                            
                            no te gusta la política. Por supuesto que tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            se habría casado con ella. Por supuesto. Quería
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Incluso lo pensaste?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella está caliente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ni siquiera pensé como caliente. Como yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ...
                        
                        
                                            
                            Brandon, tienes 30.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            a A A A That Girl que vino que hizo un
                        
                        
                                            
                            comercial para nosotros a quien presentó
                        
                        
                                            
                            nosotros, ¿verdad?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si ella era una liberal hardcore,
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella ha dejado caer esa hermosa.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Te gustará. Ella es atractiva.
                        
                        
                                            
                            probablemente vas a compartir esto con
                        
                        
                                            
                            ella. No deja de hablar. Deberías
                        
                        
                                            
                            Van a una fecha con ellos ya.
                        
                        
                                            
                            por cierto, si ella es una liberal hardcore
                        
                        
                                            
                            mhm.
                        
                        
                                            
                            AOC
                        
                        
                                            
                            axilas toda la noche, pero ella es
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo dejó caer. Espléndido.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Te casarías con ella?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Por qué no? ¿Por qué no te casarías con ella?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, ellos arruinarán tu vida.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué quieres decir con eso?
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque son simplemente desagradables. Como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella es hermosa.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo sé, pero es como una trampa.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Brandon, tenga cuidado. Ella está caliente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero el problema es con ellos es que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ellos quieren controlar el
                        
                        
                                            
                            relación. Quieren el control de
                        
                        
                                            
                            dinámica y ellos simplemente tienen como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este desagradable.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No crees como hombre que puedes imponer
                        
                        
                                            
                            su, ya sabes, lado masculino y elevar
                        
                        
                                            
                            los niños de la manera que desee?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No. Llamarían a eso masculinidad tóxica.
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo harían. Entonces, incluso si es hermosa
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hot, lo dejó caer. Caminas en el centro comercial,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo el mundo tiene, ya sabes, cuellos solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            rompiendo porque están revisando
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tu chica. No te importa. No lo harías
                        
                        
                                            
                            casarse aquí si ella era liberal.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mary, no. Podría ser engañado como
                        
                        
                                            
                            inicialmente, pero um Mary, no. Que ruina
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tu vida. Ya sabes, siempre tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            Digue siempre que puedas hacer mal
                        
                        
                                            
                            decisión con con quién te casas y podría
                        
                        
                                            
                            arruina tu vida.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es tan cierto. Eso sí, si yo si yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            tenía que decir 28 y como su edad y como
                        
                        
                                            
                            involucrado con la política de la forma en que
                        
                        
                                            
                            absolutamente no porque los valores no sean
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí. La educación infantil no es
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí. Los dejando ser lo que sea
                        
                        
                                            
                            quiere trans. No estoy con eso. Y luego
                        
                        
                                            
                            pat y entiendo que hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            cristianos demócratas. No lo soy no lo soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estúpido. Pero ¿realmente ceden a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dios? ¿Realmente van a criar el
                        
                        
                                            
                            familia debajo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué pasa si ella es un desafío?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué quieres decir con un desafío?
                        
                        
                                            
                            como tú como un desafío. Eres como,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creo que puedo convertirla.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Convertir. No
                        
                        
                                            
                            Usted, como ustedes, chicos, están acostados
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la cama y usted suelta un sombrero de maga
                        
                        
                                            
                            junto a ella.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Te gusta darle como un rosa, ya sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            lencería con etiqueta mágica en la parte posterior
                        
                        
                                            
                            de él. Lo acabo de comprar en Victoria
                        
                        
                                            
                            secreto. Lo dejas caer. Ella lo está usando.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella no tiene idea. Hay una pegatina en
                        
                        
                                            
                            La parte posterior que dice MAGA. Y él dijo
                        
                        
                                            
                            "nena, te ves tan bien. Da la vuelta.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Déjame tomarte una foto. "Mira
                        
                        
                                            
                            el
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué es lo que pones?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tienes la casa del misil patriota
                        
                        
                                            
                            Shorts boxer
                        
                        
                                            
                            y la ruptura del maquillaje. Pero tú no lo harías
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hazlo. No lo vas a hacer. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            No puedo hacerlo porque ya lo sé mucho
                        
                        
                                            
                            ejecutar como si no valga la pena que no valga la pena
                        
                        
                                            
                            el esfuerzo por tratar de arreglarla para que se mantenga
                        
                        
                                            
                            el viaje en el que estamos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, ¿sabes qué pasó con ellos?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque ellos los aspecto, ya sabes, van así
                        
                        
                                            
                            rápidamente, ¿verdad?
                        
                        
                                            
                            i chicos, me patearon en mi mano por mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hijo en el grupo hace 3 meses.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Déjame decirte que todavía está ahí. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            se habría recuperado en 24 horas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, dinero fácil.
                        
                        
                                            
                            todavía está allí si estaba en mis 20 años,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿verdad? Es una vida muy diferente. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue al médico ayer. Di
                        
                        
                                            
                            suficiente sangre para, ya sabes, compartir con un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pequeño pequeño pueblo en Uh África.
                        
                        
                                            
                            literalmente, di tanto sangre. Soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            como ir así. Estoy como, "No,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Solo quedan ocho más ". Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella sigue tomando sangre y solo estoy
                        
                        
                                            
                            observando la sangre que se escabulle en esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            . Yo digo, "¿Cuánto más de sangre
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Necesitas de mí? "Como, quiero decir, soy yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Te pagan para darte toda esta sangre?
                        
                        
                                            
                            no, solo necesitamos probar su uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            cualquier cosa. Y tengo 46 años. Entonces, el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Doctor's -Like, "Mira,
                        
                        
                                            
                            tienes esa edad ". Dije:" Yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Saber. Estoy pensando que lo voy a hacerlo en
                        
                        
                                            
                            50. "Bueno, el médico dice que tienes
                        
                        
                                            
                            para hacerlo a los 45. Dije: "Puedo tomar algunos
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiempo. "No, tienes que hacerlo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es ahora. Ahora o nunca.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Quieres que realmente lo haga? Si tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo que hacerlo. Dije: "Amigo, no
                        
                        
                                            
                            quiere hacerlo. Es un poco
                        
                        
                                            
                            incómoda. Tienes que sabes lo que soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            hablando de. Ya sabes, lo hiciste
                        
                        
                                            
                            hace unos meses. Era como el
                        
                        
                                            
                            El mejor día de tu vida. Tu eras
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vienen aquí celebrando, emocionado. Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            se sintió más ligero, más feliz ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            El médico estaba muy feliz.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Sí. El médico decía: "Sí".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, pero entra en él. Quiero decir, piensa en
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto, Tom. Piensa en esto. Pensar en
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piense en ese aspecto allí mismo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            derecho.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vaya un poco más bajo. Ir un poco
                        
                        
                                            
                            inferior. No quieren tener hijos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No quieren casarse. Son
                        
                        
                                            
                            enojado. Odian a los hombres. Están enojados. Pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Crees que nacieron de esta manera?
                        
                        
                                            
                            no, pat. Creo que el sistema lo hizo porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo que esas mujeres miran a este grupo y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mire la epidemia que está sucediendo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No tienen hijos. Y cual es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            La idea globalista de Brandon es menos personas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nos
                        
                        
                                            
                            de Bill Gates y ellos. ¿Cuál es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿El mayor problema? Hay demasiados humanos
                        
                        
                                            
                            seres. Han dicho estas palabras. OMS
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue el príncipe um el duque de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Jack? No, no. El chico el chico
                        
                        
                                            
                            de Inglaterra que murió. Era un príncipe
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creo, de York. Cuando dijeron
                        
                        
                                            
                            Él dice: "¿Sabes qué? Si muero, yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            me encantaría volver como un virus solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            para matar a tantas personas como pueda ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto es una familia real leal
                        
                        
                                            
                            miembro. Es demasiada gente, Pat. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Adivina qué? Esto es un enorme
                        
                        
                                            
                            Generación de mujeres que son como "yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            No necesite hombres. Soy independiente. Todo yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            La necesidad es mi perro y mi gato. "Prince
                        
                        
                                            
                            Phillip, dijo: "Si reencarnara,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Volvería como un virus mortal para resolver
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobrepoblación. "Para que sea lo que sea que eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, quiero decir que parece un total
                        
                        
                                            
                            calle
                        
                        
                                            
                            Zoom un poco. El parece
                        
                        
                                            
                            alguien.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dime ese tipo si quieres.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es como un Bondville.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Murió. Está muerto si tengo razón.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, estaba muerto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Parece que parece un blanco
                        
                        
                                            
                            Walker de Game of Thrones. Pero mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            El punto es P I I Ir en un paraguas más grande.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es esta es una misión completa porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mira cuántas mujeres en este momento están
                        
                        
                                            
                            como, "No, no necesito un hombre. No
                        
                        
                                            
                            no necesita nada. Soy independiente ". Pero entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            una vez que llega a cierta edad, es
                        
                        
                                            
                            como, "Oh, Dios mío". Mirando hacia atrás, yo era
                        
                        
                                            
                            engañado. Es como las personas que fueron
                        
                        
                                            
                            que compró la colusión de Rusia, compró
                        
                        
                                            
                            El Trump como Hitler, es como ahora es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ahora es demasiado tarde.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, pero esa es la parte. Entonces, donde estoy
                        
                        
                                            
                            yendo con esto, Tom, y llegaré a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Usted envuelve este. Uh, a menos que si
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tienes cualquier otra cosa que decir. Entonces, donde
                        
                        
                                            
                            Voy con esto es lo siguiente. Si
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si tus malas políticas
                        
                        
                                            
                            destruir la vida de las personas y ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            eventualmente descubrirlo, hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            nada peor que, por ejemplo, está bien,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ustedes van a escuchar que voy a hacer
                        
                        
                                            
                            Un anuncio aquí probablemente la próxima semana.
                        
                        
                                            
                            He estado usando este mismo zapato exacto
                        
                        
                                            
                            durante las últimas dos semanas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            He estado usando ni siquiera bromeando.
                        
                        
                                            
                            He estado usando el mismo zapato exacto
                        
                        
                                            
                            todos los días las últimas dos semanas. Bueno. el
                        
                        
                                            
                            mismo zapato todos los días para los dos últimos
                        
                        
                                            
                            semanas
                        
                        
                                            
                            con trajes de tres piezas y todo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Me pongo con un traje, ¿verdad? Soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            a punto de ir a Las Vegas. Con todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estoy usando, uso este zapato, ¿verdad? Hacer
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sabes lo que es peor
                        
                        
                                            
                            que cuando sales con un producto
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Y a la gente no le gusta? Que ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuando no les gusta el producto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            cuando cuando vas a una tienda, no, peor
                        
                        
                                            
                            que atacar. Sí, volveremos a
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto, rob. Lo mostraremos. Pero cuando tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vuelve a él, compra el producto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué es lo peor que quieres
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿ocurre con su producto? Cuando tu cuando
                        
                        
                                            
                            Usted sale con un producto,
                        
                        
                                            
                            como usted como fabricante de productos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Digamos que salió con un producto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, revisiones. Gente gente que lo destrozan.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué es peor que las revisiones?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sin ventas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué es peor que las ventas?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Uh como algo mal con las devoluciones.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. La gente no lo quiere.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hey, hombre. Quiero un reembolso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto apesta. Sí. Bien. Quiero un
                        
                        
                                            
                            reembolso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estamos en la conferencia de bóveda. Bóveda
                        
                        
                                            
                            termina para el evento mágico. Sabes
                        
                        
                                            
                            cuántos boletos vendimos a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Conferencia de bóveda?
                        
                        
                                            
                            4,100
                        
                        
                                            
                            más boletos para el V V
                        
                        
                                            
                            Conferencia.
                        
                        
                                            
                            de un año desde
                        
                        
                                            
                            de un año a partir de eso, eso va a
                        
                        
                                            
                            estar en el MGM Grand Arena.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Santo Moly. Quiero decir, la gente viene yo solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            llegó como general hace cuatro años. Entonces yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            compró un ejecutivo. Entonces compré cinco
                        
                        
                                            
                            de mis muchachos. Entonces compré un boleto de CO
                        
                        
                                            
                            y vino con 28 de mis empleados. ¿Qué?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estoy trayendo a mi equipo la próxima vez.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Quiero decir, es el más
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hermosa cosa. Pero aquí está el mal
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo cosa de los malos productos es que eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ver a tanta gente pidiendo reembolsos
                        
                        
                                            
                            de las políticas democráticas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            A medida que envejecen, regresan y
                        
                        
                                            
                            diciendo: "Quiero un reembolso. Destruiste
                        
                        
                                            
                            mi vida.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Era una chica caliente de 23 años. Te convenciste
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Me daré la vuelta y a quién le importa? Mi cuerpo
                        
                        
                                            
                            El recuento de cuerpos no cuenta. "Fui
                        
                        
                                            
                            a 68 chicos. Dios
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hice todas estas cosas y ahora ningún hombre
                        
                        
                                            
                            quiere casarse conmigo y todos quieren
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sepa qué cuenta mi cuerpo y soy un
                        
                        
                                            
                            mujer cristiana y quiero decir
                        
                        
                                            
                            ellos la verdad, pero al mismo tiempo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cuando lo hago, se ejecutan. ¿Qué tengo que hacer?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué debo hacer? Lo único que puedo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Do es conformarse con este tipo y conformarse con
                        
                        
                                            
                            ese tipo. ¿Qué hago ahora? ¿Bien?
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque alguien los compró que vendió
                        
                        
                                            
                            que estas ideas están bien para comprar
                        
                        
                                            
                            en. Entonces, para mí, creo que eventualmente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tienen que resolverlo porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vinnie, si no lo hacen,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Va a ser un shellack para 20
                        
                        
                                            
                            años.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creo que sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Va a ser un shellack para 20
                        
                        
                                            
                            años. Realmente lo digo en serio. Va a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sea malo durante 20 años. Tom, tus pensamientos
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la historia aquí?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, te daré un personal
                        
                        
                                            
                            Experiencia que tuve. Um, ya sabes, yo era
                        
                        
                                            
                            rehacer mi cocina en una casa que tenía. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue soltero. Todavía no había conocido a Kim. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            se encontraría con Kim como cinco años después.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ahora, tal vez no sea una historia apropiada.
                        
                        
                                            
                            no, no, no, no. Vas a ir.
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero el contratista, su tipo de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Capataz, era una mujer de forma. Ella salió
                        
                        
                                            
                            revisó a los chicos y todo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Ella era?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Ella tenía como 40 años.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Te estoy diciendo, no hagas la historia.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No lo hice, no salí con ella. Uh pero yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            noté que noté la forma en que hablaba con
                        
                        
                                            
                            la era muy atractiva y ella era
                        
                        
                                            
                            por ahí todos los días
                        
                        
                                            
                            viniendo por la casa, asegurándose de que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los gabinetes son a tiempo, todos
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto. Ella era una buena capataz para el
                        
                        
                                            
                            propietario de la empresa constructora. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Un día el propietario de una construcción
                        
                        
                                            
                            La compañía dice: "Hola,
                        
                        
                                            
                            um, recuerda que viene a mi casa,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella puede ver el Ferrari que soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            restaurando con un millón de partes en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Garaje, ¿verdad? Ella ve donde estoy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vivir. Ella ve que soy soltera y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella es creo que tenía 40. Yo era menos
                        
                        
                                            
                            que eso. Tenía 34 años en ese momento.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y el tipo me dice, Pat, dice,
                        
                        
                                            
                            "Oye, ya sabes, ella no está saliendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            cualquiera ". Y dije,
                        
                        
                                            
                            "No, ella creo que ella piensa" y yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Recuerda la palabra. Ella dice: "Ella piensa
                        
                        
                                            
                            eres interesante ". Y dije:" Sí,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, eso es muy amable de tu parte.
                        
                        
                                            
                            solo estaba tratando de ser agradable, pero no estoy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Interesado. Porque pensé que ella parecía
                        
                        
                                            
                            Aquí viene la palabra, amarga. La forma en que ella
                        
                        
                                            
                            hablaría con los chicos en el sitio de trabajo
                        
                        
                                            
                            y luego la veía y luego hablaba
                        
                        
                                            
                            En su teléfono, ella me pareció
                        
                        
                                            
                            como una persona amarga. Entonces aquí tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene el biz.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, ¿adivina qué? No,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quería que quería el muelle de Biz.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Así que volví a mirar esto y solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pied. Le dije: "No, no, gracias". Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Porque dije que no,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cuente la historia real. Ella era sólida como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Super Nice.
                        
                        
                                            
                            me dijo una versión diferente de cómo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Intenta ser más agradable.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Llevaba un cinturón de herramientas?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No. como
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Llevaba un cinturón de herramientas? Tomás,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mi mente me dice que no.
                        
                        
                                            
                            no, no, no. El punto es que lo vi. Yo vi
                        
                        
                                            
                            it. Y siento que ella era amarga y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella estaba llegando. Ella dice
                        
                        
                                            
                            Usted contando la historia completa.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No, no tenía nada que hacer.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella se acercó y luego Tom
                        
                        
                                            
                            No tenía nada que hacer y ella era súper
                        
                        
                                            
                            a partir de entonces ella era aún más agradable. voluntad
                        
                        
                                            
                            Te cuente una historia similar porque dije
                        
                        
                                            
                            Te contaré una historia similar.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ustedes me están burlando de mí. Estoy diciendo que yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo vio.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Simplemente no quiero que toda la historia sea porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            me contaste la historia cómo fue y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella arriba
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque sí, no quiero entrar en
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo que estoy diciendo. Ya sabes, si
                        
                        
                                            
                            no entiendes, no había otro
                        
                        
                                            
                            historia a él porque pero la encuesta
                        
                        
                                            
                            es correcto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si hubiera dicho: "Sí, tal vez vamos a vamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Salir. Salgamos a agarrar la hamburguesa, tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            saber, solo tenga un almuerzo informal o
                        
                        
                                            
                            algo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Puedes ejecutar una encuesta? "
                        
                        
                                            
                            10 minutos en una encuesta.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Sabes lo que pasó? Aguantar un
                        
                        
                                            
                            segundo. Ejecutar esto. Ejecutar una encuesta. Y quiero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esta es la encuesta. Cuantos de ustedes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piense
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tom enganchado con él? ¿Sí o no? Correr
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esta encuesta. Pero veamos qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            La audiencia piensa.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Podemos ver lo que piensan.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Veamos lo que piensa la audiencia. Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Sabes qué va a pasar? Justo si
                        
                        
                                            
                            les vas a decir que ibas a ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            a 5 minutos después de que esté en el almuerzo, cómo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Sientes sobre el aborto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Crees que el aborto está bien en extremo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            casos? ¿A qué te refieres con violación?
                        
                        
                                            
                            incesto, o Chuck Schumer? Yo ya sabes
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué crees? Personas que son las personas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Votación, Tom. Ellos no te creen.
                        
                        
                                            
                            1,7
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las personas escuchan el podcast. Dos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, vamos. Ejército de BISC.
                        
                        
                                            
                            no lo hice. Te lo digo. Yo lo vi
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sin embargo. Estaba mirando
                        
                        
                                            
                            le dijo algo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No, ella parecía amarga. Pero déjame decir
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tú, estaba como no interesado.
                        
                        
                                            
                            En este punto, son 3.000. Ella es sobre
                        
                        
                                            
                            para entrar en el mensaje en este momento. y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella se convertirá en ella
                        
                        
                                            
                            Obtenga una membresía y comentario.
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh por cierto, si estás ahí fuera
                        
                        
                                            
                            escuchando esto, la señora capataz que
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue un poco amargado hace muchos años, tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            tuvo la oportunidad de obtener el VIS
                        
                        
                                            
                            y no lo hiciste.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tuviste una oportunidad. Y si estas ahí
                        
                        
                                            
                            Al ver esto, puede conectar Tom.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Han pasado muchos años y tal vez conectarse
                        
                        
                                            
                            nosotros y danos algunos Intel, vuelve a
                        
                        
                                            
                            la historia. Déjame decirte, obviamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nos estamos divirtiendo mucho aquí. Eran
                        
                        
                                            
                            divirtiéndose mucho aquí. Y ya sabes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Te contaré una historia real. Tengo 28 años. He
                        
                        
                                            
                            ya tomó la decisión de casarse.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quiero una esposa y estoy hablando con cuatro
                        
                        
                                            
                            chicas y las cuatro chicas que estoy viendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Quién va a ser mi esposa, quién no?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una de las chicas que realmente me gustan y ella
                        
                        
                                            
                            y he pasado mucho tiempo juntos
                        
                        
                                            
                            ya que probablemente tenía 24, 25. Simplemente
                        
                        
                                            
                            disfrutaron de la compañía del otro, persa
                        
                        
                                            
                            niña. Y ella era realmente genial. Miré
                        
                        
                                            
                            más allá del hecho de que la llevé a un Billy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Evento de Graham que tuvo lugar en Pasadena
                        
                        
                                            
                            en 03. Fue un evento de noviembre. Puede
                        
                        
                                            
                            Rob, ¿puedes detenerte para verificar mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿números?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Billy Graham hablaba en Pasadena?
                        
                        
                                            
                            en 2003? Noviembre. Cuatro noches en Rose
                        
                        
                                            
                            tazón. Escriba Rose Bowl. Quiero saber
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si es 03 o 04. Salí tres de
                        
                        
                                            
                            los cuatro 04.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuál fue el día? 04. Está bien. Que tomé
                        
                        
                                            
                            ella allí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces fue 04. La llevé allí y yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            tomó un montón de chicos allí y Billy
                        
                        
                                            
                            acaba de aplastarlo. Estoy tratando de ver que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella va a estar haciendo. Y luego rápido
                        
                        
                                            
                            adelante uh el día antes de que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tienen que ser como una semana antes de Jen y yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Comienza a citas. Estoy soltero
                        
                        
                                            
                            y estamos en un bar en Pasadena Opas y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella me está diciendo: "Pat, por favor sea
                        
                        
                                            
                            Honesto conmigo. Quieres estar con
                        
                        
                                            
                            me? Porque te amo. Quiero estar con
                        
                        
                                            
                            usted, pero yo vas a romper mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            corazón si nos reunimos y te vamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            me. Seré destruido. Por favor no hagas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso para mí. Y ella está llorando diciéndome
                        
                        
                                            
                            En el bar a las 1:00 de la mañana.
                        
                        
                                            
                            mhm.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y realmente disfruto de la compañía de esta chica.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No ha pasado nada con Jen. Jen y yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            no están en una fecha. Esta es una semana antes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Jen y yo comenzamos a salir.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y estoy sentado allí y soy amable
                        
                        
                                            
                            de atravesarlo. Yo digo, "Amigo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            políticamente,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eres una persona hardcore John Ky.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eres unicef.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sabes, esta persona, odiaba
                        
                        
                                            
                            republicanos. "Y ni siquiera soy un
                        
                        
                                            
                            persona política en este momento. Solo soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Un chico de 28 años que solo está ganando dinero.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esa ni siquiera estoy hablando de política.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Solo estoy tratando de hacer lo mío. Pero yo yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            tuvo que decir en ese momento, dice ella,
                        
                        
                                            
                            "solo me persigue si sabes que vas
                        
                        
                                            
                            para casarse conmigo algún día, por favor. "Y yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            dijo: "Sé que no puedo casarme contigo algún día,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Así que no puedo hacer esto ". Y me alejé.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y ella está llorando llorando, pero dice,
                        
                        
                                            
                            "Gracias". Nos abrazamos. Es la última vez
                        
                        
                                            
                            alguna vez hablé con ella.
                        
                        
                                            
                            wow.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tenía 28 años. Entonces esta dama
                        
                        
                                            
                            Foreman apareció, ¿de acuerdo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            y te conectaste con ella en el camino
                        
                        
                                            
                            Inicio
                        
                        
                                            
                            y 20 años después, nos encontramos
                        
                        
                                            
                            y decimos el capataz, el capataz.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y ella dijo: "Oye, escucha. Estaba
                        
                        
                                            
                            trabajando para este compañero, llámalo
                        
                        
                                            
                            biz doc, y nunca me presentó
                        
                        
                                            
                            su bisc. Y te conocería. No
                        
                        
                                            
                            Incluso quiero casarse contigo. "Oh. Oh, él es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hablando de su escucha. Yo era yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            cantando como, ya sabes, ella está tocando
                        
                        
                                            
                            La otra canción, Jaguar Edge, vamos a obtener
                        
                        
                                            
                            casado. Soy como, amigo, no quiero
                        
                        
                                            
                            casarse. Solo quiero que me guste
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, hombre.
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero de todos modos, de modo que esa historia real. Verdadero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Historia. Simplemente porque los niños serían
                        
                        
                                            
                            confundido cuando se trata de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Valores y principios que quiero compartir.
                        
                        
                                            
                            El matrimonio ya es bastante difícil cuando
                        
                        
                                            
                            Políticamente estás en lados opuestos. Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            es muy desafiante. Un cristiano puede casarse
                        
                        
                                            
                            un católico. Un cristiano puede casarse con un judío,
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero el suyo en el mismo lado
                        
                        
                                            
                            políticamente. Tienen una mayor oportunidad
                        
                        
                                            
                            de hacerlo que un cristiano que se case con un
                        
                        
                                            
                            cristiano donde uno es socialista y
                        
                        
                                            
                            uno es republicano.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. No,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las políticas y las ideas tienen que estar en el mismo
                        
                        
                                            
                            página.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y uh de todos modos, John Kerry, todo fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tu falla. Para que lo sepas. Pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Qué increíble capataz era ella. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            MEDIO, obtienes Tom Respeto. Está bien,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vamos a la próxima historia aquí. Vamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            llegar al siguiente. Pete Hexet quiere
                        
                        
                                            
                            usted para ponerse en forma, amigos. Y el es
                        
                        
                                            
                            como enfermo. Bueno. No más, tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            saber, comer tarta de queso seis noches a
                        
                        
                                            
                            semana y poner peso y puede
                        
                        
                                            
                            solo ejecuta dos millas en 17 minutos y 58
                        
                        
                                            
                            segundos. Él quiere que te pongas en forma
                        
                        
                                            
                            y a algunas personas no les gusta eso. Alguno
                        
                        
                                            
                            La gente quiere que sus veteranos militares
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sé pequeños gordos saliendo a
                        
                        
                                            
                            donde se cansan después de trotar por 2
                        
                        
                                            
                            minutos como las personas en la vista. Pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pete quiere que estés en forma. Pete
                        
                        
                                            
                            quiere que haga pull-ups, flexiones, obtenga
                        
                        
                                            
                            volver a los soldados masculinos que nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            Have. Y este es un discurso que dio
                        
                        
                                            
                            y algunas personas no están contentos con
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto. Adelante, Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Francamente, es agotador mirar
                        
                        
                                            
                            formaciones de combate o realmente cualquiera
                        
                        
                                            
                            Formación y ver tropas gordas
                        
                        
                                            
                            cuerpo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Del mismo modo, es completamente inaceptable
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ver a los generales y almirantes de grasa en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            salas del Pentágono.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los comandos de los generales gordos en todo el país
                        
                        
                                            
                            y el mundo. Es un general de mal gorde.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es malo. No es quienes somos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien, así que escucha. Eso es una vergüenza gorda para
                        
                        
                                            
                            algunas personas, ¿verdad? Él continúa, Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Es este otro?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, tengo un montón de clips. Esto es
                        
                        
                                            
                            él hablando de que no quiere
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hijos um para luchar con uh sobrepeso
                        
                        
                                            
                            tropas. Sí,
                        
                        
                                            
                            No quiere eso. Adelante, Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No quiero que mi hijo sirva junto
                        
                        
                                            
                            tropas que están fuera de forma o en combate
                        
                        
                                            
                            Unidad con hembras que no pueden conocer al
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los mismos estándares físicos de los brazos de combate que
                        
                        
                                            
                            hombres o tropas que no son completamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            competente en sus armas asignadas,
Plataforma
                        
                        
                                            
                            , o tarea. o bajo un líder que
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue el primero pero no el mejor.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los estándares deben ser uniformes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            genderneutral y alto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien, así que está diciendo esto ahora, Sunonny
                        
                        
                                            
                            host, Rob, si puede averiguar en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vista. Ella encuentra esto un poco, ya sabes
                        
                        
                                            
                            inapropiado. ¿Por qué querríamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿hacer esto? ¿Qué tiene de malo tener grasa?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿personas en el ejército? Adelante, Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            realmente confundido por por qué por eso el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las ópticas eran terribles, lo que significa todas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los principales latones militares están en un solo lugar
                        
                        
                                            
                            y gastamos $ 6 millones para conseguirlos
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí. Que eso no hizo mucho
                        
                        
                                            
                            sentido para mí. Tampoco hizo mucho
                        
                        
                                            
                            de sentido um para mí que estaba diciendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            que iba a endurecer físico
                        
                        
                                            
                            estándares y re y revisa el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Política antihazada um por especie de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Implementación de una política de novatadas. Y luego
                        
                        
                                            
                            también dijo que iba a regresar
                        
                        
                                            
                            al estándar masculino más alto para el combate
                        
                        
                                            
                            posiciones porque las tropas eran gordas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            como yo solo yo no entiendo cómo
                        
                        
                                            
                            que se suponía que era un edificante
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mensaje para nuestro ejército.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tal vez se refiera al coronel Sanders.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Era que era solo que realmente era
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una cosa extraña. Empezó a hablar
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre las políticas de Woke dei. Por cierto,
                        
                        
                                            
                            no hay cuotas de género en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            militar. Por cierto, él disparó uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            más de una docena de líderes militares, muchos
                        
                        
                                            
                            de ellos personas de color y mujeres. Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            despidió al presidente del jefe conjunto de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Staffs, General Charles Brown, Jr., quien
                        
                        
                                            
                            es afroamericano. Él disparó el primero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mujer para ordenar a la Armada, almirante Lisa
                        
                        
                                            
                            Uh Franetti. I I Simplemente no
                        
                        
                                            
                            Comprender el tipo de hipocresía de
                        
                        
                                            
                            disparando a estas personas, teniendo todas estas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las personas se reúnen, y luego
                        
                        
                                            
                            denigrándolos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Viste si lo miraste? Ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            parece que lo están mirando como él
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene dos cabezas. Bueno, ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ok, Vinnie, Pensamientos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Bueno, antes que nada, absolutamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Amo lo que hizo. Es todo, por cierto,
                        
                        
                                            
                            los militares, para todos los que saben
                        
                        
                                            
                            por ahí, no es una no es una moda
                        
                        
                                            
                            show. No es un maldito campamento de verano.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estamos en el negocio de la guerra. Y guerra
                        
                        
                                            
                            es tener asesinos entrenados para ir y
                        
                        
                                            
                            luchar y luchar contra el enemigo. ¿Bueno? Y nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene que estar listo para la guerra en cada
                        
                        
                                            
                            momento. ¿Bueno? Mira, por cierto, tienes
                        
                        
                                            
                            vistos videos de China y Rusia,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Brandon? Esas personas no juegan juegos
                        
                        
                                            
                            por aquí. Como el último los últimos cuatro años
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cuando Biden estaba dentro, estaba viendo más
                        
                        
                                            
                            Videos transgénero Tik Tok de tipos como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí en los portaaviones y todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            esas cosas. Es como chicos que no son
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo que necesitamos. Y este es el mejor
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ejemplo de Dei te hará morir. Bueno,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo siento y no lo siento porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Notaste la audiencia de las vistas?
                        
                        
                                            
                            no una risa, ni un aplauso, no
                        
                        
                                            
                            nada. Quiero que mis soldados sean
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque no son estúpidos, Pat. Porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            Al final del día, recuerda a Um Jack
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nicholson en Um pocos buenos hombres. Quieres
                        
                        
                                            
                            en esa pared. Me necesitas en eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            Muro. Eso es lo que necesitas. Necesitas un
                        
                        
                                            
                            soldado así, como Pete Hexipath. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue como, "Escucha, con todas las cosas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso está sucediendo dentro de América, nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            podría argumentar, podríamos luchar, mirando, esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            baños, todo eso, lo que sea. Cuando
                        
                        
                                            
                            llega a la guerra y protege al país,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Necesitas un líder así. Necesitas
                        
                        
                                            
                            asesinos entrenados para salir y
                        
                        
                                            
                            lucha por nosotros cuando se trata de eso ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Gracias a Dios no hemos tenido nada loco
                        
                        
                                            
                            ya que um conoce el 11 de septiembre y todo eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            cosas. Pero Pat, esa es la actitud. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo siento esos generales, consigue tu trasero
                        
                        
                                            
                            de forma. Solo tiene dos. Cuántos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Uh PT pruebas al año ¿Tuviste Pat? I
                        
                        
                                            
                            tenía uno. Tuvimos uno y tuvimos que tomar
                        
                        
                                            
                            cuidado de nosotros mismos. Y si esta tomando
                        
                        
                                            
                            cuidado de sí mismo y es secretario
                        
                        
                                            
                            de la guerra, todos esos otros tipos necesitan
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sepa qué es una prueba PT. Mucha gente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es empuje sus flexiones, sentadillas y un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Run y pull-ups de dos m. ¿Bueno? Y tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene que hacerlo dentro de una cantidad específica
                        
                        
                                            
                            de tiempo y repeticiones porque chicos al final
                        
                        
                                            
                            del día si Dios prohíbe la mierda golpea el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ventilamiento vamos a la guerra. No quieres
                        
                        
                                            
                            algunos tipos con sobrepeso o algunas personas que
                        
                        
                                            
                            es como si supieras mis sentimientos que soy trans.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sabes que sabes qué pasa con uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sunonny Hust Derecha es que la estoy diciendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            último?
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. ¿Dirías que es bonita?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creo que es una chica de buen aspecto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creo que es hermosa. Yo creo que vamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Solo dígalo. No voy a ti sabes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si piensas en sus fotos, creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella es hermosa. Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Soleado. ¿Crees que obtienes el
                        
                        
                                            
                            trabajo que tienes si tuvieras 80 libras
                        
                        
                                            
                            más pesado?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Por qué no? ¿Crees que obtienes este programa?
                        
                        
                                            
                            el trabajo que tienes si tuvieras 80 libras
                        
                        
                                            
                            más pesado?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, lo dan a
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Crees que no, pero no, pero whoopi
                        
                        
                                            
                            es en realidad mucho mayor. Pero Whoopi es un
                        
                        
                                            
                            muy muy muy muy famosa,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una actriz. Ella lo ha logrado. Bueno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero ¿crees que Sunny consigue el trabajo si
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella es
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿No es tan atractivo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Crees que Sunny se despertó algún día y
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Te ves así?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué tan difícil crees que funciona Sunny?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, ella es
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué tan difícil crees que Sunny va a la
                        
                        
                                            
                            gimnasio y la forma en que ella la cuida
                        
                        
                                            
                            cuerpo? Lo siento, Sunny. Que tan difícil es
                        
                        
                                            
                            para parecerse a ti? Entonces, ¿por qué no deberíamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Tiene esa expectativa de ellos? ¿Por qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            que interpretas a una víctima para estos otros
                        
                        
                                            
                            chicos? Siento pena por él. Cómo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mucho ¿Sunny hace al año? Puede
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tipo en ¿Cuánta Sunny hace por año?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué hace Sunny al año? Qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Su salario? En realidad no sé que
                        
                        
                                            
                            millones, digamos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No sé qué es, pero sea lo que sea
                        
                        
                                            
                            es, 5 millones. ¿Adivina qué? Ella se merece
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque ella cuida su cuerpo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ahora, ¿estoy de acuerdo con su política y
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Todas estas otras cosas? No. Incluso un chico
                        
                        
                                            
                            que no está de acuerdo con su política
                        
                        
                                            
                            se respeta a ti trabajando
                        
                        
                                            
                            fuera. Y por cierto, adivina lo que nunca
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿va a suceder? Oh [__] estamos bajo guerra.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Sunny está listo para ir a la guerra? Ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            No me importa si vas a ir a la guerra
                        
                        
                                            
                            o no. Pero lo hacemos con la gente del
                        
                        
                                            
                            militar. Bingo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y déjame decirte que vi mucho
                        
                        
                                            
                            generales cuando estaba en el ejército que
                        
                        
                                            
                            estaban fuera de forma. Mi coronel,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Teniente Coronel Peacock, estaba en la parte superior
                        
                        
                                            
                            forma. Es un general ahora en la parte superior. Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            respetado al infierno de ese tipo. Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            no fue nada como perseguir a un hombre que era
                        
                        
                                            
                            20 años más antiguo que tú que se estaba ejecutando
                        
                        
                                            
                            13 millas 13 por minuto por minuto dos millas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            dices: "Amigo, ese es mi que tenían
                        
                        
                                            
                            la autoridad moral para punkte un poco
                        
                        
                                            
                            bit ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hey, este viejo está gritando tu trasero.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No dejes que este viejo. No dejes esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            Viejo, ya sabes, te quedas, eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            derecho. Oye, consigue tu fue tan genial
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ver a alguien haciendo eso. Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            incluso para Sunny, cuando salgas
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí jugando a esta política [__]
                        
                        
                                            
                            que estás jugando, todavía trabajas tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ass Off para parecerse a la forma en que lo hace.
                        
                        
                                            
                            necesitan trabajar con su trasero para hacer
                        
                        
                                            
                            Seguro que estamos protegidos. No veo ninguno
                        
                        
                                            
                            Problemas con eso que necesitan
                        
                        
                                            
                            estar haciendo eso. Estoy tan contento de que hexadet sea
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo esto. Hay otro clip que quiero
                        
                        
                                            
                            para jugar antes de venir a Tom y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Brandon. Rob, si quieres jugar el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Otro clip de Pete Hex y luego Tom, soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            llegando a usted. Eh creo que este es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            uno. A por ello. No más meses de identidad,
                        
                        
                                            
                            oficinas dei, tipos en vestidos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            bueno. Bingo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No más adoración al cambio climático.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vamos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No más división, distracción o género
                        
                        
                                            
                            Delusiones. No más escombros.
                        
                        
                                            
                            bueno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            como he dicho antes y diremos nuevamente,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hemos terminado con eso [__]
                        
                        
                                            
                            agradable.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y, por cierto, así es exactamente como yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ver al líder del ejército para
                        
                        
                                            
                            hablar.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Período.
                        
                        
                                            
                            así. Quieres verlo hablar
                        
                        
                                            
                            así. Vuelve y piensas en
                        
                        
                                            
                            en los libros de historia, pero Ulysus srand
                        
                        
                                            
                            o algunos de estos tipos que tal vez
                        
                        
                                            
                            ha bebido o festejado, pero cuando
                        
                        
                                            
                            se redujo a la guerra y Lincoln necesitaba
                        
                        
                                            
                            alguien para hacer el trabajo, no fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            mlelen que hizo el trabajo. No fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            muchos otros chicos. Fue Grant que
                        
                        
                                            
                            era un poco rudo en los bordes
                        
                        
                                            
                            que pudo salir y hablar
                        
                        
                                            
                            a las tropas y respetaron el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Infierno de él. Hizo el trabajo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Y para mí, estoy recibiendo el ambiente que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Él está haciendo esto. Y por cierto, tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            saber, bueno para él porque al principio,
                        
                        
                                            
                            sepa, estaba un poco como, tú yendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ir de TV a esto? Pero me encanta
                        
                        
                                            
                            la forma en que está haciendo esto, la forma
                        
                        
                                            
                            Él está impulsando las iniciativas para nuestro
                        
                        
                                            
                            militar. Prefiero esto. Tom, tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Pensamientos sobre esto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, el sentido común está regresando
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque ¿sabes qué? Una encuesta de
                        
                        
                                            
                            People americano ayer.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dos a uno dos a uno cree que las mujeres
                        
                        
                                            
                            debe permitirse en roles de combate. Dos
                        
                        
                                            
                            a uno. Sin embargo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay una coma.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y 77%
                        
                        
                                            
                            sintió que deben cumplir si deben cumplir
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los requisitos físicos del trabajo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces 2 a uno dice si si su hija
                        
                        
                                            
                            quiere salir en el ejército y quiere
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sea un Bray verde, está bien, pero el 77% dijo que ella
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mejor mide el requisito. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿no es tan interesante?
                        
                        
                                            
                            y es lidera con el ejemplo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y allí está al revés. Solo 25%
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piense en que las mujeres deberían tener un físico más bajo
                        
                        
                                            
                            requisitos. Eso significa que 75% leí 77
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piense que tienen que cumplir con el
                        
                        
                                            
                            requisitos. El sentido común es hacer un
                        
                        
                                            
                            regreso. Sí. Y lo clavaste. Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            Míralo. Mira la forma que tiene
                        
                        
                                            
                            in. Tienes que liderar con el ejemplo. Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            no puede ser un coronel completo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            "Hey, aquí están los estándares que el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Secretario de guerra que me pasó a
                        
                        
                                            
                            usted, pero estás fuera de forma. "No, hermano.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quiero pero como otros países tienen que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Míranos a nosotros y ten miedo. Sabes
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué quiero decir? Durante el Biden, hermano, deja
                        
                        
                                            
                            Me explico algo. Ellos eran
                        
                        
                                            
                            riendo de nosotros. Se estaban riendo de nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            y ahora es un negocio serio.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pat, solías compartir una historia que amo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dijiste que había un mayor que no sé
                        
                        
                                            
                            si era un sargento de perforación o coronel
                        
                        
                                            
                            o alguien que tres de ustedes necesitaban un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ajuste de actitud y él te sacó
                        
                        
                                            
                            a la esquina posterior. ¿Qué pasó allí?
                        
                        
                                            
                            y él era mayor que tú.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Por supuesto que era. Tenía 20 o 15 años
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mayor que nosotros. Entonces nos llevó a la espalda
                        
                        
                                            
                            y estábamos actuando como si somos gángsters
                        
                        
                                            
                            y duro. Y él dice: "Oh, ¿en serio?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Los chicos son gángsters? Eres duro. No
                        
                        
                                            
                            problema ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            se mete en Humvey. Vamos a la parte de atrás y
                        
                        
                                            
                            quita su rango
                        
                        
                                            
                            y dice: "Está bien, ¿quién quiere ir primero?"
                        
                        
                                            
                            y estamos como "conducidos". No era un gran
                        
                        
                                            
                            Guy. Era un chico de 5'8. 5'8 y 58 5'9
                        
                        
                                            
                            Guy. Y somos grandes chicos. Y él dice
                        
                        
                                            
                            "¿Quién quiere ir?" Como "Dro,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo siento. No queremos lastimarte ". No.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No. No. No le diré a nadie.
                        
                        
                                            
                            [música]
                        
                        
                                            
                            Me gusta, estoy bien. Era uno de esos tipos
                        
                        
                                            
                            ese era un chico negro que hablaba así
                        
                        
                                            
                            lento.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, Dios. Aterrador.
                        
                        
                                            
                            apuesta privada. David,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Necesito que caigas y me das 20 bien
                        
                        
                                            
                            ahora. Él habló así. Todos los demás
                        
                        
                                            
                            gritaría.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este tipo te hablaría.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ven
                        
                        
                                            
                            como muerto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es aún más aterrador.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estás muerto. Y él golpeó pero él era tan
                        
                        
                                            
                            inteligente sobre la forma en que nos ganó. El solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            nos golpeó en nuestro estómago. No nos golpeó en
                        
                        
                                            
                            la cara. Sin moretones.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo estaba aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Y estábamos como, ya hemos terminado. Y el
                        
                        
                                            
                            nos trajo de vuelta donde sea que tenga razón
                        
                        
                                            
                            ahora.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Por eso, tengo problemas mentales.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Brandon, ve por ello.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Entonces, estoy en me veo increíblemente
                        
                        
                                            
                            favorablemente sobre la vergüenza gorda, creo que es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Um realmente bueno, necesario. Sí. Quiero decir,
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque creo que es como decir gordo
                        
                        
                                            
                            La vergüenza es mala. Me gusta decir humo
                        
                        
                                            
                            La vergüenza es mala. Me gusta decir um si tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            Diga que es negativo fumar cigarrillos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            como diríamos que eso es socialmente
                        
                        
                                            
                            inaceptable? No. Es como objetivamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            no saludable para ser gordo. Entonces, ya sabes, en
                        
                        
                                            
                            El departamento de policía y militar
                        
                        
                                            
                            y los departamentos de bomberos, ya sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            todavía ves gente gorda en esos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Departamentos. Y luego en el ejército
                        
                        
                                            
                            también, conozco a muchos chicos en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            militar y dijeron en 2018 fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            de usted, disciplinarías a las personas y
                        
                        
                                            
                            um los llaman fumando y
                        
                        
                                            
                            cosas para cosas y para más alto
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las personas de clasificación tenían literalmente temerosos de
                        
                        
                                            
                            hazle eso a las personas más nuevas porque ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            podría meterse en problemas y perder
                        
                        
                                            
                            su rango o perder su um sus trabajos
                        
                        
                                            
                            y ser expulsado del ejército. Entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            literalmente que los privados no eran respetuosos
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas más altas después de 2018 porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            ya no podían disciplinar
                        
                        
                                            
                            ...
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las cosas de recursos humanos entraron en el ejército. Se fueron
                        
                        
                                            
                            De la UH lo llamaron Semana de Shark a
                        
                        
                                            
                            La ejecución del trueno. Entonces ellos cambiaron
                        
                        
                                            
                            todas las cosas de novatadas. A ellos les gusta tomar
                        
                        
                                            
                            novatadas fuera del ejército y eso es
                        
                        
                                            
                            perjudicial.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, ellos cuando me iba como un gran
                        
                        
                                            
                            punto, Brandon, cuando salía el
                        
                        
                                            
                            militar, 2001, 2002, eh comenzaron
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo formas uh como comenzaron a dar
                        
                        
                                            
                            como si alguien te gritara demasiado,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Podrías escribirlo y me gusta conseguir que no
                        
                        
                                            
                            Incluso bromeando y estoy en y estoy como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Saliendo y soy como adiós. Se volvió suave.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sabes, es burocracia. Si hay un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Forma.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es como, ¿cómo se supone que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Infundir miedo y respeto en las personas si
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿No puedes responsabilizarlos?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No, quiero, quiero que quiero asesinos, hermano.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Me gusta, necesitamos que necesitemos asesinos. Nosotros no
                        
                        
                                            
                            Necesita emocional.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estoy con él. Estoy con eso. Estoy con eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, ya sabes, ya veremos. Veremos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo que va a pasar. Por cierto, Rob
                        
                        
                                            
                            ejecutó una encuesta. Rob, ¿puedes levantar el
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Última encuesta que ejecutaste? No sobre eso, Tom.
                        
                        
                                            
                            En este punto, todos sabemos lo que pasó
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí. No, no, es una encuesta diferente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ese Rob corrió sobre estar en forma. Mirar
                        
                        
                                            
                            en el porcentaje de cómo votaron las personas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mire el porcentaje de cómo las personas
                        
                        
                                            
                            votado.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vamos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            7.300 personas votadas. ¿Crees que miembros
                        
                        
                                            
                            del ejército de los EE. UU. Debe estar en forma y
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la mejor forma?
                        
                        
                                            
                            I Garantía
                        
                        
                                            
                            Un poco de pastel de queso y pastel de queso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tenemos una nueva V -tame de looks futuros
                        
                        
                                            
                            Orgullo. Es fe sobre el temor de queso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo algo de fe sobre el miedo. No soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            temeroso de comer grasa
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este pastel de queso. Lo tenemos por ti
                        
                        
                                            
                            Enviarlo a usted ahora mismo por solo 29
                        
                        
                                            
                            dólares.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo está en cómo tomas la encuesta. Son
                        
                        
                                            
                            a favor de que los militares sean fuertes
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo suficiente como para patear el trasero del enemigo para que el
                        
                        
                                            
                            El enemigo no patea el tuyo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, estoy a favor de eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, exactamente. Muy divertido.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Está bien. Entonces, vamos al
                        
                        
                                            
                            Siguiente historia. Vayamos a la próxima historia.
                        
                        
                                            
                            La siguiente historia que quiero llegar es Trump y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Netanyahu anuncia el plan de paz, gente. A NOSOTROS
                        
                        
                                            
                            El presidente pasa uno de los mejores días
                        
                        
                                            
                            en civilización
                        
                        
                                            
                            mientras revela la hoja de ruta 20Point a
                        
                        
                                            
                            End Israel Hamas War. y para que él
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ayuda a ejecutar Gaza con Tony Blair. Bueno,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Aquí están. Ve por ello, Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este es un gran día grande. Un hermoso día.
                        
                        
                                            
                            potencialmente
                        
                        
                                            
                            muy hermoso día.
                        
                        
                                            
                            uno de los grandes días en
                        
                        
                                            
                            Civilización.
                        
                        
                                            
                            cosas que han estado sucediendo para
                        
                        
                                            
                            cientos de años y miles de
                        
                        
                                            
                            años. Vamos a
                        
                        
                                            
                            al menos estamos en un mínimo muy muy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cerrar y creo que estamos más allá
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cerrar. Y quiero agradecer a BB por realmente
                        
                        
                                            
                            entrar allí y hacer un trabajo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hemos trabajado bien juntos
                        
                        
                                            
                            como lo hemos hecho con muchos otros países,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ambos con muchos otros países,
                        
                        
                                            
                            que es la única forma en que todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            La situación se resuelve. Y no soy solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hablando de Gaza. Gaza es una cosa,
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero estamos hablando mucho más allá
                        
                        
                                            
                            Gaza.
                        
                        
                                            
                            todo el trato,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo se resuelve. Se llama
                        
                        
                                            
                            Paz en el Medio Oriente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Así que hoy uh es un día histórico para la paz
                        
                        
                                            
                            y el primer ministro Netanyahu. Robar,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Quieres sacar el punto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Acabamos de concluir un importante
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque en ese plan 20 puntos, solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ustedes saben, creo que Netanyahu
                        
                        
                                            
                            se disculpa por el Qatar de Israel
                        
                        
                                            
                            Strike. Bueno. Profundo arrepentimiento, expresado
                        
                        
                                            
                            profundo arrepentimiento por su contraparte Qatari
                        
                        
                                            
                            lunes durante el 9 de septiembre.
                        
                        
                                            
                            en los líderes de Hamas en Doha, un judío
                        
                        
                                            
                            estado. Y uh sí, así que vino de
                        
                        
                                            
                            él. Y luego al mismo tiempo, así que aquí
                        
                        
                                            
                            vamos. El primer ministro Alan dio la bienvenida
                        
                        
                                            
                            estos asurancias que enfatizan
                        
                        
                                            
                            preparación para continuar contribuyendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            de manera significativa a la seguridad regional y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estabilidad. Primer Ministro Antiótico
                        
                        
                                            
                            Compromiso expresado con el mismo. Israel
                        
                        
                                            
                            ha expresado durante mucho tiempo una molestia que Qatar
                        
                        
                                            
                            juega un papel clave en el Medio Oriente
                        
                        
                                            
                            negociaciones de paz. A pesar de alojar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Líderes políticos de Hamas, el septiembre
                        
                        
                                            
                            Noveno ataque se había dirigido a Top Terror
                        
                        
                                            
                            figuras mientras se reunían con Qatari
                        
                        
                                            
                            mediaciones
                        
                        
                                            
                            para otra ronda de alto el fuego
                        
                        
                                            
                            discusiones. Pero aquí hay un 20 puntos uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            Plan que tienen en su lugar. Gaza Will
                        
                        
                                            
                            ser dradicalizados de la zona libre de terror que
                        
                        
                                            
                            no representa una amenaza para sus vecinos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            gaza se volverá a desarrollar para el
                        
                        
                                            
                            beneficios de la gente de Gaza que tienen
                        
                        
                                            
                            sufrió más que suficiente. Si ambos lados
                        
                        
                                            
                            de acuerdo con esta propuesta de propuesta, la guerra
                        
                        
                                            
                            finalizará inmediatamente. Fuerzas israelíes
                        
                        
                                            
                            se retirará a la línea acordada a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Prepárese para la versión de rehenes. Durante esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiempo, todas las operaciones militares, incluidas
                        
                        
                                            
                            El bombardeo aéreo y de artillería será
                        
                        
                                            
                            suspendido y las líneas de batalla
                        
                        
                                            
                            permanecer congelado hasta que se cumplan las condiciones
                        
                        
                                            
                            para el retiro completo de la etapa dentro de
                        
                        
                                            
                            24 horas de Israel aceptando públicamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este acuerdo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            72 72
                        
                        
                                            
                            72 horas. Todos los rehenes vivos y
                        
                        
                                            
                            fallecido será devuelto y enfermo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            fallecido y fallecido. Sí. Vivo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            vivo o muerto. Entiendo. Una vez todos los rehenes
Se lanzan
                        
                        
                                            
                            , Israel se lanzará 250
                        
                        
                                            
                            prisioneros con sentencia de vida más 1.700
                        
                        
                                            
                            Gazans que fueron detenidos después de octubre
                        
                        
                                            
                            7, 2023, incluidas todas las mujeres, niños,
                        
                        
                                            
                            y detenido en este contexto. Para todos uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cada host de rehenes israelí que permanece
                        
                        
                                            
                            o lanzado, Israel lanzará el Rob
                        
                        
                                            
                            No puedo leer la última parte. Lanzamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            el algo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los restos de los 15 Gaz fallecidos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Está bien, vamos al punto número seis. Oh
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una vez que se devuelven todos los rehenes, Hamas
                        
                        
                                            
                            miembros que cometen el coexistio pacífico
                        
                        
                                            
                            y desmantelamiento y para desmantelar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sus armas recibirán amnistía.
                        
                        
                                            
                            miembros de Hamas que desean dejar Gaza
                        
                        
                                            
                            se proporcionará pasajes seguros a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Recibir países
                        
                        
                                            
                            países receptores. Guau. Quien va a
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿recibir eso?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Egipto y Jordan han dicho que no.
                        
                        
                                            
                            al aceptar este acuerdo, completo
                        
                        
                                            
                            La ayuda se enviará inmediatamente a Gaza
                        
                        
                                            
                            Strip. Como mínimo, ocho cantidades
                        
                        
                                            
                            será consistente con UH fue lo que era
                        
                        
                                            
                            incluido en enero de 192025 Acuerdo Re
                        
                        
                                            
                            con respecto a la ayuda humanitaria que incluye
                        
                        
                                            
                            Rehabilitación de infraestructura, agua,
                        
                        
                                            
                            electricidad y aguas residuales,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entrada de distribución y ayuda en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            La tira de Gaza se convertirá en uh sin
                        
                        
                                            
                            interferencia de las dos partes uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            a través de las Naciones Unidas y
                        
                        
                                            
                            sus agencias y deja ir la creciente Rob
                        
                        
                                            
                            al siguiente. Bueno. uh uh abriendo el
                        
                        
                                            
                            rafa gaza se gobernará bajo el
                        
                        
                                            
                            gobernanza de transición temporal de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tech Te Tech Te Tech Te Tech Te Tech Te
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tech Te Tech Te Tech Te Tech Te Tech Te
                        
                        
                                            
                            tecnocrático
                        
                        
                                            
                            Interesante
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh una comunicación palestina política
                        
                        
                                            
                            Comité responsable de entregar el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Día a día de todos los públicos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Servicios y municipios del
                        
                        
                                            
                            Gente de Gaza Huh Ok Uh Palestinian
                        
                        
                                            
                            supervisión de supervisión internacional y
                        
                        
                                            
                            un nuevo cuerpo de transición internacional
                        
                        
                                            
                            el tablero de paz que se dirigirá
                        
                        
                                            
                            y presidido por el presidente Donald J.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Trump. Guau. Con otros miembros y cabeza
                        
                        
                                            
                            de estado anunciado, incluido el ex
                        
                        
                                            
                            Primer Ministro Tony Blair, este cuerpo
                        
                        
                                            
                            establecerá el marco y manejará el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Financiación para la reurbanización de Gaza
                        
                        
                                            
                            hasta un momento como el palestino
                        
                        
                                            
                            La autoridad ha completado su reforma
                        
                        
                                            
                            programa. 10. Una económica de Trump
                        
                        
                                            
                            Plan de desarrollo para reconstruir y energizar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Gaza se creará calificando un panel
                        
                        
                                            
                            de expertos que han ayudado a dar a luz algunos de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las prósperas ciudades de milagros modernos en
                        
                        
                                            
                            el Medio Oriente. Ir al siguiente. Robar
                        
                        
                                            
                            11. Uh una zona económica especial será
                        
                        
                                            
                            establecido con tarifa preferida y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las tasas de acceso se negociarán con
                        
                        
                                            
                            países participantes. Nadie lo será
                        
                        
                                            
                            obligado a dejar a Gaza y los que lo deseen
                        
                        
                                            
                            para irse será libre de hacerlo y gratis
                        
                        
                                            
                            para devolver. Bien. Lo alentaremos
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas para quedarse y ofrecerles el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oportunidad de construir una mejor gaza.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hamas y otras facciones están de acuerdo en no
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene algún papel en el gobierno de Gaza
                        
                        
                                            
                            directa o indirectamente. Eso es grande. en
                        
                        
                                            
                            en o cualquier forma si pueden
                        
                        
                                            
                            retire eso. Todo terror militar y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Infraestructura ofensiva, incluida
                        
                        
                                            
                            Túneles e instalaciones de producción de armas
                        
                        
                                            
                            será destruido, no reconstruido. Eh. A
                        
                        
                                            
                            La garantía será proporcionada por Regional
                        
                        
                                            
                            socios para garantizar que Hamas y el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las facciones cumplen con sus obligaciones.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y Rob, ve un poco. Y el nuevo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Gaza no puede ver que el nuevo Gaza no posa no
                        
                        
                                            
                            amenaza para sus vecinos o su gente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Está bien, vamos a 15.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Tiene 15 16 o
                        
                        
                                            
                            I DODO ¿Tengo 16 a través de um
                        
                        
                                            
                            20?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Boom. Auge.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estamos casi allí. Entonces, solo envuelvamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            it. Ahí tienes. 16.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Israel no cumplirá ni anexará Gaza.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Occupy.
                        
                        
                                            
                            no ocupará ni anexará gaza como ISF
                        
                        
                                            
                            establece control y estabilidad. El
                        
                        
                                            
                            La fuerza de defensa de Israel se retirará basada
                        
                        
                                            
                            en estándares, hitos y tiempo
                        
                        
                                            
                            marcos vinculados a la desmilitarización
                        
                        
                                            
                            que se acordará y luego irá a
                        
                        
                                            
                            17. En caso de que Hamas rechaza o retrasa
                        
                        
                                            
                            esta propuesta, la anterior incluye el
                        
                        
                                            
                            La operación de ayuda escalada continuará y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las áreas libres del área terror
                        
                        
                                            
                            de IDF al ISF. Un interreligioso
Se establecerá el proceso de diálogo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ...
                        
                        
                                            
                            basado en los valores de tolerancia y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Existen pacífica Coexistencia para intentar y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cambiar mentalidad y narraciones de
                        
                        
                                            
                            palestinos e israelíes enfatizando
                        
                        
                                            
                            los beneficios que se pueden privar de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Paz mientras las camionetas de reurbanización de Gaza y
                        
                        
                                            
                            cuando el programa de reforma de PA es
                        
                        
                                            
                            realizó fielmente las condiciones
                        
                        
                                            
                            finalmente puede estar en su lugar para un creíble
                        
                        
                                            
                            vía a la autodeterminación palestina
                        
                        
                                            
                            y estadidad. Y por último, pero no menos importante,
                        
                        
                                            
                            EE. UU. Establecerá un diálogo entre
                        
                        
                                            
                            Israel y palestinos para acordar un
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh horizonte político para pacífico y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Coexistencia próspera. Brandon, tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Pensamientos sobre esto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            sí, así que es genial si eso es um
                        
                        
                                            
                            Verdadero. Creo que desafortunadamente el
                        
                        
                                            
                            razón por la que se está hablando de esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            en este momento es porque creo que están
                        
                        
                                            
                            engranaje para regresar después de Irán. Um,
                        
                        
                                            
                            acaba de basarse en UH Rob, te envié un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Artículo que los petroleros de reabastecimiento de combustible son
                        
                        
                                            
                            siendo enviado a Medio Oriente en
                        
                        
                                            
                            números pesados y ese es el es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            mayor cantidad de la actividad desde el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Último ataque contra Irán. Entonces, um, sí, yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            me encantaría ver que este plan se lleve
                        
                        
                                            
                            fuera. Como muchas de las grandes cosas son
                        
                        
                                            
                            que no van a forzar
                        
                        
                                            
                            ellos para dejar a Gaza eso porque eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sea desordenado. Que no van a um
                        
                        
                                            
                            que no van a dejar que Hamas mantenga
                        
                        
                                            
                            ejecutando el país porque había un
                        
                        
                                            
                            mucha ayuda para dejar que Hamas ejecute el
                        
                        
                                            
                            país en lugar del palestino
                        
                        
                                            
                            Autoridad. Entonces, ya sabes, creo que todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esas cosas son buenos puntos y
                        
                        
                                            
                            necesario para, ya sabes, crear lo mejor
                        
                        
                                            
                            situación que es posible allí. Pero,
                        
                        
                                            
                            um, me preocupa que esto sea probablemente
                        
                        
                                            
                            engranado para um, deje que la atención vuelva
                        
                        
                                            
                            a Irán.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vinnie, ¿qué piensas de un
                        
                        
                                            
                            explosión?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo lo que estaba viendo, todo lo que estaba viendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            era tu bebida y tu bebida. Pero yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            significa, en papel, se ve muy bien, pero en
                        
                        
                                            
                            El final del día, ¿de qué estamos hablando?
                        
                        
                                            
                            desde un punto de vista militar? Es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hamas está en los túneles con el
                        
                        
                                            
                            rehenes. ¿Bueno? Como, esa es la principal
                        
                        
                                            
                            objetivo. ¿Qué operación? Todavía no lo hago
                        
                        
                                            
                            cree porque América no sé cómo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Israel lo hace. América no
                        
                        
                                            
                            negociar con terroristas. Período. Fin
                        
                        
                                            
                            de la historia. No lo hacemos. Entonces esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            La situación es recuperar estos cómo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Muchos rehenes quedan, ¿ustedes? Es
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Hay un número?
                        
                        
                                            
                            50. ¿Cuál fue el número? Puedo estar equivocado.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es en que está en el estadio. Es
                        
                        
                                            
                            en ese estadio. Pero al final del
                        
                        
                                            
                            Día, ¿de qué estamos hablando? Somos
                        
                        
                                            
                            hablando de
                        
                        
                                            
                            48 rehenes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            48 izquierda. Um y rezo literalmente rezar
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ellos todos los días para cualquiera
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso es rehén allí. Pero nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            debe ser realista. Estas personas tienen
                        
                        
                                            
                            probablemente haya sido torturado por lo que ha sido
                        
                        
                                            
                            Han pasado dos años en este momento. El objetivo final
                        
                        
                                            
                            es como si se hubiera hecho
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo lo que está hablando de eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            con todos estos golpes y todos los
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo lo que Brandon debería haberse hecho
                        
                        
                                            
                            inmediatamente uh al 7 de octubre. Tenemos
                        
                        
                                            
                            ha estado arrastrando esto para FOR para un largo
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiempo. No veo que Hamas llegue al
                        
                        
                                            
                            tabla y yendo, "Sí, está bien. No puedes
                        
                        
                                            
                            confía en ellos. "Está bien, no puedes confiar
                        
                        
                                            
                            terroristas. Entonces, creo que ha sido
                        
                        
                                            
                            se arrastró durante demasiado tiempo. De nuevo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo esto se ve bien en papel, pero en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Fin del día, ¿Hamas va a estar de acuerdo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Con un plan de 20 puntos?
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero déjame preguntarte si ellos si Hamas
                        
                        
                                            
                            rechazos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero escúchame por un segundo. Israel es
                        
                        
                                            
                            de acuerdo con esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Y recuerda, no creo que Israel
                        
                        
                                            
                            quiere esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Pero están de acuerdo con esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces ahora, si Hamas está rechazando este acuerdo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            y estás viendo al líder de Hamas,
                        
                        
                                            
                            No, estamos bien. Una que otra vez
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay un precio por la libertad y todo esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            otras cosas. ¿Con quién cae la responsabilidad?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Va a estar en Hamas. Adivina qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            entonces? Y odio y acabo de decir que yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ore por ellos. Voy a rezar por
                        
                        
                                            
                            ellos aún más porque son como si fueran
                        
                        
                                            
                            va a matar a todos. ¿Y adivina qué?
                        
                        
                                            
                            para hacer una tortilla a veces vas
                        
                        
                                            
                            para romper un par de huevos. Que no es
                        
                        
                                            
                            será bueno para ellos. Que no es
                        
                        
                                            
                            va a ser bueno porque ese es el final
                        
                        
                                            
                            juego. Porque incluso si intentan negociar,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estamos hablando de Hamas, Tom. Eran
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hablando de Hamas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Viste la entrevista que el Hamas
                        
                        
                                            
                            líder hizo con CNN?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Rob, ¿puedes levantar eso? Has visto
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué tenía que decir? Bueno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, el líder de Hamas
                        
                        
                                            
                            hizo una entrevista con CNN. Rob, yo solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            le envió un mensaje de texto. Si puedes ir a la mitad
                        
                        
                                            
                            a través del entrevistador empuja el
                        
                        
                                            
                            líder de Hamas. Acabas de recibir el texto
                        
                        
                                            
                            y dice: "¿Estás dispuesto a hacerlo en
                        
                        
                                            
                            el costo de ¿estás dispuesto? "Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eventualmente, es algo así
                        
                        
                                            
                            momento de quiero la verdad. No puedes
                        
                        
                                            
                            manejar la verdad. Y luego finalmente él
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo dice.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Él dice que realmente lo dice en voz alta. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si puede ir a la mitad, Rob, este es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Líder de Hamas sentado con CNN.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vaya a aproximadamente un minuto, minuto 40 marca.
                        
                        
                                            
                            minuto 30 marca allí mismo. Brutal. Mantener
                        
                        
                                            
                            Going. Es
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Tiene pólvora en la frente?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ocupación
                        
                        
                                            
                            Momento de las cosas. Está bien, señor. Bueno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Volver. Justo ahí. Justo ahí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            regresa un segundo más. Hermoso. Ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ello. Bien. Justo ahí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            cambiado ahora. Señor, solo estaba diciendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            que como resultado del 7 de octubre, eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            ver a millones de personas marchando en
                        
                        
                                            
                            las calles. Estás viendo países
                        
                        
                                            
                            Reconocer a Palestina como un estado. Eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ver legitimidad para su gente. Y yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            le estoy preguntando si el precio que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los pueblos palestinos han pagado hasta ahora fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            vale la pena.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sé el precio tan alto, pero pregunto
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nuevamente, ¿cuál es la opción?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué es lo que es lo que es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿La opción se eleva al palestino? Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Sabes qué? Esperamos una pacífica
                        
                        
                                            
                            proceso para un medio pacífico UH desde
                        
                        
                                            
                            194 1993 desde el acuerdo de Oslo hasta ahora
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero creo que obtuvimos el gran problema.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Déjame dejarte mostrarte las palabras de
                        
                        
                                            
                            tu gente. Bien, estas son personas en
                        
                        
                                            
                            gaza y quiero que escuches porque tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            propias personas en Gaza dicen que tienes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Responsabilidad de la situación. Identificación
                        
                        
                                            
                            me gusta mostrarte esto. Mira esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            [música]
                        
                        
                                            
                            Por favor, conéctese. Por favor mira. Esto es
                        
                        
                                            
                            no. Hay más.
                        
                        
                                            
                            He visto este video. Sí. Sí. Hamas
                        
                        
                                            
                            sabe a quién ese tipo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Me gustaría. Hay tres personas
                        
                        
                                            
                            aquí. Me gustaría que escuches su
                        
                        
                                            
                            Voces.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sé que la gente está sufriendo. Hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            Algunas personas culpan a Hamas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Por qué no escucharás las voces de
                        
                        
                                            
                            pueblo palestino en Gaza?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Sí. Sé que esto es pero mira esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            no es toda la historia. Lo sé porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto se debe a los crímenes israelíes en
                        
                        
                                            
                            La franja en Gaza. Parece que parece
                        
                        
                                            
                            que tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vea lo que sucede aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, esta es la parte donde vas
                        
                        
                                            
                            de un lado a otro y miras quién es
                        
                        
                                            
                            dispuesto, quién no, quién comenzó esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            uno, Hamas comenzó este. Israel
                        
                        
                                            
                            regresando y diciendo que vamos a
                        
                        
                                            
                            destruirte. Y luego ahora Israel
                        
                        
                                            
                            de acuerdo con bombear los frenos porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tienes razón. E incluso, ya sabes, lo sé
                        
                        
                                            
                            Algo está por suceder en Irán.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Algo está pasando allí en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Otro lado. Tom, ¿cómo procesas esto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            usted mismo? Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Solo podría pasar como el primero
                        
                        
                                            
                            cinco puntos y luego me senté y me senté y
                        
                        
                                            
                            dijo: "Está bien, ¿cómo diablos van
                        
                        
                                            
                            para eliminar Hamas? Como va a ser
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Dradicalizado?
                        
                        
                                            
                            y si tenemos un lugar allí, Tom,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cómo hicimos cómo se deshizo Trump?
                        
                        
                                            
                            de ISIS?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Simplemente mató a todos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quiero que pienses en esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bonk Bonk.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cómo se deshizo de Trump de ISIS? Que que
                        
                        
                                            
                            le pasó a ISIS? Lo único que tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            Escuchar sobre ahora que es ISIS en cierto
                        
                        
                                            
                            facciones de la misma en Nigeria, lo que son
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo y matando a los 125 pastores o
                        
                        
                                            
                            Otra facción que escuchas en Canadá que
                        
                        
                                            
                            quemado 112 iglesias diferentes en
                        
                        
                                            
                            Canadá, principalmente iglesias católicas. Estás
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ayudando sobre eso, ¿verdad? Pero si nosotros somos
                        
                        
                                            
                            involucrado, no crees que está temblando
                        
                        
                                            
                            en este momento?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creo que sí. Pero la otra cosa que tengo
                        
                        
                                            
                            a en esos primeros cinco puntos fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            y 250 prisioneros de sentencia de cadena perpetua saludable.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cómo terminaron esas personas en israelí
                        
                        
                                            
                            Prisiones como oraciones de cadena perpetua?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Son asesinos y mataron y ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            actos de terrorismo comprometidos. Entonces eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            va a sacar a 250 chicos de la prisión. Entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            terroristas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ahora déjame darte una copia de esto. Este
                        
                        
                                            
                            es un plan de 20 puntos. Y luego punto cuatro
                        
                        
                                            
                            y cinco si no vas a ser
                        
                        
                                            
                            Radical ya
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vuelve aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, espero que algo salga de
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto. Pero claramente veo que es como
                        
                        
                                            
                            que señalaste en ese clip allí mismo
                        
                        
                                            
                            que los ciudadanos quieren esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, los ciudadanos tendrán que
                        
                        
                                            
                            retener parte del um es difícil de decir
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto, pero los ciudadanos son en realidad
                        
                        
                                            
                            tratando de sostener algunos de los Hamas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Liderazgo a la responsabilidad. Estos son
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas que muestran sus caras frente a
                        
                        
                                            
                            cámaras de televisión y dicen cosas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            están desconectados de la realidad y
                        
                        
                                            
                            A lo que me enfrento aquí. Y espero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esos ciudadanos que recuperan a Gaza
                        
                        
                                            
                            para que puedan vivir y prosperar con su
                        
                        
                                            
                            familias. Espero que sean inocentes. Pero yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mira tomar 250 terroristas, ya sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            en prisión en
                        
                        
                                            
                            el caso. Ahora, ¿qué vamos a ser?
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo ahora?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Esto significa que la atención va a
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿va de aquí a Irán? Tal vez. Sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si de repente vemos cosas que son
                        
                        
                                            
                            Conting con Irán ahora mismo escalado
                        
                        
                                            
                            muy, muy rápidamente. Además, no seas
                        
                        
                                            
                            sorprendido porque no creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Se hacen allí. I i no creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso es lo que se hace en cualquier momento.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tenemos muchas de estas cosas que suceden en
                        
                        
                                            
                            una vez, también. Porque quiero decir, como esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿No podemos no queremos que sea un Iraq?
                        
                        
                                            
                            2.0 donde no tenemos liderazgo
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí. Como, si sacan Hamas tienen
                        
                        
                                            
                            Liderazgo allí,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿verdad? Como si sacan a Hamas, son
                        
                        
                                            
                            Van a poner un líder de títeres en
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque eso no es realmente estable.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Bueno, quiero decir, qué mucho de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las personas en el interior dicen que ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            le gustaría que esto conduzca a una elección
                        
                        
                                            
                            donde los iraníes pueden votar por quién
                        
                        
                                            
                            QUIERE.
                        
                        
                                            
                            mhm. Ahora, ¿sucederá eso? Ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Permitir que eso suceda? Quién sabe si
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Permitirán que eso suceda o no? Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Quién va a tomar su lugar? OMS
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Eso va a ser?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sabes, ¿a quién van a tener en
                        
                        
                                            
                            ese lugar? Entonces, Rob, ¿qué es esto aquí?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto es Netanyahu la semana pasada en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            un donde habló sobre el iraní
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas que obtienen su libertad.
                        
                        
                                            
                            derecho. Bien. A por ello.
                        
                        
                                            
                            El sufrimiento iraní
                        
                        
                                            
                            Recupere su libertad. Ellos harán
                        
                        
                                            
                            Irán genial nuevamente. Y nuestros dos antiguos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pueblos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nuestros dos pueblos antiguos, la gente de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Israel y la gente de Irán,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Restaurar una amistad que se beneficiará
                        
                        
                                            
                            el mundo entero.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien, así que ahora sabes obviamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            um La gente iraní está harta de lo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            yendo allí. ¿Puede Israel jugar un gran?
                        
                        
                                            
                            papel en eso? Creo que puede. Uh somos nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            necesitará involucrarse para el
                        
                        
                                            
                            régimen de Irán para caer? No hay duda. De
                        
                        
                                            
                            curso, no va a suceder sin
                        
                        
                                            
                            it. Israel no puede prescindir de nosotros. Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es por eso. ¿Cuáles son las posibilidades? Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piense que Netanyahu se disculpó con Qatar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Que Trump dijo que es mejor que te disculpes o
                        
                        
                                            
                            de lo contrario porque estás arruinando mi relación
                        
                        
                                            
                            con otros tratos que estoy haciendo. Qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Son las posibilidades?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estoy en tengo más de 90.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Soy un 100%.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Soy un 100% con esto. Y me refiero al 100%. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            significa, por supuesto, nadie sabe por un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hecho, pero estoy ahí arriba
                        
                        
                                            
                            donde sé que va a decir: "Hola,
                        
                        
                                            
                            con
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es mejor que mejor hagas esto o de lo contrario
                        
                        
                                            
                            No voy a defenderte. ¿Por qué estás
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo algo? Como si supieras que
                        
                        
                                            
                            completa llamada de la que todos hablan
                        
                        
                                            
                            La llamada del partido de gritos que sucedió
                        
                        
                                            
                            con Trump gritando a Netanyahu. Cómo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuánto crees que sucedió?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estoy más de 90 nuevamente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Mismo lugar.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Así que nuevamente, el principal denominador común de
                        
                        
                                            
                            El fideicomiso va a quién? A un chico.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si el único tipo está involucrado, soy más
                        
                        
                                            
                            cómodo de cómo podrían ser estas cosas
                        
                        
                                            
                            ejecutado. Si no está involucrado, tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            Conozca, y por cierto, voltee el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Historia. Pon a Kamala siendo esa una persona
                        
                        
                                            
                            que le teme. Hamas teme a Kamala?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hamas se sentirá Biden. ¿Fear Biden? No.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Están sentados allí diciendo: "Gracias
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dios, ya sabes, es Biden o Kamla ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto es lo peor que
                        
                        
                                            
                            le sucedió a Rusia, a China, a Irán,
                        
                        
                                            
                            a todos en los que este tipo está ahora.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nadie quiere que este tipo esté dentro porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo que sea que dice tiene que ir y
                        
                        
                                            
                            exactamente,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hace muchas cosas. Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            veremos lo que sucedió aquí. Vamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            a la siguiente historia aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            La siguiente historia que quiero llegar es uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            Charlie Javis. Amigos, después de esta historia,
                        
                        
                                            
                            a todos los hombres solteros que miran esto, nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene algunos consejos extremadamente que cambian la vida
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ti. Llegaremos a eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero primero, Charlie Jabis
                        
                        
                                            
                            Obtiene siete años para defraudar a JP
                        
                        
                                            
                            Morgan Chase. Siete años mientras él
                        
                        
                                            
                            obteniendo esto. Rob, sigue adelante y juega
                        
                        
                                            
                            este clip primero y luego iremos
                        
                        
                                            
                            a lo largo de todo. Ella fue una vez una
                        
                        
                                            
                            CEO de estrellas en la lista Forbes 30 Under 30.
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero ahora un juez ha sentenciado esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            El fundador de inicio giró a Fraudster a
                        
                        
                                            
                            siete años de prisión después de ser
                        
                        
                                            
                            condenado por engañar a una gran inversión
                        
                        
                                            
                            Banco de un asombroso $ 175 millones.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Comenzamos a Frank con realmente pensar
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre cómo somos el aliado para el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estudiante y la familia.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Charlie Jiz vendió su empresa de inicio
                        
                        
                                            
                            llamado Frank a JP Morgan Chase de nuevo
                        
                        
                                            
                            2021. En ese momento, ella la reclamó
                        
                        
                                            
                            Company, que ayudó a optimizar la
                        
                        
                                            
                            Proceso de ayuda financiera para bajos ingresos
                        
                        
                                            
                            estudiantes universitarios, tenían millones de usuarios.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero después de que pasó el acuerdo, JP
                        
                        
                                            
                            Morgan descubrió que el número estaba cerca
                        
                        
                                            
                            a solo 300,000, y Javvis tenía
                        
                        
                                            
                            fabricó la mayor parte de la información del usuario.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Javvis, ahora 33, fue condenado en marzo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            fiscales que solicitan una prisión de 12 años
                        
                        
                                            
                            oración, pero su abogado pidió
                        
                        
                                            
                            Leniencia, desestimando las comparaciones entre
                        
                        
                                            
                            javvis y emprendedor deshonrado
                        
                        
                                            
                            Elizabeth Holmes, alegando que Javvis's
La empresa
                        
                        
                                            
                            era real, a diferencia de Holmes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Compañía, Theronos, que vendía una falsa
                        
                        
                                            
                            Producto de prueba de sangre. Abogado de Javvis
                        
                        
                                            
                            también argumentando al banco asumió algunos
                        
                        
                                            
                            responsabilidad, diciendo que era un
                        
                        
                                            
                            de 28 años versus 300 inversión
                        
                        
                                            
                            banqueros del banco más grande en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            mundo, y afirmando que apresuraron el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Adquisición. El juez acuerda el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los banqueros tienen una culpa, pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Agregar la audiencia de sentencia fue sobre
                        
                        
                                            
                            castigar la conducta de Javvis, no JP
                        
                        
                                            
                            La estupidez de Morgan.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sentencia de prisión, el juez también ordenó
                        
                        
                                            
                            JVIS para pagar casi $ 300 millones en
                        
                        
                                            
                            restitución, diciéndole: "No creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            estarás cometiendo otros crímenes, pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Otros deben ser disuadidos ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            jeez,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ahí tienes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y J permanece. Bueno, te lo diré, uh,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este es este es el lado oscuro de
                        
                        
                                            
                            startups. Y hay tanta gente
                        
                        
                                            
                            que llegan a la bóveda que son honestas
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas que solo intentan construir un negocio.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y luego hay personas que salen
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí que dicen: "Fingirlo hasta que hagas
                        
                        
                                            
                            it. "Sabes, juntado, ya sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            No sabes si va a funcionar,
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero ¿sabes qué? Tu es un es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Venture Capitalist Money. He escuchado
                        
                        
                                            
                            jóvenes y empresarios abiertamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Diga que hay cosas en su mazo
                        
                        
                                            
                            que no eran precisos y esas cosas. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto es lo que sucede. Esto es que es
                        
                        
                                            
                            aguas arriba. Esto es aguas abajo. Río abajo
                        
                        
                                            
                            terminas en un estanque de tu propio engaño.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y luego de vez en cuando alguien
                        
                        
                                            
                            habla. Y este era JP Morgan. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            para que usted sea toda la defensa aquí sobre uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            oh JP Morgan y el comentario del
                        
                        
                                            
                            comentarista allí leeré el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Palabras exactas del abogado UH.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dice um y fue el juez Helerstein
                        
                        
                                            
                            dice el juez Helerstein que nunca preguntaríamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            usted para castigar la estupidez de JP Morgan pero nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            Enviar que es un factor relevante. En
                        
                        
                                            
                            Otras palabras Nuestros clientes son criminales pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            La víctima era demasiado estúpida. Eso es como
                        
                        
                                            
                            diciendo que si eso es si tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            El niño robó el dinero del almuerzo de un
                        
                        
                                            
                            niño autista que su hijo no debería ser
                        
                        
                                            
                            castigado porque el niño autista era
                        
                        
                                            
                            Demasiado tonto. No, esto es esto que le muestra
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hubris. Y me alegro de que esto haya pasado
                        
                        
                                            
                            Porque esta es una historia de advertencia. Allá
                        
                        
                                            
                            son buenos emprendedores por ahí que
                        
                        
                                            
                            está tratando de obtener inversiones que son
                        
                        
                                            
                            tratando de poner en marcha sus empresas. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces hay estas personas aquí que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Simplemente véndelo así. Y por cierto
                        
                        
                                            
                            Adam Newman, el tipo de WeWork que
                        
                        
                                            
                            defraudado SoftBank, todavía me pregunto
                        
                        
                                            
                            por qué no terminó flotando en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hudson porque defraudó algunos muy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Grandes personas internacionales de dos mil millones
                        
                        
                                            
                            con los problemas B y el discurso figurativo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Fig Discurso. Sí, está sorprendido de eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            No estaba nadando. No, estoy diciendo que sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            no, no, no. No deseo la muerte
                        
                        
                                            
                            él. Estoy diciendo, pero cuando defraudas
                        
                        
                                            
                            algunas personas grandes, a veces personas grandes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Juega juegos de personas grandes y no es divertido.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, sí. Entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            A veces estas grandes personas aparecen con
                        
                        
                                            
                            como un gran tipo de capataz femenino. Sí. Justo
                        
                        
                                            
                            como como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero creo que pero esto es un
                        
                        
                                            
                            cuento de advertencia y me alegra verlo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y si ella está sentada en la prisión
                        
                        
                                            
                            patio jugando a los damas con
                        
                        
                                            
                            Elizabeth Holmes, bueno, ¿adivina qué? Bien
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ti. Vete por siete años y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piense en ello.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Acabas de enojar a Tom. Charlie, que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿está mal contigo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            [__]
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estábamos teniendo una buena conversación. Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pissed Tom Off. Brandon, ¿qué haces?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Tienes que decir sobre esto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Um podría sorprenderlos aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, esto realmente me molesta que me guste
                        
                        
                                            
                            I Cupa, ella merece lo que pasó aquí,
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero no le pasó nada a los bancos en
                        
                        
                                            
                            2008 cuando robaron dinero de las personas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            defraudaron a todo el país con
                        
                        
                                            
                            hipotecas malas y luego no pasó nada
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ellos. No solo pasó nada
                        
                        
                                            
                            ...
                        
                        
                                            
                            Gobierno con la promesa de bien,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, estimularemos la economía con
                        
                        
                                            
                            el dinero que nos dan y pagaron
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bonos mismos. Entonces, como Um tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            saber, si alguien vio el gran corto,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Solo hay un tipo al azar que fue a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cárcel para eso. el chico de Deutschbang
                        
                        
                                            
                            o un chico de 32 años de Deutsche porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            él mintió.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ya sabes, por lo que es ridículo. Quiero decir, yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Get sí, ella definitivamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            no estás solo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella definitivamente merece ir a la cárcel,
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero creo que mucha gente debería haber
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue a la cárcel por lo que sucedió en 2008.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, lo eres. Usted no está solo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Michael Jackson dijo: "No eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            solo. "Y estoy de acuerdo con ellos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            todo bien. Entonces, escuche todo el
                        
                        
                                            
                            gente soltera, ya sabes, si tienes hijos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es posible que desee escuchar esto. Hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            un hombre, algunos lo llaman filósofo de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Aristóteles modernos. Su nombre es Juez
                        
                        
                                            
                            Grady del condado de Pulk. Robar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Poke. El quiere compartir algo
                        
                        
                                            
                            con ustedes y es muy
                        
                        
                                            
                            evaluación sentimental pero precisa de
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo que podría pasar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si va a buscar una prostituta en el polo
                        
                        
                                            
                            condado y algunos de los lugares en Estados Unidos
                        
                        
                                            
                            y y es tan malo y tan cierto que su
                        
                        
                                            
                            compañero detrás de él uno de sus directos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los informes ni siquiera pueden mantenerse unidos
                        
                        
                                            
                            gente pero el nivel de sabiduría está en un
                        
                        
                                            
                            completamente diferente. Entonces, lo que sea
                        
                        
                                            
                            que está haciendo, si está conduciendo y
                        
                        
                                            
                            escuchando el podcast, solo por favor
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mantenga los ojos en el camino o deténgase
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque esto es algo peligroso. Ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            adelante, rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, esto es Pulk, no el condado de Poke,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿verdad? Meter.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Haz eso una vez más.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Haz eso una vez más. Burlarse de mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            acento una vez más. Adelante, Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay cosas en la vida.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, ordenas una prostituta, ¿verdad?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esta prostituta vive con su madre,
                        
                        
                                            
                            por cierto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tiene un historial criminal masivo. A
                        
                        
                                            
                            21. Observe lo que ella dijo. Este
                        
                        
                                            
                            La prostituta vive con su madre. Es un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hooker. Sí. Entonces, solo continúa.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es un detalle muy importante. Adelante,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Año de historia penal con 31 criminales
                        
                        
                                            
                            cargas. Entonces, ordenas una prostituta
                        
                        
                                            
                            y eso es lo que crees que eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            obteniendo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ahora, cuando miras eso, vas,
                        
                        
                                            
                            "wow, eso es bastante duro, pero atrapado en
                        
                        
                                            
                            una tormenta ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            y luego a la mañana siguiente cuando te despiertes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Up,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, Dios mío,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Usted descubres que esto es quién es realmente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, Dios mío.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, lo llamamos feo de Coyote. Verás,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Él está acostado en tu brazo
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la cama. Mira a
                        
                        
                                            
                            el tipo detrás de ti. Fue áspero último
                        
                        
                                            
                            Noche, pero me he subido.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh mi.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creo que me masticaré el brazo y
                        
                        
                                            
                            facilita para no molestarlo ni despertar
                        
                        
                                            
                            él arriba.
                        
                        
                                            
                            todo bien. Entonces crees que estás comprando
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto, lo estás obteniendo. Tiene 31
                        
                        
                                            
                            cargos criminales y diablos, si estás
                        
                        
                                            
                            afortunado, no te mata de la noche a la mañana.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quiero decir, mira, se llama sabiduría, ¿verdad?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Tienes que saber que eres eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            Despertando. ¿Qué dices? Estás
                        
                        
                                            
                            mordiendo su brazo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ar. ¿Qué piensas de este consejo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vinnie?
                        
                        
                                            
                            I bien, en primer lugar, no tenía yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            pensó que era una mujer. Yo ni siquiera
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sepa a dónde iba esto. Pero mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            La pregunta es, también es ese tipo
                        
                        
                                            
                            robando a personas o realmente estaba teniendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sexo con el chico?
                        
                        
                                            
                            suena como si estuviera fingiendo ser un
                        
                        
                                            
                            niña.
                        
                        
                                            
                            él finge ser una niña y luego
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿cómo era él?
                        
                        
                                            
                            hombres gay? Estoy tan confundido.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estaba pasando el rato. El hecho de que estas
                        
                        
                                            
                            interesado
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué demonios está pasando?
                        
                        
                                            
                            me dice por qué tienes tan creativo
                        
                        
                                            
                            maravillosa mente cómica.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Estás listo para esto? Porque mi cerebro es
                        
                        
                                            
                            es que mi cerebro está yendo esto, está teniendo un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Conferencia de prensa. Eran personas
                        
                        
                                            
                            quejándose como si querían su
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿De vuelta el dinero? ¿Era el remordimiento del comprador?
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque parece en primer lugar, si
                        
                        
                                            
                            que aparece y eso es lo que eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            en realidad en cada uno el suyo. Pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, ¿cómo no se dice que es un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es un tipo? Como, ¿cómo? Estoy tan confundido
                        
                        
                                            
                            en este momento.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es medianoche. Has tenido
                        
                        
                                            
                            Viste el juego de llanto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. No,
                        
                        
                                            
                            sorpresa.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Pero como es como lo que es él
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Intentando decir? No me gusta saber que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Estás comprando? Porque la prostitución
                        
                        
                                            
                            La parte ni siquiera parece que sea la
                        
                        
                                            
                            Problema. Es el hecho de que el tipo es
                        
                        
                                            
                            actuando como si fuera una niña. Ese es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Problema.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Brandon, ¿Qué piensas de esto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Danos tu experiencia aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo que admitir que soy un aficionado en eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            campo, por lo que no puedo dar ninguna experiencia,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero um, sí. No, da miedo. Es un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es una historia de advertencia, supongo que es
                        
                        
                                            
                            usando allí. Pero no lo sé. Debería
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Debería legalizarse la prostitución? Como
                        
                        
                                            
                            , ya sabes, para que no nos levantemos así
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las personas saben a qué se están recibiendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            menos. No sé. Esa es una pregunta
                        
                        
                                            
                            tan antiguo como el tiempo. Quiero decir es el más antiguo
                        
                        
                                            
                            profesión pero yo no soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es como el alcohol que sabes que crea un
                        
                        
                                            
                            toda la gran industria criminal debido a
                        
                        
                                            
                            el hecho de que es ilegal pero también es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tipo de debaucherous para la sociedad si
                        
                        
                                            
                            es legal. Entonces sabes que es una especie de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pregunta más profunda.
                        
                        
                                            
                            sí, es escuchar a uno de mis amigos su
                        
                        
                                            
                            El sueño era ir a Brasil para ir a uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cómo se llama?
                        
                        
                                            
                            no el festival. ¿Qué hicieron carnaval?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Carnaval en Río?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces fue al carnaval. Él salvó a todos
                        
                        
                                            
                            este dinero durante dos años para ir al
                        
                        
                                            
                            Carnaval
                        
                        
                                            
                            y él regresa tiene el tiempo de
                        
                        
                                            
                            su vida excepto una noche. Uh-uh.
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh-uh.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Conoce a esta chica, dejó caer eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            hermosa,
                        
                        
                                            
                            y no puede creer lo caliente que está.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Están bailando. Están haciendo su su
                        
                        
                                            
                            y todas estas otras cosas. Y el es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Molilla todo esto. Y moler, bebé.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Grind conmigo. Relajándose como todo eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            cosas, ¿verdad?
                        
                        
                                            
                            y luego devuelve el favor.
                        
                        
                                            
                            UHOH.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh chico.
                        
                        
                                            
                            para él.
                        
                        
                                            
                            [música]
                        
                        
                                            
                            como, en primer lugar, ¿por qué estás dejando
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Su grito?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es como si tuviera demasiadas bebidas. Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            dice: "Cuando ella lo hizo, aprendí muy
                        
                        
                                            
                            rápidamente tuve que ejecutar ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, Dios mío.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es como cuando cuando Charles
                        
                        
                                            
                            Barkley, ¿alguna vez has escuchado a Charles
                        
                        
                                            
                            Barkley dice: "Escucha, hombre. Cuando tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estás jugando demasiada defensa, puedo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Siente tu tu sabes, cuando puedo sentir tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            . Es demasiado defensa ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, no lo sé. Es mejor que llegues a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ten cuidado, amigos. Ya sabes, el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sabiduría de Barkclay versus Poke County.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Déjame conseguirlo correctamente para ti así
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estás contento con eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, de todos modos, esto es solo un hombre divertido.
                        
                        
                                            
                            En algún momento cuando este tipo habla, imagina
                        
                        
                                            
                            él es tu padre o tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            abuelo y él te está contando una historia
                        
                        
                                            
                            tratando de enseñarte una lección. Imaginar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Puede escribir un libro.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, ¿cómo qué lecciones enseñó tu papá?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿usted? Déjame decir una vez que me atraparon
                        
                        
                                            
                            fumar esto. Esto es lo que hizo para
                        
                        
                                            
                            Boom.
                        
                        
                                            
                            me llevó a casa. Hizo esto. Él hizo eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Parece el tipo de chico que me gusta.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tiene un sentido de ti.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es como Kennedy en el Congreso con su
                        
                        
                                            
                            Funnentidad.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tiene un sentido de ti.
                        
                        
                                            
                            En el pico, el Dr. Phil solía hacer
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto en el pico de su espectáculo. Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Entonces, hiciste esto, entonces esto, entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto, y pensaste que era un buen
                        
                        
                                            
                            idea.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Recuerdas a esos tipos? Oh sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            I I No sé en qué planeta es un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Buena idea o incluso la mitad de una buena idea. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            solía amar ver al Dr. Phil People
                        
                        
                                            
                            para eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            todavía haciendo eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Sí. Entonces, vamos al siguiente
                        
                        
                                            
                            aquí. Voy a llegar a la próxima historia. A
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pareja más historias antes de terminar.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Don Lemon está hablando con Ilhan Omar.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Uh uh persona a quien Trump está queriendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            para deportar a su país. Él incluso
                        
                        
                                            
                            le preguntó al líder de Somalia si
                        
                        
                                            
                            la tomaría de regreso como un reembolso y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tener ese tipo de conversación. Pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tenía algunas cosas que decir. Ella no era
                        
                        
                                            
                            Rob siendo entrevistado por Don Lemon
                        
                        
                                            
                            ilhan?
                        
                        
                                            
                            sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y aquí
                        
                        
                                            
                            Se toca de alguna manera y es
                        
                        
                                            
                            entrevistándola.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero adelante, Rob. Veamos que esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            sucede aquí. Adelante.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo nada por lo que no tengo que disculparme.
                        
                        
                                            
                            um, ya sabes, es una tragedia que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Charlie Kirk fue asesinado de esa manera. Um,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Siento por su viuda y sus hijos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tendrán que vivir con eso para el
                        
                        
                                            
                            resto de sus vidas. Pero no hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            Legado para honrar. Era un legado lleno
                        
                        
                                            
                            con intolerancia, odio y blanco
                        
                        
                                            
                            Supremacy. Y como mujer negra y como una
                        
                        
                                            
                            musulmán En este país, me niego por i
                        
                        
                                            
                            se niega a unir el coro que cambia
                        
                        
                                            
                            La historia de lo que está en el registro
                        
                        
                                            
                            de este hombre. Y entonces, ya sabes, Nancy
                        
                        
                                            
                            maza, el presidente, como lo que sea estos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los locos pueden hacer lo que quieran
                        
                        
                                            
                            para hacer.
                        
                        
                                            
                            um, pero no voy a ser intimidado uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la complacencia.
                        
                        
                                            
                            um en, ya sabes, deshonrando quién soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            y lo que defiende solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuánto tiempo puedes escucharla? Oh, pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero ya sabes, pero te das cuenta de esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            chicos? ¿Notas la izquierda? No
                        
                        
                                            
                            seguridad, nadie son solo ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            sepa que nadie quiere hacer nada para
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque somos los normales
                        
                        
                                            
                            lado, pero están escupiendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este maldito veneno. Y el hecho de que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella está diciendo supremista blanco y todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estas cosas, no una, ella no puede señalar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una cosa que Charlie dijo que era
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre el racismo o la supremacía blanca o
                        
                        
                                            
                            otro. Estos son solo BS hablando
                        
                        
                                            
                            puntos y ella es como deshonrar su
                        
                        
                                            
                            Legado de maldición y es repugnante.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Me pregunto cómo habría sido
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si ella estaba caminando con Van Jones.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh. Oh, hubiera sido que hubiera
                        
                        
                                            
                            ha sido una conversación completamente diferente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            crees que lo habría cerrado y
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo corregió?
                        
                        
                                            
                            crees que te harías pensar que Van
                        
                        
                                            
                            Jones lo habría corregido y Don
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lemon no lo hubiera hecho?
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh, tal vez. Creo que Van Jones lo habría
                        
                        
                                            
                            avanzó más.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No olvides, Tom, como el día
                        
                        
                                            
                            antes de que Trump uh uh Charlie fuera asesinado,
                        
                        
                                            
                            No olvides lo que dijo Van Jones sobre
                        
                        
                                            
                            Charlie que se volvió viral. Te acuerdas
                        
                        
                                            
                            ese clip?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estaba hablando de mierda sobre él.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Recuerdas eso? Exactamente. Un día o
                        
                        
                                            
                            dos, Rob, si tienes eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            Van, no Vance. Sí, Van. Sí,
                        
                        
                                            
                            exactamente. Ahí tienes. Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eran, como dijo Van Jones, estábamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            reforzándose duro en los días anteriores.
                        
                        
                                            
                            En realidad se puso en video, Tommy.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dijo algo sobre
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dijo algo muy muy directo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estaba en CN en CNN.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh. Oh sí. Oh sí. Él puso el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Onus en Charlie.
                        
                        
                                            
                            puso la responsabilidad en Charlie. Y esto fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            como literalmente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, ¿se trataba de la oh, se trataba de
                        
                        
                                            
                            el que el tipo apuñaló en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            en el tren. Creo que estaba haciendo algo
                        
                        
                                            
                            comentario.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, este. Adelante y juega
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este clip.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No sabemos por qué ese hombre hizo lo que él
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo hizo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y para que Charlie Kirk diga: "Sabemos
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo hizo porque ella es blanca. "Cuando
                        
                        
                                            
                            No hay evidencia de eso. Él dijo: "Yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            consiguió a esa chica blanca ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            raza uh traficante de raza, odio a los traficantes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            [música]
                        
                        
                                            
                            obtuvo esa chica blanca.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo a esa chica blanca. Sí. Sangre
                        
                        
                                            
                            goteando en todas partes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No sabemos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Sí, lo hicimos. Entonces el punto
                        
                        
                                            
                            es mirada, les doy a todos la gracia que tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            sepa que comete errores pero el
                        
                        
                                            
                            día antes de que eso sucediera, eso es bonito
                        
                        
                                            
                            Direct Thing para decir. Entonces volviendo a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Don Lemon, ¿verdad? Volviendo a Don
                        
                        
                                            
                            limón. Don Lemon continúa aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Rob, si tiene este clip, adelante y
                        
                        
                                            
                            reproduce el clip. Aquí está Don Lemon. Amigos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si eres si eres un hombre blanco,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Él piensa que todo es tu culpa. Adelante,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            hombres que se parecen a ustedes, hombres que votan como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Usted, y hombres que suenan como tú.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hombres blancos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            algo está roto. Algo es
                        
                        
                                            
                            se rompió profundamente en el interior cuando muchos de ustedes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cree la respuesta al miedo, a la pérdida, a
                        
                        
                                            
                            El cambio es la violencia.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Me estás escuchando? Espero ser
                        
                        
                                            
                            diciéndolo lo suficientemente fuerte para las personas en
                        
                        
                                            
                            la parte posterior.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Brandon, él estaba hablando contigo. Qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué tienes?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Solo tuve una epifanía. Creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ha estado viendo a Nick Fuentes porque es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es una especie de copia de Nick Fuentes, pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            de la manera inversa. Nick Fentes dice
                        
                        
                                            
                            que sobre las personas negras mucho en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            mismo tono. Intenta ser lo mismo
                        
                        
                                            
                            de manera provocativa. Creo que esta copiando
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nick Fuentes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            muy interesante.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, eso es lo que obtuve de muy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Observación interesante
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque obviamente está tratando desesperadamente de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Obtener vistas. Está haciendo el hombre en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Street. Está haciendo su podcast en su
                        
                        
                                            
                            sala de estar como un adolescente. Entonces, quiero decir,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creo que está tratando de probar las cosas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Él ve a Fuentes recogiendo algo de impulso
                        
                        
                                            
                            en X. Creo que está copiando Fuentes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuánto crees que mira a Fontes?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, creo que ve todo lo grande
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas, ya sabes, como creo que si
                        
                        
                                            
                            Alguien está bien en las redes sociales, yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piensa que los está estudiando y obsesivamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            tratando de modelarlos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            i i uh en realidad estoy de acuerdo contigo. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piensa que es muy muy bueno
                        
                        
                                            
                            Observación. Pero la realidad es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Diga que es culpa del hombre blanco. Tomás,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué tienes que decir sobre eso?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No, necesitan una víctima y tienen
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ser la víctima y así todos los demás
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene que ser malo para ser el VI, así que alguien
                        
                        
                                            
                            Else es una víctima. Necesitas un
                        
                        
                                            
                            protagonista. Necesitas un enemigo. Y cuando
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las personas se están moviendo, y aquí vamos de nuevo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            negros, hispanos y jóvenes se están moviendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            hacia el centro y votar de esta manera,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las personas se vuelven apopleléticas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y cuando digo estas personas, quiero decir
                        
                        
                                            
                            estas personas de medios. Rachel Matto. Bien,
                        
                        
                                            
                            independientemente de su color, ya sea
                        
                        
                                            
                            Van Jones y Don Lemon o es It's
                        
                        
                                            
                            Jake Tapper, no se trata de raza. Es
                        
                        
                                            
                            No sobre, ya sabes, orientación sexual,
                        
                        
                                            
                            cualquier cosa. No pueden manejar lo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            sucediendo. Y así, necesitan allí para estar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Un enemigo. Y el enemigo, el privilegio blanco
                        
                        
                                            
                            y los blancos están rotos, es así
                        
                        
                                            
                            fácil para ellos, pero es barato y es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Incorrecto. Y saben que está mal. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            que es y en el fondo de ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sepa que es hueco, pero tienen
                        
                        
                                            
                            No hay otro que no hay otra bala
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la pistola. No usar un violento
                        
                        
                                            
                            metáfora, pero no hay otro como
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué más sacas del estante?
                        
                        
                                            
                            no funciona. A él le gusta en primer lugar,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué pasa con su marido blanco?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Probablemente en la otra habitación haciendo platos?
                        
                        
                                            
                            como i no, no, no. Hablo en serio. Cómo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Siente al respecto? Bueno. Y solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            muy rápido, volviendo a un frasco
                        
                        
                                            
                            esposo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, ella sí, lo hace. Y también lo hace
                        
                        
                                            
                            Elhan Omar. Bueno, todos estos problemas son
                        
                        
                                            
                            Gente blanca. Ella dijo en el pasado: "Nuestro
                        
                        
                                            
                            El país debería tener más miedo ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            hermano, consíguelo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Ella es más temerosa de los hombres blancos
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque en realidad están causando la mayor parte de
                        
                        
                                            
                            las muertes en este país. Esta es ella
                        
                        
                                            
                            um Si el miedo era una fuerza impulsora, nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            debería ser perfilado, monitoreo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creación de políticas para luchar contra el rad
                        
                        
                                            
                            Radicalización de hombres blancos. Y don
                        
                        
                                            
                            limón, como lo repugnante y perezoso y
                        
                        
                                            
                            peligroso es lo que está diciendo. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tom, ¿Qué hizo tu taza?
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí mismo. Palabras, hablar, números,
                        
                        
                                            
                            grito. ¿Te imaginas si un blanco?
                        
                        
                                            
                            persona, cualquier blanco, y mira el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Números aquí. Si una persona blanca
                        
                        
                                            
                            se sentó frente a una cámara, Pat, y solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            dijo los hechos reales que y dijeron
                        
                        
                                            
                            que los hombres negros tienen alrededor del 6% de los Estados Unidos
                        
                        
                                            
                            La población en los datos del FBI muestra que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Son responsables de casi la mitad, 50%
                        
                        
                                            
                            de los asesinatos en este país. Qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Diría el mundo? ¿Qué sería el
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Dice el mundo? Don Lemon sabe exactamente qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            demonios que está haciendo. El esta tratando de ser
                        
                        
                                            
                            relevante. El hecho de que lo patearon
                        
                        
                                            
                            de un maldito estudio. Ahora es un hombre
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la calle hablando con otros psicóticos
                        
                        
                                            
                            La gente como Elon M te dice todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            que necesita saber. Pero piensa en
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto, pat. Le mostraste este video un largo
                        
                        
                                            
                            hace tiempo y me quedó atrapado. Qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Le pasó al viejo Don Lemon? Recordar
                        
                        
                                            
                            ese video que tenemos? Un viejo don
                        
                        
                                            
                            limón que se dirigía al
                        
                        
                                            
                            comunidad afroamericana.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oh, ¿qué tal levantar los pantalones? Cómo
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre ser respetuoso que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Quieres ver esto? Juega esto, Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Porque personas negras, si realmente quieres
                        
                        
                                            
                            Para solucionar el problema, aquí hay solo cinco
                        
                        
                                            
                            cosas en las que debes pensar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Do, aquí es el número cinco. Levanta tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            pantalones. El número cuatro ahora es la palabra N. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            alojó un especial en la palabra n,
                        
                        
                                            
                            sugiriendo que las personas negras dejen de usar
                        
                        
                                            
                            y que los artistas dejan de engañar
                        
                        
                                            
                            ustedes mismos o ellos mismos y otros que
                        
                        
                                            
                            de alguna manera estás recuperando la palabra.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Amén.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ahora, número tres, respeto donde
                        
                        
                                            
                            en vivo. Comience pequeño no dejando caer basura,
                        
                        
                                            
                            basura en sus propias comunidades. Aislados
                        
                        
                                            
                            vivió en varios predominantemente blancos
                        
                        
                                            
                            barrios en mi vida. Raramente, si
                        
                        
                                            
                            Siempre, testigo de la gente basada. Yo vivo
                        
                        
                                            
                            en Harlem ahora. Es históricamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            vecindario negro. Todos los días, yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ver adultos y niños que dejan caer su
                        
                        
                                            
                            basura en el suelo cuando una basura puede
                        
                        
                                            
                            está a solo pies de distancia. Número dos, acabado
                        
                        
                                            
                            escuela. Quieres romper el ciclo de
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿pobreza? Deja de decirle a los niños que son
                        
                        
                                            
                            actuando blanco porque van a la escuela
                        
                        
                                            
                            o hablan inglés adecuado. Número
                        
                        
                                            
                            uno, y probablemente el más importante,
                        
                        
                                            
                            solo porque puedes tener un bebé,
                        
                        
                                            
                            no significa que debas, especialmente
                        
                        
                                            
                            sin planificar uno o obtener
                        
                        
                                            
                            casado primero. Extraño.
                        
                        
                                            
                            más del 72% de los niños en África.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, yo tengo curiosidad por hey, Don, ¿qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            te pasó a ti y te avergüenza mientras
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tu marido blanco ha vuelto allí
                        
                        
                                            
                            Limpiar la casa y hacer lo que sea,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estás diciendo que él es el problema
                        
                        
                                            
                            con este país. Vergüenza para ti y
                        
                        
                                            
                            vergüenza para ti, Ilhan Omar. Lo mismo
                        
                        
                                            
                            le sucedió que le sucedió a Aaron
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bernett. Aaron Bernett estaba en CNBC en
                        
                        
                                            
                            la mañana uh haciendo espectáculo matutino
                        
                        
                                            
                            Talking Business abriendo la campana de apertura
                        
                        
                                            
                            Squawk en la calle. Hubo esos
                        
                        
                                            
                            programas que ves en CNBC y ella por
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todas las cuentas estaban en el medio y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hubo muchas oportunidades para
                        
                        
                                            
                            ella allí para expresar su opinión con
                        
                        
                                            
                            El gobierno sobre esta ley esa ley
                        
                        
                                            
                            regulación de la legislación de negocios el
                        
                        
                                            
                            alimentó muchas cosas que ella se hizo. Ella
                        
                        
                                            
                            va a CNN, T lo firma y toma el
                        
                        
                                            
                            contrato y de repente es casi casi
                        
                        
                                            
                            como hicieron los contratos que Don Lemon
                        
                        
                                            
                            y Aaron Bernett tomaron cuando pisaron
                        
                        
                                            
                            en una silla más grande en CNN, lo hizo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Radicalizarlos? ¿Fueron radicalizados?
                        
                        
                                            
                            por los dólares?
                        
                        
                                            
                            para que lo pongas en Zucker, lo pones
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las cabezas de CNN. ¿Es eso a quien lo pones?
                        
                        
                                            
                            en?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, alguien tiene que firmar el contrato
                        
                        
                                            
                            y estar interesado. Y luego hay un
                        
                        
                                            
                            muchos productores que te dicen que esto es
                        
                        
                                            
                            de la forma en que será que puedas
                        
                        
                                            
                            no he visto cuando firmó el
                        
                        
                                            
                            contrato.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces Rob, ¿por qué no hacemos esto? Así que vamos a
                        
                        
                                            
                            ir a Charlie Kirk y nuevas historias
                        
                        
                                            
                            saliendo. Así que la semana pasada mostramos un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Clip Quizás el lunes, el día del rango
                        
                        
                                            
                            rompió el clip. Chico en el cuello me envía un
                        
                        
                                            
                            mensaje que dice: "Pat de ese día de rango
                        
                        
                                            
                            rompió el clip que tocaste fue genial, pero un
                        
                        
                                            
                            tipo acaba de enviarme algo mostrando un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Completa algo diferente. "Avance rápido
                        
                        
                                            
                            el rango a través del día del rango que se rompieron
                        
                        
                                            
                            Clip a aproximadamente cuatro minutos. Sigue adelante.
                        
                        
                                            
                            continúa. Sigue adelante. Sigue adelante. Mantener
                        
                        
                                            
                            Going. Y ve un poco más. Oh
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Realice un poco, Rob. Atrás
                        
                        
                                            
                            UP. Respaldo. Retrocede un poco. Atrás
                        
                        
                                            
                            arriba un poco. Retrocede un poco.
                        
                        
                                            
                            donde muestra los auriculares en Charlie's
                        
                        
                                            
                            Uh Ear. Uh regresa. Volver. Volver. Ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            Volver. Volver. Volver. Veamos si
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vamos a verlo o no. Volver a un
                        
                        
                                            
                            pequeño bit. Entonces está mostrando esta parte.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ah hombre. Estoy bien. Justo ahí. jugar desde
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí mismo. Robar
                        
                        
                                            
                            entra.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No veo gente que viene en ningún lado
                        
                        
                                            
                            en un área de círculo. Tienes la sangre ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            hacia abajo y luego la herida de salida
                        
                        
                                            
                            emerge.
                        
                        
                                            
                            también vas a querer averiguarlo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este tipo habla de ambos lados de su
                        
                        
                                            
                            boca. Él dirá algo como el FBI
                        
                        
                                            
                            está mintiendo. La narrativa oficial es
                        
                        
                                            
                            mentiroso. Y luego él dirá: "No soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            acusando a cualquiera de algo ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo que importa es que el oficial
                        
                        
                                            
                            La narrativa no es verdadera. Si ese
                        
                        
                                            
                            sale, parece que está sangriento.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dirán que es 100% concluyente o
                        
                        
                                            
                            ya se ha probado. Sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            parecía sangre. Incluso lo pensamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            era sangre.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ahora, vaya rápido hacia adelante en un
                        
                        
                                            
                            ángulo con él. Simplemente avanza rápidamente el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Clip y vaya hasta que muestra el ángulo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            continúa. Sigue adelante. Sigue adelante. Mantener
                        
                        
                                            
                            Going. Sigue adelante. Sigue adelante. Mantener
                        
                        
                                            
                            Going. Sigue adelante. Bueno. Uh bien
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí. Justo ahí. Regrese unos 20
                        
                        
                                            
                            segundos. Bueno. Juega desde allí mismo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            adelante. Entonces, estamos pasando por aquí
                        
                        
                                            
                            paso a paso, marco por marco, hasta que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Buscarlo. Entonces, eso justo ahí, puedes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vea su él su reacción aquí. Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto es lo que creo que es el primero
                        
                        
                                            
                            marco capturando su reacción de de
                        
                        
                                            
                            cualquier cosa de la bala. Así que ahora aquí
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cuando miras alrededor de su oído, creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ese es uno de esos auriculares como tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            Conozca el cable
                        
                        
                                            
                            y a menudo es un cable de tipo transparente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ahora sigamos adelante un marco más
                        
                        
                                            
                            que surge. Entonces parece que es ahora
                        
                        
                                            
                            detrás de él. Eso ciertamente no es sangre
                        
                        
                                            
                            salpicaduras como este tipo falsamente reclamado.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y también dónde está la sangre que gotea eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            que afirmaba que estaba en goteo en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            lado de Charlie dijo. No hay sangre
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí porque no había una herida de entrada
                        
                        
                                            
                            aquí. Un marco más.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Puede ver que estaba en el aire.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Puedes ver que todavía está ahí,
                        
                        
                                            
                            todavía vertical.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y ahora está allí. Simplemente arrojado
                        
                        
                                            
                            detrás de su cabeza y es algo así
                        
                        
                                            
                            diagonal allí mismo. Y mantén tu ojo
                        
                        
                                            
                            justo en ese lugar. Vas a ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            para verlo desaparecer en el siguiente cuadro.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ver, se movió y ya se fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            Porque por la fuerza del
                        
                        
                                            
                            Impacto. Ahora, en ninguna parte aquí hay alguna
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tipo de herida de entrada. Habrías visto
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una herida de entrada explosiva por ahora, solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            como lo hicimos desde las vistas desde el
                        
                        
                                            
                            frente, que muestra que había
                        
                        
                                            
                            Absolutamente cero disparos golpeando a Charlie
                        
                        
                                            
                            desde este lado. Entonces, cualquiera que intente
                        
                        
                                            
                            para mostrarle un video de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pausa allí mismo. Bueno. Entonces, recuerda
                        
                        
                                            
                            chicos, por eso me encanta lo que está pasando
                        
                        
                                            
                            en este momento. ¿Todo el mundo es que?
                        
                        
                                            
                            reaccionando a lo que tengan y
                        
                        
                                            
                            reaccionando a lo que tengan. Tomás,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cuando ves esto, ¿qué piensas?
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre? Bueno, quiero ver todo el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Perspectivas y todos los ángulos. I I I
                        
                        
                                            
                            No quiero seguir viendo, ya sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Charlie y el momento de de um
                        
                        
                                            
                            pasando allí, pero quiero saber para
                        
                        
                                            
                            Seguro que pasa. Quiero saber con certeza
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo que pasa. Y todos los que son un
                        
                        
                                            
                            El analista forense dice lo mismo
                        
                        
                                            
                            . Dijeron que no se parece
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una herida de entrada en la parte delantera de su cuello.
                        
                        
                                            
                            que no parece una herida de entrada.
                        
                        
                                            
                            que parece una herida de salida. Tienes
                        
                        
                                            
                            cazadores que han hablado de esto. Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene personas que son forenses que tienen
                        
                        
                                            
                            habló de esto. Y entonces la pregunta
                        
                        
                                            
                            es, está bien, ¿cómo fue tal cataclísmico?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿La herida ocurre allí? A y ya sabes, el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bullet Man of Steel fue alojado allí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. ¿Alguien va a hacer?
                        
                        
                                            
                            balística? Entonces, estoy esperando
                        
                        
                                            
                            datos concluyentes de un real
                        
                        
                                            
                            investigación que no sea, oye, su ADN
                        
                        
                                            
                            estaba en este arma de fuego. Bueno. Pero fue el
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿había sido disparado el arma de fuego? Sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿um y tenemos balística en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            La bala que dijo se encontró en
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Su cuello justo debajo de la piel? Yo solo yo yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            quiero ver todos estos ángulos y estoy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Me alegro de que uno esté manteniendo a otros
                        
                        
                                            
                            verificación, pero hombre, que eso es una salida
                        
                        
                                            
                            herida desde el frente. Ese es mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            opinión basada en la gente que soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            Viendo quiénes son expertos en este tipo
                        
                        
                                            
                            de forense. Y entonces la pregunta es,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cómo se obtiene ese tipo de herida?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Vinnie, estoy con Tom al 100%. Son
                        
                        
                                            
                            afirmando que este es el FBI y todos
                        
                        
                                            
                            que era el 300 6. No era un
                        
                        
                                            
                            3006. La narrativa oficial no es
                        
                        
                                            
                            oficial. Y este tipo es solo otro
                        
                        
                                            
                            y yo obtengo 100%, parece un
                        
                        
                                            
                            auricular, pero de cualquiera que esté escopeta
                        
                        
                                            
                            y sabe sobre este tipo de cosas que
                        
                        
                                            
                            que si fuera un 300 6, habría
                        
                        
                                            
                            ha sido completamente
                        
                        
                                            
                            habría sido rata. Tendría
                        
                        
                                            
                            ha sido asqueroso. Hubiera sido un
                        
                        
                                            
                            mucho peor que lo que ustedes vieron. Número
                        
                        
                                            
                            uno. Número dos, todo este metraje fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            cámaras, los teléfonos con cámara chupados y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es borroso. El metraje principal es el HD
                        
                        
                                            
                            cámara que estaba sentada detrás de Charlie
                        
                        
                                            
                            derribando capturándolo y el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Compañía completa. Pero alguien de girar
                        
                        
                                            
                            punto lo agarró, fue astuto con
                        
                        
                                            
                            it, póntalo en un sombrero y lo dio a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Otro tipo que se escapó. Y somos
                        
                        
                                            
                            se supone que solo toma su palabra que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este tipo lo entregó después de mirar
                        
                        
                                            
                            en él y se lo dio al FBI. Lo lamento.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No creo la narrativa oficial.
                        
                        
                                            
                            llamaste a la escuela. ¿Qué pasó?
                        
                        
                                            
                            llamé ayer. Llamé, llamé
                        
                        
                                            
                            y Amanda estaba conmigo. Ella lo grabó.
                        
                        
                                            
                            llamé a UVU y llamé y llamé
                        
                        
                                            
                            al principal escritorio principal y yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            dijo: "Oye, estoy con tal y tal.
                        
                        
                                            
                            inventé una cosa y dije: "Estoy
                        
                        
                                            
                            tratando de averiguar si ustedes porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            la construcción que está sucediendo bien
                        
                        
                                            
                            ahora es increíble. Ni siquiera
                        
                        
                                            
                            se ve como lo que es ahora. "¿De acuerdo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            no tiene sentido. Dije: "¿Quién hago yo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿hablar con? Esto solo ustedes acaban de tener
                        
                        
                                            
                            y me disculpo. Ustedes tenían el
                        
                        
                                            
                            El mayor asesinato desde JFK en tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            campus. ¿Estaba allí la construcción programada?
                        
                        
                                            
                            en el sitio exacto donde sucedió esto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Puedes comentar eso? Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            va, "Déjame dirigirte al
                        
                        
                                            
                            lugar correcto. "Escuchas conversaciones,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estás escribiendo, da da. Me envía a
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh como mantenimiento o algo así como
                        
                        
                                            
                            que y hay una mujer que se acelera
                        
                        
                                            
                            y yo digo: "Hola, estoy tan y así con
                        
                        
                                            
                            um Media. "Voy", solo tengo curiosidad. Hacer
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ustedes tienen configuración de construcción? "
                        
                        
                                            
                            susurros hablar con no puedo hablar contigo
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre eso. Voy, "No, no, espera uno
                        
                        
                                            
                            segundo. No necesito información sobre
                        
                        
                                            
                            el tiro o nada como eso. Hizo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Ustedes han programado un mantenimiento? "
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque supongo que si es un IF
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es un asesinato a esta magnitud,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dejarías la escena del crimen para
                        
                        
                                            
                            balas potenciales, potencial, ya sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            fragmentos, otras cosas para recrear en
                        
                        
                                            
                            la escena. Hay cosas en eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            techo, ese porte de la cabeza que está allí
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay cámaras, hay una apertura que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Podrías entrar allí. Soy como, como esta
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este normal? ¿Quién tomó la decisión? I
                        
                        
                                            
                            No puedo decir nada. Déjame darte el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Información a nuestro VP de nuestro Um de
                        
                        
                                            
                            estratégica y comunicaciones
                        
                        
                                            
                            gestión.
                        
                        
                                            
                            La llamé tres veces. Yo ni siquiera
                        
                        
                                            
                            quiero decir su nombre. Llamé a tres
                        
                        
                                            
                            veces. Nadie recogió y yo dejé el
                        
                        
                                            
                            mensaje. Solo estoy tratando de averiguar
                        
                        
                                            
                            con este tipo de magnitud. Y tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Sabes qué es una locura? Para cuantos minutos
                        
                        
                                            
                            después, no un oficial de policía, ni uno
                        
                        
                                            
                            El oficial de policía fue allí y se aseguró
                        
                        
                                            
                            La escena del crimen. He visto múltiples
                        
                        
                                            
                            videos. He visto las consecuencias de
                        
                        
                                            
                            videos. Vi a la gente venir y robar
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sombricación de un camión y arrojándolos. alguno
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los tipos les gusta: "¿Qué demonios eres?
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo? "No hay forma de este tipo de
                        
                        
                                            
                            encubrir y el hecho de que cuando cuando
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso es un hecho que usted ley
                        
                        
                                            
                            La aplicación debería haber aparecido y
                        
                        
                                            
                            grabó esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Por qué no lo hicieron?
                        
                        
                                            
                            y ¿sabes qué es una locura?
                        
                        
                                            
                            al igual que Butler.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sin embargo, estaban allí. No sé.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero ¿sabes qué es una locura, Pat? Vi un
                        
                        
                                            
                            COP. Un policía básicamente tenía su arma dibujada
                        
                        
                                            
                            mientras traían a Charlie. Dios
                        
                        
                                            
                            descansado vendido al vehículo. Tu trabajo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            hermano, es ir a esto este idiota. Por el
                        
                        
                                            
                            , Candace ayer estaba hablando de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este paquete de chicos. Ella lo conoce. Ella va
                        
                        
                                            
                            "" Nunca ha estado este tipo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cuando estábamos de gira ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Adivina quién? Retrocede un segundo y di quién
                        
                        
                                            
                            De lo que estamos hablando.
                        
                        
                                            
                            el tipo con la cámara que estaba tomando
                        
                        
                                            
                            la tarjeta SD.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Quién se paró en la silla?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Quién estaba de pie? Piensa en esto, chicos. Es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una escena del crimen. Estás moviendo la silla
                        
                        
                                            
                            que le dispararon. Probablemente haya
                        
                        
                                            
                            evidencia allí si había, Dios
                        
                        
                                            
                            Prohibir, una bala allí. El esta subiendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            allá arriba, moviendo todo, y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nadie dice nada. Sentido común
                        
                        
                                            
                            101. Estás tocando la escena del crimen.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ese es el evento principal. Esa cámara tiene
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo. Bueno. Y lo siento. Gente
                        
                        
                                            
                            son como, "¿En quién confías?" Estoy obteniendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Israel. Saca todo eso de allí. El
                        
                        
                                            
                            de la manera que se manejó y el hecho
                        
                        
                                            
                            que sus amigos y todos los demás tienen
                        
                        
                                            
                            acaba de seguir adelante y se preocupan por
                        
                        
                                            
                            El punto de inflexión no se sienta conmigo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, Pat, estoy hablando de mi madre. Soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            hablando de personas de todos los ámbitos de
                        
                        
                                            
                            La vida es como algo que no se siente
                        
                        
                                            
                            derecho. Mi mamá, mi tía, mis primos, mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            Amigos. Yo estoy teniendo mensajes de
                        
                        
                                            
                            personas con las que no he hablado en años que
                        
                        
                                            
                            son como sé que veo el programa y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo. Van, ninguno de nosotros siente
                        
                        
                                            
                            como lo que nos dicen es la verdad.
                        
                        
                                            
                            no con Tyler. Ninguno con ninguno
                        
                        
                                            
                            se suma. Los novios desaparecen.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ahora están tratando de decir que Tyler
                        
                        
                                            
                            ni siquiera pisó el campus.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué crees que va a terminar?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ocurre?
                        
                        
                                            
                            al igual que cada vez que PBD, ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Siempre salga con la suya. Demonio. Malvado sobre
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este sentido. Se salen con la suya porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estamos casi 3 semanas después. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            y soy y soy ella, sé que algunos de los
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sus puntos son un poco ahí fuera. Ella es
                        
                        
                                            
                            el único. Nadie de su lado es
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo preguntas como esta. Si eres mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            amigo, Pat, y yo morimos. QUIERO
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tú para ser como me gustaría que fueras
                        
                        
                                            
                            como, "Espera un minuto. Donde los que están
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Por qué estás tocando [__] quién es quién
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene el metraje? "Y no se suma.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tyler ni siquiera sucede, Tom.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, yo estoy pensando en tres cosas
                        
                        
                                            
                            en realidad. En realidad, más como dos. El
                        
                        
                                            
                            Primero es que hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hechos duros que los puntos no se conectan.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿disparó un disparo desde arriba?
                        
                        
                                            
                            La reacción de la multitud parece ser un poco
                        
                        
                                            
                            poco diferente. Es y él realmente corrió
                        
                        
                                            
                            de esa manera con esa pistola de ese tamaño
                        
                        
                                            
                            en eso en esa chaqueta o manta,
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo que sea que tuviera allí. Estaba caminando
                        
                        
                                            
                            clavija la pierna por la calle con la pistola
                        
                        
                                            
                            en la pierna de sus pantalones. Sabes,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay cosas en el Tyler
                        
                        
                                            
                            ángulo que no se suman.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Por qué es este este caballero mayor?
                        
                        
                                            
                            de pie cuando todos serían
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Bucking hacia abajo? Sabes, uh yo, estaba en un
                        
                        
                                            
                            restaurante cuando se disparó un disparo
                        
                        
                                            
                            a en una barra. Un disparo. Todos
                        
                        
                                            
                            estaba en el suelo. Estábamos todos bajo el
                        
                        
                                            
                            tablas hasta que un servidor dijo, usted
                        
                        
                                            
                            Saber, um nuestro tipo de seguridad tomó al chico
                        
                        
                                            
                            afuera. Nadie recibió un disparo. Y pero yo yo '
                        
                        
                                            
                            He visto eso. Entonces ese es un punto en
                        
                        
                                            
                            mi vida cuando estaba en la universidad. Escuché un
                        
                        
                                            
                            disparo en el interior. Estás todo abajo. ¿Por qué es
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Todo este tipo de pie de pie agitando un sombrero?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, veo pequeños hechos como este que
                        
                        
                                            
                            simplemente no parece sumar. ¿Por qué no
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí la policía que grababa el
                        
                        
                                            
                            escena? ¿Por qué la gente toma cámaras?
                        
                        
                                            
                            que estaría sosteniendo imágenes que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Ser de gran interés para el FBI? ¿Por qué es
                        
                        
                                            
                            El gobernador de Utah viene al
                        
                        
                                            
                            micrófono? Lo tenemos y tenemos el
                        
                        
                                            
                            pistola. Es que me recuerda si lees
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oswald, hicieron lo mismo. Ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            sostuvo el arma italiana y luego
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hablaron sobre Oswald y el día
                        
                        
                                            
                            Más tarde mataron a Oswald.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Extraño.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Brandon, ¿qué crees que pasó?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué crees que está pasando?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, solo estos hechos me molestan.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay mi titular. Pat, los hechos que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Podemos, ¿qué estás pensando?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, lo único que podría decir para
                        
                        
                                            
                            cierto es que claramente no somos
                        
                        
                                            
                            que se le dice todo que el FBI
                        
                        
                                            
                            sabe. No nos dicen todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            El hospital sabe. No nos dicen
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo lo sabe. Eso fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una de las cosas que estaba más emocionado
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre esta administración fue el
                        
                        
                                            
                            noción de h que tiene un FBI transparente para
                        
                        
                                            
                            la primera vez en la que sabes que sabemos
                        
                        
                                            
                            los juegos para los que juegan como con el
                        
                        
                                            
                            jfk cosas con el mayordomo Pennsylvania
                        
                        
                                            
                            cosas y um incluso las cosas de Epste pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sabes que no lo estamos obteniendo y tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            pensaría que alguien como Kirk que
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue el casi el más responsable
                        
                        
                                            
                            persona para que Trump sea elegido como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Trump podría estar en la cárcel si no fuera por
                        
                        
                                            
                            Charlie Kirk con lo que los demócratas
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quería hacer por él. Pensarías
                        
                        
                                            
                            que habría bajado más
                        
                        
                                            
                            venganza y más curiosidad sobre lo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            le sucedió a Kirk y T habló de eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            más. Así que me sorprende ver eso de
                        
                        
                                            
                            El final de Trump de que no es más curioso
                        
                        
                                            
                            sobre lo que le sucedió a Kirk. Soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            sorprendido de que el efectivo Patel no esté siendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            más transparente y contundente para encontrar
                        
                        
                                            
                            de lo que sucedió. Y luego no solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            que no son no son
                        
                        
                                            
                            retener cosas de nosotros además
                        
                        
                                            
                            no es transparente. Así que yo no
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piensa que hay suficiente para decir con cierto
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Quién podría haberlo hecho, pero puedo decir
                        
                        
                                            
                            seguro que no sabemos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo lo que saben y son como
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo que nos estén obligando a aparecer
                        
                        
                                            
                            con estas teorías y alternativas
                        
                        
                                            
                            opiniones porque están siendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            engañoso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuánto tiempo estás dispuesto a estar
                        
                        
                                            
                            paciente? Como en realidad la navaja de afeitar de Hanland.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Razor de Aman Hanland.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuál es ese?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hanland's Razor. Si lo levantas, Rob,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo leeré. La navaja de afeitar de Helen es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nunca atribuya a malicia.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nunca atribute a malicia. Lo que es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Explicado adecuadamente por la estupidez, Tom,
                        
                        
                                            
                            o
                        
                        
                                            
                            un error
                        
                        
                                            
                            o un error. Entonces sugiere que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los eventos negativos o las malas acciones son más
                        
                        
                                            
                            a menudo el resultado de la ignorancia,
                        
                        
                                            
                            incompetencia, descuido u otro
                        
                        
                                            
                            factores no maliciosos que intencionales
                        
                        
                                            
                            malvado que el mal intencional o
                        
                        
                                            
                            malicia. Tomemos esto como inocente
                        
                        
                                            
                            hasta que se pruebe la perspectiva de culpabilidad
                        
                        
                                            
                            rápido.
                        
                        
                                            
                            mhm.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nada de esto tiene sentido. Bala
                        
                        
                                            
                            entra aquí. No debería ser una explosión.
                        
                        
                                            
                            bala entra aquí. Sale
                        
                        
                                            
                            Porque es que debería el daño
                        
                        
                                            
                            no entra así. El daño
                        
                        
                                            
                            sale. Entonces, estoy contigo. Estoy en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            misma página.
                        
                        
                                            
                            que salir parece no
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ven de esta manera porque al principio pensamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Era chorros de sangre. No es sangre
                        
                        
                                            
                            Squirting. En realidad eran cosas. Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso es bueno que estemos viendo eso. el
                        
                        
                                            
                            tipo de pie de pie automáticamente y comienza
                        
                        
                                            
                            caminar hacia el área que se dispara es
                        
                        
                                            
                            el mismo tipo que estaba allí en el 911. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces el tipo que pone el chip en el sombrero
                        
                        
                                            
                            y caminando todo esto. Estoy con eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y, pero pero para mí, supongo que el
                        
                        
                                            
                            La pregunta que estoy haciendo es cuánto tiempo imagina
                        
                        
                                            
                            eres ellos. Eres efectivo. Estás haciendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            la investigación.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuánto tiempo debería tener que llegar al
                        
                        
                                            
                            inferior de esto? Supongo que esa es la parte
                        
                        
                                            
                            que no sabemos. Y que es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Protocolo? ¿A qué se supone que debes ir?
                        
                        
                                            
                            a través de? ¿Qué se supone que es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Proceso? Cuantas personas eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entrevista? Cuantas personas eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            se supone que está hablando? Ya sabes, el
                        
                        
                                            
                            el hecho de que estás viendo el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lugar que se fija y ahí es donde
                        
                        
                                            
                            El tiroteo fue y lo arreglas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿han hecho un anuncio por qué ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿la construcción? En absoluto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Ha cambiado la escuela?
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo entiendo totalmente. ¿Hay alguno?
                        
                        
                                            
                            cualquier anuncio de la Universidad por qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Han hecho eso?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No. i Eché un vistazo esta mañana. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            no pudo encontrar un solo artículo de noticias.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nada sobre ningún tipo de construcción
                        
                        
                                            
                            que se estaba planeando tampoco.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Puedes enviarme es ese clip en Twitter?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo su número.
                        
                        
                                            
                            es eso es que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, Pat. ¿Debo llamarla de nuevo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No hay autopsia, ¿verdad?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué es lo que es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Voy a llamarla su nombre es Ellen.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Podría llamarlos ahora mismo. El
                        
                        
                                            
                            Llámalos ahora mismo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Me encanta esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Llámalos ahora mismo. Esto es lo que esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            es la universidad.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Rob, ¿podemos llamar y tú solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            aguanta un segundo. Oye, y
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué estoy tratando de descubrir?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo estoy haciendo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo lo que queremos saber es una cosa. Tener
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hiciste el anuncio
                        
                        
                                            
                            de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Uh Utah es un estado de consentimiento de una parte, entonces
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Eres bueno?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pensamiento joven, por lo que podría hacer esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh Pero Florida es dos partidos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            para que no puedas hacer eso. No puedes hacer eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, pero con esto todo lo que he estado recibiendo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nadie recoge.
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo sé. No puedes hacer eso. Entonces, que que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo que quiero hacer es preguntar
                        
                        
                                            
                            la pregunta para ver si han hecho el
                        
                        
                                            
                            anuncio. No solo arreglas el
                        
                        
                                            
                            lugar que fue disparado y no hacer un
                        
                        
                                            
                            anuncio al respecto. Entonces, juega como si
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estás en el interior. ¿Cuál es tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            argumento? No juegues al diablo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Abogado. Jugar lo contrario del diablo
                        
                        
                                            
                            defensor, que es cómo se llama el
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Opuesto al defensor del diablo? Que que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuál es el antónimo de defensor del diablo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cómo cómo
                        
                        
                                            
                            El abogado de Dios?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Sí. Quiero decir, uno como uno
                        
                        
                                            
                            siendo el opuesto lo contrario como
                        
                        
                                            
                            Están haciendo todo con sinceridad.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuál es tu argumento? Estás en Cash's
                        
                        
                                            
                            Equipo. Dar ese argumento
                        
                        
                                            
                            en el equipo de Cash. Es como tú bien, yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            media
                        
                        
                                            
                            el tirador
                        
                        
                                            
                            diría que sería porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            No quieren dar evidencia
                        
                        
                                            
                            a eso sería pertinente saber en
                        
                        
                                            
                            el lado del FBI. Pero el efectivo es el que
                        
                        
                                            
                            salió y dijo: "Oye, lo tenemos
                        
                        
                                            
                            antes de que lo tuvieran ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            contradice la noción de ellos tratando de
                        
                        
                                            
                            retener las cosas del público.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Diciendo que tienes un
                        
                        
                                            
                            tirador tan rápido antes de que realmente
                        
                        
                                            
                            Haga que el tirador no te haya dado
                        
                        
                                            
                            no le agrega ninguna credibilidad que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ya has perdido la credibilidad.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Recuerda que no lo estás haciendo. Hazlo
                        
                        
                                            
                            por un segundo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            mano eres el portavoz de ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            y realmente sabes todo lo que saben.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Habla en su nombre. Qué es lo que tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            decir?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hola, respeto la curiosidad del público
                        
                        
                                            
                            aquí. Es algo horrible que
                        
                        
                                            
                            le sucedió a una figura muy pública. Este
                        
                        
                                            
                            es una investigación activa. Hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            múltiples ángulos que se están persiguiendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            aquí y tenemos que perseguirlos y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Completa la investigación sin
                        
                        
                                            
                            Rodeando a las personas o sin enmarcarlo
                        
                        
                                            
                            a través de los medios y no podemos perder nuestro
                        
                        
                                            
                            Oportunidad de enjuiciar porque es cierto
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las cosas están tergiversadas en los medios de comunicación.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Por lo tanto, debe dejarnos hacer nuestro trabajo. Eran
                        
                        
                                            
                            entrevistando a mucha gente y
                        
                        
                                            
                            siguiendo muchos clientes potenciales. Ahora estoy atascado.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Así que digamos que soy el um soy el que sabes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Secretario de prensa para el FBI.
                        
                        
                                            
                            dice: "Bueno, entonces el por qué dijiste
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Tienes tu tú, lo tienes? Si hay un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Segundo tirador, no tienes que venir
                        
                        
                                            
                            adelante y dice que no lo tienes? "Entonces,
                        
                        
                                            
                            En ese caso, Pat, sería difícil para
                        
                        
                                            
                            me. Ahora, ¿cómo giro desde adentro?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, estás diciendo que tal vez no tengas
                        
                        
                                            
                            él. Estás diciendo que todavía estás
                        
                        
                                            
                            Investigándolo. O lo tienes en
                        
                        
                                            
                            su FBI o está persiguiendo otros clientes potenciales,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todavía lo mira. Que es
                        
                        
                                            
                            it, señor? Y estás un poco atascado. Pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            desde adentro, eso es lo que sería
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dicho.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué pasa, Rob?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es interesante. Hay algunos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Construcción UM Información que ha sido
                        
                        
                                            
                            lanzado por la Universidad de Utah Valley,
                        
                        
                                            
                            pero nada de eso tiene que ver con el
                        
                        
                                            
                            edificio que ustedes están mencionando o
                        
                        
                                            
                            donde se disparó a Charlie. Entonces, ellos uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            lanzó una remodelación del centro de estudiantes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay un artículo sobre eso. Hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            también el edificio Scott M. Smith que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estaban construyendo. También está el
                        
                        
                                            
                            uh estadio que van a ser
                        
                        
                                            
                            usando. Entonces, emiten anuncios
                        
                        
                                            
                            con respecto a la construcción en curso en el
                        
                        
                                            
                            campus. No hay nada escrito sobre
                        
                        
                                            
                            Donde Charlie fue disparado y construcción
                        
                        
                                            
                            que se hace allí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            extraño. Es tan raro. El aquí está el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Problema. El problema es que es difícil
                        
                        
                                            
                            argumentar para ellos.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ese es el problema.
                        
                        
                                            
                            mhm.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es difícil presentar un caso por qué es
                        
                        
                                            
                            i Si solo digamos que la escuela lo hace
                        
                        
                                            
                            tiene esa construcción uh uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            programado
                        
                        
                                            
                            Programado. Eres el FBI. Eres el
                        
                        
                                            
                            local PD. Son chicos, no lo son
                        
                        
                                            
                            tocando esto durante tres semanas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Una semana.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Puedes mirar hacia arriba, Rob?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuál es la más larga escena del crimen?
                        
                        
                                            
                            intacto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Buena pregunta.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuál es la más larga escena del crimen?
                        
                        
                                            
                            intacto solo para obtener toda evidencia
                        
                        
                                            
                            o la cantidad promedio de tiempo incluso?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quiero saber el más largo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quiero saber el más largo, no el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tiempo promedio. Quiero saber porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            en breve que promedio será probablemente
                        
                        
                                            
                            ocho horas, 12 horas, 14 horas. Bien,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuál es la escena del crimen más larga?
                        
                        
                                            
                            permaneció intacto? Uh, y tal vez eso no
                        
                        
                                            
                            La pregunta, rob. Tom, ¿cuál es el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pregunta? ¿Estamos haciendo una pregunta la
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Correcto de forma correcta? ¿Sabes lo que estoy intentando?
                        
                        
                                            
                            para pedir práctica? Tal vez.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. ¿Qué es sí? Qué es
                        
                        
                                            
                            moderno?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No, de eso no estoy hablando.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estás diciendo la escena del criado como
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuál es el más largo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            más de 40 días después en los contenedores de casas?
                        
                        
                                            
                            40 años después. No, pero eso no es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso no es real. Lo que estoy preguntando es que
                        
                        
                                            
                            es el más largo de América después de un asesinato
                        
                        
                                            
                            tuvo lugar que el FBI pidió mantener
                        
                        
                                            
                            La escena del crianza no tocada para ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            para investigar
                        
                        
                                            
                            todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Conoces homicidio. Bueno. Yo quiero
                        
                        
                                            
                            conoce esta pregunta porque quiero
                        
                        
                                            
                            hacer comps. Quiero hacer comparaciones.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Veamos esto aquí. En George M
                        
                        
                                            
                            1969 El FBI exumió el cuerpo esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            décadas después y obtener el ADN en Donald
                        
                        
                                            
                            Jones Si te gustó el chico no puedo
                        
                        
                                            
                            quiero saber cómo porque digamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Digamos que buscamos esto no debería
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sea difícil encontrar este robo yo simplemente no
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sepa si estamos haciendo la pregunta la
                        
                        
                                            
                            Correcta de la manera correcta. Solo digamos si hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            casos en los que fue 40 días que es mejor que sea
                        
                        
                                            
                            más grande que este asesinato, digamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay casos que son dos y medio
                        
                        
                                            
                            meses Estoy seguro de que hay por qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            Muévete tan rápido en este I I No
                        
                        
                                            
                            No entiendo eso. Dejar la escena
                        
                        
                                            
                            de la forma en que es hasta que obtengamos todo
                        
                        
                                            
                            descubierto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. World Trade Center ocho meses.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. John Morsey House Boulder
                        
                        
                                            
                            Casa familiar de asesinos de seis años permanece
                        
                        
                                            
                            bajo investigación
                        
                        
                                            
                            durante meses.
                        
                        
                                            
                            durante meses
                        
                        
                                            
                            La evidencia se recogió en un período largo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero la casa finalmente fue lanzada
                        
                        
                                            
                            y luego se vendió.
                        
                        
                                            
                            La casa permaneció sellada y debajo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Investigación durante meses. Bueno. Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, entonces John Banet Ramsay de seis años
                        
                        
                                            
                            Asesinato de bombardeo de Oklahoma City. Bueno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            escena del crimen de asesinato de la familia Manson para
                        
                        
                                            
                            Las semanas estaban bien. Las casas de Tate Labanka
                        
                        
                                            
                            fueron escenas del crimen durante semanas pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            finalmente regresó a los propietarios durante semanas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso es semanas, hermano.
                        
                        
                                            
                            sí. Semanas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Duración típica también. La mayoría de homicidio
Las escenas
                        
                        
                                            
                            en los EE. UU. Se llevan a cabo durante días para
                        
                        
                                            
                            semanas, a veces meses si el sitio es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Gran o alto perfil. Esto no es un
                        
                        
                                            
                            alto perfil? Entonces, así que hazme un favor, Rob.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ve con la pregunta y pregunta cuánto tiempo
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue la escena de Charlie Kirk
                        
                        
                                            
                            mantenido uh uh uh, ¿cómo lo llamas? Um
                        
                        
                                            
                            intacto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuánto tiempo dijo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            no, como cuánto tiempo dijeron
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sabes uh um uh uh, sí, supongo
                        
                        
                                            
                            intacto. ¿Cuánto tiempo fue de Charlie Kirk?
                        
                        
                                            
                            La escena del crimen se mantuvo intacta para
                        
                        
                                            
                            cumplir con el fin de terminar el
                        
                        
                                            
                            investigación? Bueno.
                        
                        
                                            
                            para terminar
                        
                        
                                            
                            la investigación.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Está bien, veamos lo que dice aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            i
                        
                        
                                            
                            significa que me recuerda a ellos en maceta
                        
                        
                                            
                            el techo de Butler, Pennsylvania después
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso sucedió. Piensas, Rob, cuánto tiempo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Era? ¿Qué dice?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No hay ningún registro
                        
                        
                                            
                            evidencia creíble, presentaciones judiciales o
                        
                        
                                            
                            FBI.
                        
                        
                                            
                            estos chicos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            no, no, no. No entiendo esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque para mí,
                        
                        
                                            
                            que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Cuál era ese tipo es el algo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            coleccionista, colector de huesos? Qué fue eso
                        
                        
                                            
                            película? Denzel Washington y uh no
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sepa qué era.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, hay una pregunta simple
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo. ¿Por qué la policía no aseguró el
                        
                        
                                            
                            área y tomar todas las fotografías? Ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tenga estos um este pequeño número de uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            Carpas. ¿Los has visto? Dicen 1 2
                        
                        
                                            
                            3 4 5 6 7 8 Los pusieron en el suelo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Toman y toman, toman
                        
                        
                                            
                            Fotografías. Hice que alguien viera alguno de
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Eso aquí?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No. y había policía.
                        
                        
                                            
                            así que hay un simple sin ir
                        
                        
                                            
                            conspiración Go Simple Fact Based
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pregunta. ¿Por qué no una aplicación de la ley?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Policía del campus, Policía local, FBI
                        
                        
                                            
                            secuestrar y fotografiar todo el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Way que vemos?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Déjame hacerte una pregunta. Si si esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            me sucede a mí y mi esposa le dice al FBI,
                        
                        
                                            
                            No quiero que lo investigue. Hace
                        
                        
                                            
                            El FBI todavía tiene el deber de salir
                        
                        
                                            
                            e investigarlo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, ella se hizo la primera
                        
                        
                                            
                            sospechoso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Que aumenta las probabilidades del
                        
                        
                                            
                            Investigación.
                        
                        
                                            
                            quiero decir,
                        
                        
                                            
                            qué pero pero si una familia dice,
                        
                        
                                            
                            "Estamos bien. Estamos conmovidos". Estoy tratando de
                        
                        
                                            
                            averiguar quién tiene la autoridad para
                        
                        
                                            
                            Di, ya sabes cómo a veces alguien
                        
                        
                                            
                            comete un crimen en su contra como si estuviéramos
                        
                        
                                            
                            no presentar ningún cargo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            puede eso de inmediato detener un
                        
                        
                                            
                            investigación?
                        
                        
                                            
                            no debería el IED y la policía
                        
                        
                                            
                            Departamento aún incluso si
                        
                        
                                            
                            en el caso de una batería o cosas simples
                        
                        
                                            
                            como este puedo decidir. Entonces, si hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            me golpeas
                        
                        
                                            
                            demasiadas preguntas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            me golpeas en un restaurante. Hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            No hay cámaras en el restaurante. Nada
                        
                        
                                            
                            en cualquier lugar.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y sabes dónde estoy. Obviamente,
                        
                        
                                            
                            conversación privada, pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            oh, ¿y yo y supongo qué? Cuanto más y
                        
                        
                                            
                            más, pienso en eso, cuanto más y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Más el tuyo tiene sentido. Y así, Pat,
                        
                        
                                            
                            La esposa de mi primo Mike, Nina, solo
                        
                        
                                            
                            me envió un mensaje. Uh, sus hijos estaban en uh el
                        
                        
                                            
                            SUS Disparación de la escuela. Cerraron el
                        
                        
                                            
                            escuela completa durante 5 días. 5 días.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nadie fue a
                        
                        
                                            
                            que cerró. ¿Y alguien fue asesinado?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sus. Sí. Comenzó a disparar. No
                        
                        
                                            
                            Recuerda cuántas personas, pero mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            5 días.
                        
                        
                                            
                            5 días. La escuela fue cerrada. y
                        
                        
                                            
                            y y para que Charlie Kirk sea
                        
                        
                                            
                            Asesinado
                        
                        
                                            
                            días después de que eran días de construcción
                        
                        
                                            
                            después de que ya estaban cavando el
                        
                        
                                            
                            piso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, por cierto, por cierto, por cierto,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si alguien está sentado aquí y estás
                        
                        
                                            
                            como: "Ustedes están bajando el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ajuste de conejo. No puedo creer que eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo esto. "¿Sabes lo que eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            haciendo? Estás dando credibilidad a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos los que están bajando por el conejo
                        
                        
                                            
                            agujero simplemente haciendo lo que acabas de hacer.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Así que tienes otras instancias que quieres
                        
                        
                                            
                            permanecer allí durante cuatro o cinco semanas,
                        
                        
                                            
                            a veces dos meses. En una casa de casos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nadie entra allí por casi ocho
                        
                        
                                            
                            meses. Y me estás diciendo por esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            uno, nadie quiere venir y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Investigue para ver qué sucedió allí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Estás haciendo esto a ti mismo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            bastante por cierto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hey Rob, tire de esto. Haz una búsqueda justa de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Investigación de la escena del asesinato.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tres asesinatos. Veamos el amarillo
                        
                        
                                            
                            cinta.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mata a tres personas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            GO Imágenes.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pregunta rápida, sin embargo. Entonces el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eche un vistazo aquí. ¿Ves esto?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso es todo. Este es el FBI grabarlo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todo se etiquetaría, Pat. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mira todas las fotos que tomarían
                        
                        
                                            
                            aquí. ¿Cuántos artículos tienen allí?
                        
                        
                                            
                            que tienen en esto, este no es Charlie
                        
                        
                                            
                            kirk, pero en esta investigación del FBI.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Mira, hay un teléfono.
                        
                        
                                            
                            75 puntos que se están fotografiando.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Solo vemos solo por lo que vemos y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Simplemente se alejaron de él. Eso es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso suena que es una negligencia grave o
                        
                        
                                            
                            incompetencia. ¿Cómo qué? Ustedes son
                        
                        
                                            
                            siendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            ne a punto de decir que creo que Hamlin
                        
                        
                                            
                            Razor me refiero a quién hizo que el universal
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Principio? Como casi creo que podría
                        
                        
                                            
                            ser lo opuesto a eso a veces. No
                        
                        
                                            
                            atributo a la estupidez lo que podría ser
                        
                        
                                            
                            atribuido a malicia. Quiero decir
                        
                        
                                            
                            no, no, creo que la navaja de afeitar de Hanland es
                        
                        
                                            
                            necesario. Es lo que hace que América
                        
                        
                                            
                            genial. Justicia, ¿verdad? Inocente hasta
                        
                        
                                            
                            probado culpable.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Sí. Confía pero verifique. Entonces esto es
                        
                        
                                            
                            la parte donde i i i quiero tener
                        
                        
                                            
                            Preguntas. Lo que soy por cierto, somos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ni siquiera profesionales. No hacemos esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ganarse la vida. Solo estamos preguntando básico
                        
                        
                                            
                            preguntas que no tiene el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Respuestas para. Y en cualquier caso, si
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ven a mí y tú dices: "Papá, quiero
                        
                        
                                            
                            esto. "No. Bueno, lo hiciste por uh mi
                        
                        
                                            
                            hermano. Y tú dices: "Ah, mierda".
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Entonces, ¿adivina qué? Lo natural
La reacción
                        
                        
                                            
                            es hacer qué? Para obtener una comp. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            QUIERO mi oferta es de $ 800,000. Este es un
                        
                        
                                            
                            $ 1.1 millones de la casa. No, son $ 800,000
                        
                        
                                            
                            casa. ¿Por qué? Porque una casa que era
                        
                        
                                            
                            construido después del suyo en mejores condiciones
                        
                        
                                            
                            con actualizaciones recientes con una adicional
                        
                        
                                            
                            dormitorio y una piscina y 1 acre
                        
                        
                                            
                            más grande que el tuyo vendido por $ 798 y yo estoy
                        
                        
                                            
                            dándole $ 800,000
                        
                        
                                            
                            y eso sucedió hace 3 meses. Soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            usando la comp.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces para mí la comp en esto es si
                        
                        
                                            
                            pasar semanas en un lugar diferente y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esta es la historia más grande, la más grande
                        
                        
                                            
                            Asesinato que hemos tenido en Estados Unidos el
                        
                        
                                            
                            los últimos seis años y mueves esto
                        
                        
                                            
                            rápidamente. I I I Uh, no lo sé. No
                        
                        
                                            
                            para mí lo más importante es esto, por el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Way. Bueno. Para mí, lo más importante es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cuando surgen las conversaciones,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, es Israel. No. No estoy poniendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí. Para mi, la conversación, bueno,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tuvieron una reunión debido a esto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Belman muestra un texto. Para mi, el
                        
                        
                                            
                            La conversación es, ya sabes, está bien,
                        
                        
                                            
                            quiere desacreditarlos o lo que sea. Bien.
                        
                        
                                            
                            para mí pero si estás escuchando
                        
                        
                                            
                            conversaciones sobre ningún hombre, ¿por qué no
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ustedes quieren hacer más preguntas para
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Ves lo que pasó? ¿Adivina qué? Das
                        
                        
                                            
                            credibilidad. Esa es la que es el área
                        
                        
                                            
                            donde estás como, hay un punto
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí. Ya sabes, hay un punto de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo que está pasando aquí. Quieres que me siente
                        
                        
                                            
                            al margen y piensa que eso es todo?
                        
                        
                                            
                            No. Tu tu comp apesta. Estás perdiendo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Por cierto, de nuevo, esto se remonta a
                        
                        
                                            
                            a um
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto se remonta a la situación de Epstein.
                        
                        
                                            
                            mhm.
                        
                        
                                            
                            donde preguntas de nuevo demasiado sospechoso
                        
                        
                                            
                            que todas estas cosas están sucediendo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿A quién estás protegiendo? Quién eres
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ocultar? ¿A quién estás defendiendo? Quienes son
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Te preocupaste? Por supuesto que escuchamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            la única historia que sale el tipo y
                        
                        
                                            
                            dice: "Bill Clinton, sí, pero Trump,
                        
                        
                                            
                            no. "Correcto. ¿Qué fue ese? Uh
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, el DOJ para James O'Keefe para
                        
                        
                                            
                            Proyecto Veritas. Sí. Y así, está bien. No,
                        
                        
                                            
                            no, no. No hizo nada por nosotros.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, realmente lo hizo por ti, ¿verdad?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, aprendimos. Pero haces que la gente sea
                        
                        
                                            
                            escéptico. Entonces, para mi,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí, la construcción del valle de Utah
                        
                        
                                            
                            sitio del campus universitario donde Charlie
                        
                        
                                            
                            Kirk fue asesinado implica eliminar
                        
                        
                                            
                            las manchas de sangre, la hierba y el reemplazo
                        
                        
                                            
                            con ladrillos. Qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            creando un área conmemorativa improvisada donde
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Las personas pueden dejar Momentos Momentos?
                        
                        
                                            
                            no hay detalles confirmados en
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estructuras permanentes adicionales más allá
                        
                        
                                            
                            esta modificación.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Qué tipo de construcción se está haciendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            en el campus? Hermano,
                        
                        
                                            
                            y lo haces eso rápidamente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            No.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Esto sí. Dicen que la escena fue
                        
                        
                                            
                            mantenido durante 8 a 14 días antes de soltar
                        
                        
                                            
                            it.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso está según Grock.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí. Bueno, ¿adivina qué? Yo no es
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo que vi donde estaban los estudiantes
                        
                        
                                            
                            grabación en marcha, "Mira, ya están
                        
                        
                                            
                            cavarlo. "También tengo curiosidad, también tengo curiosidad
                        
                        
                                            
                            de nuestra audiencia esa encuesta que
                        
                        
                                            
                            ran. ¿Cuál es el porcentaje de ellos no?
                        
                        
                                            
                            siendo convencido de lo oficial
                        
                        
                                            
                            historia? ¿Tenemos el? Tengo curiosidad donde
                        
                        
                                            
                            82 a 18 la última vez que vi
                        
                        
                                            
                            82 82% son como, "No,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso es casi 8,000 votos ".
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso es sí. No creerlo. Y bien
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ustedes. Tienes que cuestionar para
                        
                        
                                            
                            Solo este tipo es solo para el suyo para
                        
                        
                                            
                            Charlie, hermano. Por su alma. Como porque
                        
                        
                                            
                            Nadie sus amigos no lo hacen.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            como dónde está el conjunto
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos han seguido adelante. Están en podcast
                        
                        
                                            
                            sonriendo y yo, tu hijo, tu esposo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tu maldita sea tu chico que estaba corriendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Una compañía de $ 500 millones se ha ido. Y
                        
                        
                                            
                            todos ustedes son como, "Sí, vamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            para simplemente liberar imágenes antiguas de él. Nosotros
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tenemos toneladas. estaban así usaron el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Palabra excitada y sonrió. Sé
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos lamentan a su manera, pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            chicos, por su bien, se toman un tiempo con
                        
                        
                                            
                            el futuro de tpusa y descubra qué
                        
                        
                                            
                            El infierno está sucediendo. Pregunta por eso.
                        
                        
                                            
                            George Zinn, no sé dónde está. I
                        
                        
                                            
                            No sé dónde el niño porno
                        
                        
                                            
                            pedofilia en su teléfono es. Hay necesidades
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ser, espero que lo estén haciendo, muchachos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            porque sabes lo que está pasando.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué es el cuestionamiento de Tucker?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ni siquiera los tengo ni siquiera
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Escuchó lo que Tucker tenía que decir? No, pero
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hemos visto casos como este donde, usted
                        
                        
                                            
                            Saber, el fiscal de distrito está en el centro
                        
                        
                                            
                            y todas estas personas aparecen y están
                        
                        
                                            
                            sosteniendo pequeñas piezas de papel y
                        
                        
                                            
                            generalmente están tranquilos como una vigilia y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dicen respuestas para Ashley, ¿verdad? Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y tienen una foto de ella y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Están diciendo,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ya sabes, manteniéndolo así.
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo has visto, Pat, donde están todos
                        
                        
                                            
                            sentado allí,
                        
                        
                                            
                            ya sabes, um, y luego les gusta
                        
                        
                                            
                            Se emboscarán al fiscal de distrito
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cuando sale algún día. Necesitamos
                        
                        
                                            
                            Respuestas para Ashley. Que otro
                        
                        
                                            
                            Investigación ¿Eres tú? Necesitamos respuestas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Dónde miran todos? Tú
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Sabes a qué me refiero?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Estoy tan decepcionado. Y el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo único que hizo Tucker porque no lo he hecho
                        
                        
                                            
                            Visto algo porque Tucker ha estado haciendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            segmentos e invitados y las cosas del 911
                        
                        
                                            
                            que era fantástico. El único
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo que hizo fue el monumento
                        
                        
                                            
                            que otra pregunta. ¿Por qué no fui
                        
                        
                                            
                            Los padres de Charlie en el monumento? Soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            muy curioso si alguien lo sabe. Lo entiendo.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Es a A es un trágico. Tu hijo
                        
                        
                                            
                            fue asesinado. Este es un gran evento.
                        
                        
                                            
                            El presidente de los Estados Unidos es
                        
                        
                                            
                            allí. ¿Por qué no fueron los padres allí?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tengo mucha curiosidad, um. Soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            muy muy curioso porque lo harías
                        
                        
                                            
                            Piensa que los padres estarían en algo
                        
                        
                                            
                            como ese monumental que es algo
                        
                        
                                            
                            que ellos
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿tienen ellos?
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿han dicho algo que Rob tiene?
                        
                        
                                            
                            sale y dijo que cualquier cosa intentó
                        
                        
                                            
                            padre visto cualquier cosa
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo único y lamento volver
                        
                        
                                            
                            a mi punto tucker lo único tucker
                        
                        
                                            
                            lo hizo fue hablar en el monumento y él y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Dijo que Jesús estaba diciendo la verdad y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Fue asesinado lo mismo que sucedió
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso fue un discurso rápido para el punto y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Y se fue y eso fue todo. Pero esta
                        
                        
                                            
                            está especulando y preguntando cualquier
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Preguntas? No he escuchado nada. Él
                        
                        
                                            
                            apoya mucho lo que está sucediendo
                        
                        
                                            
                            con punto de inflexión EE. UU.
                        
                        
                                            
                            fuertemente.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Él está preguntando lo que ustedes necesiten de
                        
                        
                                            
                            yo, estoy aquí para ti.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, ¿qué significa eso? Confías
                        
                        
                                            
                            Tucker?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Confío en Tucker.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Entonces, ¿por qué Tucker es tan apoyo de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Punto de inflexión EE. UU.? ¿Crees que lo haría?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Creo
                        
                        
                                            
                            Si tenía algunas preguntas.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Bueno, creo que inmediatamente cuando
                        
                        
                                            
                            sucedió, donó
                        
                        
                                            
                            un millón de dólares.
                        
                        
                                            
                            un millón de dólares. Eso es eso es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Pero no, Tucker hace solo un par de días en
                        
                        
                                            
                            El podcast de punto de inflexión USA dice:
                        
                        
                                            
                            "Lo que sea que ustedes necesiten de mí, soy
                        
                        
                                            
                            aquí para ustedes ". Eso es lo que dijo
                        
                        
                                            
                            inmediatamente. Y él es él es un chico
                        
                        
                                            
                            que habrías visto en una situación
                        
                        
                                            
                            como este cuestionamiento si se sintió
                        
                        
                                            
                            Algo en lo que no confiaba.
                        
                        
                                            
                            y él no es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Él no es él solo dice: "Oye, esto es
                        
                        
                                            
                            Lo que está pasando. Perdí a un amigo y
                        
                        
                                            
                            Se está moviendo con él. "Así que esto es esto es
                        
                        
                                            
                            De qué estoy. Quiero ver que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos los demás dicen porque quiero
                        
                        
                                            
                            para ver qué está pasando aquí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Quiero ver todo. Yo si puedes
                        
                        
                                            
                            pasar por esta temporada y solo una especie de
                        
                        
                                            
                            Escucha algunas de las cosas y no ser
                        
                        
                                            
                            controlado por la mafia y saltar a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Conclusión, estarás por delante del juego.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Naturalmente, vas a querer
                        
                        
                                            
                            gravitar hacia alguien. Naturalmente,
                        
                        
                                            
                            QUIERES QUE QUIERES
                        
                        
                                            
                            gravitar hacia lo que estás pensando
                        
                        
                                            
                            sucedió. Pero la razón es estar dispuesto a
                        
                        
                                            
                            escuchar argumentos opuestos que contradice
                        
                        
                                            
                            Su propio argumento si su ego
                        
                        
                                            
                            Permiso para hacer eso. Y estamos dispuestos a
                        
                        
                                            
                            Haga eso. Y uh estamos dispuestos a hacer
                        
                        
                                            
                            Eso. Esto fue un
                        
                        
                                            
                            Este era un tipo muy especial. Charlie es
                        
                        
                                            
                            un tipo muy muy especial y tú lo serás
                        
                        
                                            
                            No será reemplazado. No hay
                        
                        
                                            
                            va a ser un tipo que vendrá
                        
                        
                                            
                            y reemplace a Charlie Kirk mañana.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Hay un montón de chicos que van
                        
                        
                                            
                            por ahí diciendo que continuamos lo que
                        
                        
                                            
                            Charlie lo hizo. Sí.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Me alegro de que estés inspirado. Es un buen tipo para
                        
                        
                                            
                            replicar y duplicar. Pero él era un
                        
                        
                                            
                            uno de uno. Y uh que su alma descansa en
                        
                        
                                            
                            Paz como estoy seguro de que lo hará. Pandilla, yo
                        
                        
                                            
                            obtuve un vuelo para atrapar. Disfrutamos el
                        
                        
                                            
                            Podcast. Brandon, buen trabajo. Si tienes
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cualquier hombre que desee enviar a Brandon,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ese es el código QR de Brandon allí mismo
                        
                        
                                            
                            con una hermosa corbata roja. Si tienes
                        
                        
                                            
                            cualquier cosa que desee compartir con ellos,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Envíeles un hombre.
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Qué pasa con las cuatro mujeres para Tom If
                        
                        
                                            
                            ¿Ella está ahí fuera?
                        
                        
                                            
                            wow. No, ella ya es ella, ella es ella
                        
                        
                                            
                            ya manacto.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella manAczó.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Ella ya está mancada. Ella es como tu
                        
                        
                                            
                            saber,
                        
                        
                                            
                            Cuatro mujeres. ¿Qué soy mormón?
                        
                        
                                            
                            La forma Forman.
                        
                        
                                            
                            Muy bien, pandilla. Haz lo tuyo. Somos
                        
                        
                                            
                            de regreso el viernes?
                        
                        
                                            
                            Viernes? Sí, señor.
                        
                        
                                            
                            está bien. Volveremos el viernes. Dios los bendiga
                        
                        
                                            
                            Todos. Cuidarse. Adiós. Adiós.
                        
                        
                    
                
                    [Inglés]
                    
                    Show                
                
            Vocabulario clave
¡Próximamente!
            Estamos actualizando esta sección. ¡Mantente atento!
Estructuras gramaticales clave
¡Próximamente!
        Estamos actualizando esta sección. ¡Mantente atento!
Canciones relacionadas